Boron-Containing Diacylhydrazines

ABSTRACT

The present disclosure provides boron-containing diacylhydrazines having Formula I: 
     
       
         
         
             
             
         
       
     
     and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts and solvates thereof, wherein R 1 , R 2 , R 3 , R 4 , and R 5  are defined as set forth in the specification. The present disclosure also provides the use of boron-containing diacylhydrazines is ecdysone receptor-based inducible gene expression systems. Thus, the present disclosure is useful for applications such as gene therapy, treatment of disease, large scale production of proteins and antibodies, cell-based screening assays, functional genomics, proteomics, metabolomics, and regulation of traits in transgenic organisms, where control of gene expression levels is desirable.

BACKGROUND OF THE INVENTION Field of the Invention

This invention is in the fields of biotechnology, genetic engineering,gene expression, and medicinal chemistry. The invention provides novelboron-containing diacylhydrazines and the use of these compounds innuclear receptor-based inducible gene expression systems.

Background

In the field of genetic engineering, precise control of gene expressionis a valuable tool for studying, manipulating, and controllingdevelopment and other physiological processes. Gene expression is acomplex biological process involving a number of specificprotein-protein interactions. In order for gene expression to betriggered, such that it produces the RNA necessary as the first step inprotein synthesis, a transcriptional activator must be brought intoproximity of a promoter that controls gene transcription. Typically, thetranscriptional activator itself is associated with a protein that hasat least one DNA binding domain that binds to DNA binding sites presentin the promoter regions of genes. Thus, for gene expression to occur, aprotein comprising a DNA binding domain and a transactivation domainlocated at an appropriate distance from the DNA binding domain must bebrought into the correct position in the promoter region of the gene.

The traditional transgenic approach utilizes a cell-type specificpromoter to drive the expression of a designed transgene. A DNAconstruct containing the transgene is first incorporated into a hostgenome. When triggered by a transcriptional activator, expression of thetransgene occurs in a given cell type.

Another means to regulate expression of foreign genes in cells isthrough inducible promoters. Examples of the use of such induciblepromoters include the PR1-a promoter, prokaryotic repressor-operatorsystems, immunosuppressive-immunophilin systems, and higher eukaryotictranscription activation systems such as steroid hormone receptorsystems and are described below.

The PR1-a promoter from tobacco is induced during the systemic acquiredresistance response following pathogen attack. The use of PR1-a may belimited because it often responds to endogenous materials and externalfactors such as pathogens, UV-B radiation, and pollutants. Generegulation systems based on promoters induced by heat shock, interferonand heavy metals have been described (Wurn et al., Proc. Natl. Acad.Sci. USA 83:5414-5418 (1986); Arnheiter et al., Cell 62:51-61 (1990);Filmus et al., Nucleic Acids Research 20:27550-27560 (1992)). However,these systems have limitations due to their effect on expression ofnon-target genes. These systems are also leaky.

Prokaryotic repressor-operator systems utilize bacterial repressorproteins and the unique operator DNA sequences to which they bind. Boththe tetracycline (“Tet”) and lactose (“Lac”) repressor-operator systemsfrom the bacterium Escherichia coli have been used in plants and animalsto control gene expression. In the Tet system, tetracycline binds to theTetR repressor protein, resulting in a conformational change thatreleases the repressor protein from the operator which as a resultallows transcription to occur. In the Lac system, a lac operon isactivated in response to the presence of lactose, or synthetic analogssuch as isopropyl-b-D-thiogalactoside. Unfortunately, the use of suchsystems is restricted by unstable chemistry of the ligands, i.e.tetracycline and lactose, their toxicity, their natural presence, or therelatively high levels required for induction or repression. For similarreasons, utility of such systems in animals is limited.

Immunosuppressive molecules such as FK506, rapamycin and cyclosporine Acan bind to immunophilins FKBP12, cyclophilin, etc. Using thisinformation, a general strategy has been devised to bring together anytwo proteins simply by placing FK506 on each of the two proteins or byplacing FK506 on one and cyclosporine A on another one. A synthetichomodimer of FK506 (FK1012) or a compound resulted from fusion ofFK506-cyclosporine (FKCsA) can then be used to induce dimerization ofthese molecules (Spencer et al., Science 262:1019-24 (1993); Belshaw etal., Proc Natl Acad Sci USA 93:4604-7 (1996)). Gal4 DNA binding domainfused to FKBP12 and VP16 activator domain fused to cyclophilin, andFKCsA compound were used to show heterodimerization and activation of areporter gene under the control of a promoter containing Gal4 bindingsites. Unfortunately, this system includes immunosuppressants that canhave unwanted side effects and therefore, limits its use for variousmammalian gene switch applications.

Higher eukaryotic transcription activation systems such as steroidhormone receptor systems have also been employed. Steroid hormonereceptors are members of the nuclear receptor superfamily and are foundin vertebrate and invertebrate cells. Unfortunately, use of steroidalcompounds that activate the receptors for the regulation of geneexpression, particularly in plants and mammals, is limited due to theirinvolvement in many other natural biological pathways in such organisms.In order to overcome such difficulties, an alternative system has beendeveloped using insect ecdysone receptors (EcR).

Growth, molting, and development in insects are regulated by theecdysone steroid hormone (molting hormone) and the juvenile hormones(Dhadialla et al., Annu. Rev. Entomol. 43: 545-569 (1998)). Themolecular target for ecdysone in insects consists of at least ecdysonereceptor (EcR) and ultraspiracle protein (USP). EcR is a member of thenuclear steroid receptor super family that is characterized by signatureDNA and ligand binding domains, and an activation domain (Koelle et al.,Cell, 67:59-77 (1991)). EcR receptors are responsive to a number ofsteroidal compounds such as ponasterone A and muristerone A.Non-steroidal compounds with ecdysteroid agonist activity have beendescribed, including the commercially available insecticidestebufenozide and methoxyfenozide that are marketed by Rohm and HaasCompany (see WO 96/27673 and U.S. Pat. No. 5,530,028). Both analogs haveexceptional safety profiles in other organisms.

The insect ecdysone receptor (EcR) heterodimerizes with Ultraspiracle(USP), the insect homologue of the mammalian retinoid X receptor (RXR),and binds ecdysteroids and ecdysone receptor response elements toactivate transcription of ecdysone responsive genes. The EcR/USP/ligandcomplexes play important roles during insect development andreproduction. The EcR has five modular domains, A/B (transactivation), C(DNA binding, heterodimerization), D (Hinge, heterodimerization), E(ligand binding, heterodimerization and transactivation) and F(transactivation) domains. Some of these domains such as A/B, C and Eretain their function when they are fused to other proteins.

Tightly regulated inducible gene expression systems or “gene switches”are useful for various applications such as gene therapy, large scaleproduction of proteins in cells, cell based high throughput screeningassays, functional genomics and regulation of traits in transgenicplants and animals.

The first version of an EcR-based gene switch used Drosophilamelanogaster EcR (DmEcR) and Mus musculus RXR (MmRXR) and showed thatthese receptors in the presence of steroid, ponasterone A, transactivatereporter genes in mammalian cell lines and transgenic mice(Christopherson et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. U.S.A. 89:6314-6318(1992); No et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. U.S.A. 93:3346-3351 (1996)).Later, Suhr et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. 95:7999-8004 (1998) showedthat non-steroidal ecdysone agonist, tebufenozide, induced high level oftransactivation of reporter genes in mammalian cells through Bombyx moriEcR (BmEcR) in the absence of exogenous heterodimer partner.

WO 97/38117 and WO99/58155 disclose methods for modulating theexpression of an exogenous gene in which a DNA construct comprising theexogenous gene and an ecdysone response element is activated by a secondDNA construct comprising an ecdysone receptor that, in the presence of aligand therefore, and optionally in the presence of a receptor capableof acting as a silent partner, binds to the ecdysone response element toinduce gene expression. The ecdysone receptor of choice was isolatedfrom Drosophila melanogaster. Typically, such systems require thepresence of the silent partner, preferably retinoid X receptor (RXR), inorder to provide optimum activation. In mammalian cells, insect ecdysonereceptor (EcR) heterodimerizes with retinoid X receptor (RXR) andregulates expression of target genes in a ligand dependent manner. WO99/02683 discloses that the ecdysone receptor isolated from the silkmoth Bombyx mori is functional in mammalian systems without the need foran exogenous dimer partner.

U.S. Pat. No. 6,265,173 B1 discloses that various members of thesteroid/thyroid superfamily of receptors can combine with Drosophilamelanogaster ultraspiracle receptor (USP) or fragments thereofcomprising at least the dimerization domain of USP for use in a geneexpression system. U.S. Pat. No. 5,880,333 discloses a Drosophilamelanogaster EcR and ultraspiracle (USP) heterodimer system used inplants in which the transactivation domain and the DNA binding domainare positioned on two different hybrid proteins. Unfortunately, theseUSP-based systems are constitutive in animal cells and therefore, arenot effective for regulating reporter gene expression.

In each of these cases, the transactivation domain and the DNA bindingdomain (either as native EcR as in WO 99/02683 or as modified EcR as inWO 97/38117) were incorporated into a single molecule and the otherheterodimeric partners, either USP or RXR, were used in their nativestate.

Drawbacks of the above described EcR-based gene regulation systemsinclude a considerable background activity in the absence of ligands andnon-applicability of these systems for use in both plants and animals(see U.S. Pat. No. 5,880,333). Therefore, a need exists in the art forimproved EcR-based systems to precisely modulate the expression ofexogenous genes in both plants and animals. Such improved systems wouldbe useful for applications such as gene therapy, large-scale productionof proteins and antibodies, cell-based high throughput screening assays,functional genomics and regulation of traits in transgenic animals. Forcertain applications such as gene therapy, it may be desirable to havean inducible gene expression system that responds well to syntheticnon-steroid ligands and, at the same time, is insensitive to the naturalsteroids. Thus, improved systems that are simple, compact, and dependenton ligands that are relatively inexpensive, readily available, and oflow toxicity to the host would prove useful for regulating biologicalsystems.

It has been shown that an ecdysone receptor-based inducible geneexpression system in which the transactivation and DNA binding domainsare separated from each other by placing them on two different proteinsresults in greatly reduced background activity in the absence of aligand and significantly increased activity over background in thepresence of a ligand (see WO 01/70816 A1). This two-hybrid system is asignificantly improved inducible gene expression modulation systemcompared to the two systems disclosed in applications WO 97/38117 and WO99/02683. The two-hybrid system exploits the ability of a pair ofinteracting proteins to bring the transcription activation domain into amore favorable position relative to the DNA binding domain such thatwhen the DNA binding domain binds to the DNA binding site on the gene,the transactivation domain more effectively activates the promoter (see,for example, U.S. Pat. No. 5,283,173). Briefly, the two-hybrid geneexpression system comprises two gene expression cassettes; the firstencoding a DNA binding domain fused to a nuclear receptor polypeptide,and the second encoding a transactivation domain fused to a differentnuclear receptor polypeptide. In the presence of ligand, the interactionof the first polypeptide with the second polypeptide effectively tethersthe DNA binding domain to the transactivation domain. Since the DNAbinding and transactivation domains reside on two different molecules,the background activity in the absence of ligand is greatly reduced.

A two-hybrid system also provides improved sensitivity to non-steroidalligands for example, diacylhydrazines, when compared to steroidalligands for example, ponasterone A (“PonA”) or muristerone A (“MurA”).That is, when compared to steroids, the non-steroidal ligands providehigher activity at a lower concentration. Furthermore, the two-hybridsystem avoids some side effects due to overexpression of RXR that oftenoccur when unmodified RXR is used as a heterodimer receptor partner. Inone two-hybrid system, native DNA binding and transactivation domains ofEcR or RXR are eliminated and as a result, these hybrid molecules haveless chance of interacting with other steroid hormone receptors presentin the cell resulting in reduced side effects. Additional gene switchsystems include those described in the following patents and patentapplications: U.S. Pat. No. 7,091,038; WO2004078924; EP1266015;US20010044151; US20020110861; US20020119521; US20040033600;US20040197861; US20040235097; US20060020146; US20040049437;US20040096942; US20050228016; US20050266457; US20060100416;WO2001/70816; WO2002/29075; WO2002/066612; WO2002/066613; WO2002/066614;WO2002/066615; WO2005/108617; U.S. Pat. No. 6,258,603; US20050209283;US20050228016; US20060020146; EP0965644; U.S. Pat. No. 7,304,162; andU.S. Pat. No. 7,304,161.

With the improvement in ecdysone receptor-based gene regulation systems,there has been an increase in their use for various applications.Diacylhydrazine (“DAH”) compounds, and their application as ligands inecdysone receptor-based gene regulation systems are disclosed U.S. Pat.Nos. 8,076,517; 7,456,315; 7,304,161; and 6,258,603, and patents citedtherein. However, a need exists for DAHs with improved physiochemicaland/or pharmacological properties.

BRIEF SUMMARY OF THE FIGURES

FIG. 1 is a vector map for the RheoSwitch® Vector (RS-1).

FIGS. 2A-2E set forth the nucleic acid sequence (SEQ ID NO: 1) for thevector map of FIG. 1. The nucleic acid sequence set forth in bracketsrepresent the following vector sequence components: [6× GalRE]¹,[fLuc]², [VP16]³, [RXR]⁴, [Gal4DBD]⁵ and [EcR VY]⁶.

FIG. 3 is a bar graph showing the expression of luciferase in mousegrastroc muscle by injection of Ad-RTS-fLUC via IM on the right and leftgastroc muscle and oral administration of Cpd. Nos. 13, 59, 67, 85, and86 at 100 mg/kg body weight.

BRIEF SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION

In one aspect, the present disclosure provides boron-containingdiacylhydrazine compounds represented by Formulae I-XI, I-A, II-A, X-A,or XI-A, below, and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts and solvatesthereof, collectively referred to herein as “Compounds of theDisclosure.” Compounds of the Disclosure contain at least one boron atomin their structure.

In another aspect, the present disclosure provides compositionscomprising a Compound of the Disclosure and one or more excipients. In afurther aspect, the composition is a pharmaceutically acceptablecomposition.

In another aspect, the present disclosure provides Compounds of theDisclosure for use as ligands in ecdysone receptor-based inducible geneexpression systems. An advantage of the present disclosure is that itprovides a means to regulate gene expression and to tailor expressionlevels to suit the user's requirements.

In another aspect, the present disclosure provides methods of regulatinggene expression of a gene of interest in an isolated host cell,comprising contacting the host cell with a Compound of the Disclosure,or composition thereof.

In another aspect, the present disclosure provides methods of regulatinggene expression of a gene of interest in a non-human organism,comprising contacting the non-human organism with a Compound of theDisclosure, or composition thereof.

In another aspect, the present disclosure provides methods of treating adisease, disorder, injury, or condition in a subject, comprisingadministering to the subject a Compound of the Disclosure, orcomposition thereof.

In another aspect, the present disclosure provides a Compound of theDisclosure, or composition thereof, for use in treating a disease,disorder, injury, or condition.

In another aspect, the present disclosure provides a Compound of theDisclosure, or composition thereof, for use in the manufacture of amedicament for treating a disease, disorder, injury, or condition.

In another aspect, the present disclosure provides a method ofcontrolling insects, comprising contacting said insects or their habitatwith an insecticidally effective amount of a Compound of the Disclosure,or composition thereof.

DETAILED DESCRIPTION OF THE INVENTION

In one embodiment, Compounds of the Disclosure are compounds havingFormula I:

wherein:

R¹ and R² are each independently selected from the group consisting ofhydrogen, optionally substituted alkyl, and haloalkyl; or

R¹ and R² taken together with the carbon atom to which they are attachedform a 4- to 8-membered cycloalkyl;

R³ is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, optionallysubstituted alkyl, haloalkyl, optionally substituted cycloalkyl,optionally substituted alkenyl, optionally substituted aryl, andoptionally substituted heteroaryl;

R⁴ is selected from the group consisting of:

X¹ is selected from the group consisting of —O— and —N(R^(8a))—;

Y¹ is —(CR^(9a)R^(9b))_(m)—;

Z¹ is selected from the group consisting of —O— and —N(R^(8b))—, or Z¹is absent;

R^(6a) is selected from the group consisting of hydroxy, alkyl, andalkoxy; or

R^(6a) forms a hydroxy acid adduct or an amino acid adduct;

R^(7a) and R^(7b) are each independently selected from the groupconsisting of hydrogen, halo, nitro, cyano, hydroxy, amino, optionallysubstituted alkyl, haloalkyl, hydroxyalkyl, alkoxy, and alkylthio;

R^(7a′) and R^(7b′) are each independently selected from the groupconsisting of hydrogen, halo, nitro, cyano, hydroxy, amino, optionallysubstituted alkyl, haloalkyl, hydroxyalkyl, alkoxy, and alkylthio;

R^(8a) and R^(8b) are each independently selected from the groupconsisting of hydrogen and alkyl;

R^(9a) and R^(9b) are each independently selected from the groupconsisting of hydrogen and alkyl;

m is 1, 2, 3, or 4;

X² is selected from the group consisting of —O— and —N(R^(8c))—;

Y² is —(CR^(9c)R^(9d))_(n)—;

Z² is selected from the group consisting of —O— and —N(R^(8d))—, or Z²is absent;

R^(6b) is selected from the group consisting of hydroxy, alkyl, andalkoxy; or

R^(6b) forms a hydroxy acid adduct or an amino acid adduct;

R^(7c) and R^(7d) are each independently selected from the groupconsisting of hydrogen, halo, nitro, cyano, hydroxy, amino, optionallysubstituted alkyl, haloalkyl, hydroxyalkyl, alkoxy, and alkylthio;

R^(8c) and R^(8d) are each independently selected from the groupconsisting of hydrogen and alkyl;

R^(9c) and R^(9d) are each independently selected from the groupconsisting of hydrogen and alkyl;

n is 1, 2, 3, or 4;

X is selected from the group consisting of —O— and —N(R^(8c))—;

R^(6c) is selected from the group consisting of hydroxy, alkyl, andalkoxy; or

R^(6c) forms a hydroxy acid adduct or an amino acid adduct;

R^(7e) and R^(7f) are each independently selected from the groupconsisting of hydrogen, halo, nitro, cyano, hydroxy, amino, optionallysubstituted alkyl, haloalkyl, hydroxyalkyl, alkoxy, and alkylthio;

R^(8c) is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and alkyl;

R^(6d) is selected from the group consisting of hydroxy, alkyl, andalkoxy; or

R^(6d) forms a hydroxy acid adduct or an amino acid adduct;

R^(6f) is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, amino,and hydroxy;

X⁵ is selected from the group consisting of —O— and —N(R^(8k))—;

R^(7g) and R^(7h) are each independently selected from the groupconsisting of hydrogen, halo, nitro, cyano, hydroxy, amino, optionallysubstituted alkyl, haloalkyl, hydroxyalkyl, alkoxy, and alkylthio;

R^(8k) is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and alkyl;

X⁶ is selected from the group consisting of —O— and —N(R^(8l))—;

X⁷ is selected from the group consisting of —O— and —N(R^(8n))—;

R^(8l) is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and alkyl;

R^(8m) is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and alkyl;

R^(8n) is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and alkyl;

R^(10a) is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and—(CR^(11a)R^(11b))_(o)—B(R^(12a))(R^(12b)); and

R^(10b), R^(10c), and R^(10d) are each independently selected from thegroup consisting of hydrogen, halo, nitro, cyano, hydroxy, amino,—N(H)CHO, —N(H)CN, optionally substituted alkyl, haloalkyl,hydroxyalkyl, arylalkyl, optionally substituted cycloalkyl, optionallysubstituted alkenyl, optionally substituted alkynyl, optionallysubstituted aryl, optionally substituted heteroaryl, optionallysubstituted heterocycle, alkoxy, aryloxy, arylalkyloxy, alkylthio,heteroalkyl, carboxamido, sulfonamido, —COR¹⁶, —SO₂R¹⁷, —N(R¹⁸)COR¹⁹,—N(R¹⁸)SO₂R²⁰ or N(R¹⁸)C═N(R²¹)-amino; or

R^(10b) is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halo, nitro,cyano, hydroxy, —N(H)CHO, —N(H)CN, amino, optionally substituted alkyl,haloalkyl, hydroxyalkyl, arylalkyl, optionally substituted cycloalkyl,optionally substituted alkenyl, optionally substituted alkynyl,optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted heteroaryl,optionally substituted heterocycle, alkoxy, aryloxy, arylalkyloxy,alkylthio, heteroalkyl, carboxamido, sulfonamido, —COR¹⁶, —SO₂R¹⁷,—N(R¹⁸)COR¹⁹, —N(R¹⁸)SO₂R²⁰ or N(R¹⁸)C═N(R²¹)-amino; and/or

R^(10c) and R^(10d) taken together with two adjacent carbon atoms form afused optionally substituted cycloalkyl, optionally substitutedheterocyclo, or optionally substituted heteroaryl group; e.g., R⁴-5 is:

e.g., R⁴-6 is:

e.g., R⁴-7 is:

R^(11a) and R^(11b) are each independently selected from the groupconsisting of hydrogen and alkyl;

R^(12a) and R^(12b) are selected from the group consisting of hydroxyand alkoxy; or

R^(12a) and R^(12b) taken together form a linkage—O(CR^(13a)R^(13b))_(p)O—; or

—B(R^(12a))(R^(12b)) forms a fluoride adduct;

R^(13a) and R^(13b) are each independently selected from the groupconsisting of hydrogen and C₁₋₄ alkyl;

o is 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5;

p is 2, 3, or 4;

R⁵ is R⁴-3, R⁴-4, R⁴-8, R⁴-9, or R⁴-10; or R⁵ is selected from the groupconsisting of:

X³ is selected from the group consisting of —O— and —N(R^(8f))—;

Y³ is —(CR^(9e)R^(9f))_(q)—;

Z³ is selected from the group consisting of —O— and —N(R^(8g))—, or Z³is absent;

R^(6e) is selected from the group consisting of hydroxy and alkyl; or

R^(6e) forms a hydroxy acid adduct or an amino acid adduct;

R^(7i) and R^(7j) are each independently selected from the groupconsisting of hydrogen, halo, nitro, cyano, hydroxy, amino, optionallysubstituted alkyl, haloalkyl, hydroxyalkyl, alkoxy, and alkylthio;

R^(8f) and R^(8g) are each independently selected from the groupconsisting of hydrogen and alkyl;

R^(9e) and R^(9f) are each independently selected from the groupconsisting of hydrogen and alkyl;

q is 1, 2, 3, or 4;

X⁴ is selected from the group consisting of —O— and —N(R^(8h))—;

Y⁴ is —(CR^(9g)R^(9h))_(r)—;

Z⁴ is selected from the group consisting of —O— and —N(R^(8i))—, or Z⁴is absent;

R^(6g) is selected from the group consisting of hydroxy and alkyl; or

R^(6g) forms a hydroxy acid adduct or an amino acid adduct

R^(7k) and R^(7l) are each independently selected from the groupconsisting of hydrogen, halo, nitro, cyano, hydroxy, amino, optionallysubstituted alkyl, haloalkyl, hydroxyalkyl, alkoxy, and alkylthio;

R^(8h) and R^(8i) are each independently selected from the groupconsisting of hydrogen and alkyl;

R^(9g) and R^(9h) are each independently selected from the groupconsisting of hydrogen and alkyl;

r is 1, 2, 3, or 4;

R^(10e) is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and—(CR^(11c)R^(11d))_(s)—B(R^(12c))(R^(12d)); and

R^(10f), R^(10g), and R^(10h) are independently selected from the groupconsisting of hydrogen, halo, nitro, cyano, hydroxy, amino, —N(H)CHO,—N(H)CN, optionally substituted alkyl, haloalkyl, hydroxyalkyl,arylalkyl, optionally substituted cycloalkyl, optionally substitutedalkenyl, optionally substituted alkynyl, optionally substituted aryl,optionally substituted heteroaryl, optionally substituted heterocycle,alkoxy, aryloxy, arylalkyloxy, alkylthio, carboxamido, sulfonamido,—COR¹⁶, —SO₂R¹⁷, —N(R¹⁸)COR¹⁹, —N(R¹⁸)SO₂R²⁰ or N(R¹⁸)C═N(R²¹)-amino; or

R^(10f) is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halo, nitro,cyano, hydroxy, amino, —N(H)CHO, —N(H)CN, optionally substituted alkyl,haloalkyl, hydroxyalkyl, arylalkyl, optionally substituted cycloalkyl,optionally substituted alkenyl, optionally substituted alkynyl,optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted heteroaryl,optionally substituted heterocycle, alkoxy, aryloxy, arylalkyloxy,alkylthio, carboxamido, sulfonamido, —COR¹⁶, —SO₂R¹⁷, —N(R¹⁸)COR¹⁹,—N(R¹⁸)SO₂R²⁰ or N(R¹⁸)C═N(R²¹)-amino; and

R^(10g) and R^(10h) taken together with two adjacent carbon atoms form afused optionally substituted cycloalkyl, optionally substitutedheterocyclo, or optionally substituted heteroaryl group; e.g., R³-3 is:

R^(11c) and R^(11d) are each independently selected from the groupconsisting of hydrogen and alkyl;

R^(12c) and R^(12d) are selected from the group consisting of hydroxyand alkoxy; or

R^(12c) and R^(12d) taken together form a linkage—O(CR^(13c)R^(13d))_(t)O—; or

—B(R^(12c))(R^(12d)) forms a fluoride adduct;

R^(13c) and R^(13d) are each independently selected from the groupconsisting of hydrogen and C₁₋₄ alkyl;

s is 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5;

t is 2, 3, or 4;

R^(14a) and R^(14b) are each independently selected from the groupconsisting of hydrogen, halo, nitro, cyano, hydroxy, amino, —N(H)CHO,—N(H)CN, optionally substituted alkyl, haloalkyl, hydroxyalkyl,arylalkyl, optionally substituted cycloalkyl, optionally substitutedalkenyl, optionally substituted alkynyl, optionally substituted aryl,optionally substituted heteroaryl, optionally substituted heterocycle,alkoxy, aryloxy, arylalkyloxy, alkylthio, carboxamido, sulfonamido,—COR¹⁶, —SO₂R¹⁷, —N(R¹⁸)COR¹⁹, —N(R¹⁸)SO₂R²⁰ or N(R¹⁸)C═N(R²¹)-amino;

R^(15a) and R^(15b) are each independently selected from the groupconsisting of hydrogen, halo, nitro, cyano, hydroxy, amino, —N(H)CHO,—N(H)CN, optionally substituted alkyl, haloalkyl, hydroxyalkyl,arylalkyl, optionally substituted cycloalkyl, optionally substitutedalkenyl, optionally substituted alkynyl, optionally substituted aryl,optionally substituted heteroaryl, optionally substituted heterocycle,alkoxy, aryloxy, arylalkyloxy, alkylthio, carboxamido, sulfonamido,—COR¹⁶, —SO₂R¹⁷, —N(R¹⁸)COR¹⁹, —N(R¹⁸)SO₂R²⁰ or N(R¹⁸)C═N(R²¹)-amino;

R¹⁶ is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, hydroxy,haloalkyl, hydroxyalkyl, arylalkyl, optionally substituted alkyl,optionally substituted cycloalkyl, optionally substituted alkenyl,optionally substituted alkynyl, optionally substituted heterocycle,optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted heteroaryl, alkoxy,aryloxy, and arylalkyloxy;

R¹⁷ is selected from the group consisting of haloalkyl, hydroxyalkyl,arylalkyl, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substitutedcycloalkyl, optionally substituted alkenyl, optionally substitutedalkynyl, optionally substituted heterocycle, optionally substitutedaryl, and optionally substituted heteroaryl;

R¹⁸ is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, haloalkyl,hydroxyalkyl, arylalkyl, optionally substituted alkyl, optionallysubstituted cycloalkyl, optionally substituted alkenyl, optionallysubstituted alkynyl, optionally substituted heterocycle, optionallysubstituted aryl, and optionally substituted heteroaryl;

R¹⁹ is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, haloalkyl,hydroxyalkyl, arylalkyl, optionally substituted alkyl, optionallysubstituted cycloalkyl, optionally substituted alkenyl, optionallysubstituted alkynyl, optionally substituted heterocycle, optionallysubstituted aryl, optionally substituted heteroaryl, alkoxy, aryloxy,arylalkyloxy, and amino;

R²⁰ is selected from the group consisting of haloalkyl, hydroxyalkyl,arylalkyl, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substitutedcycloalkyl, optionally substituted alkenyl, optionally substitutedalkynyl, optionally substituted heterocycle, optionally substitutedaryl, optionally substituted heteroaryl, and amino;

R²¹ is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, aryl,cyano, and nitro;

with the provisos:

a) when R⁴ is R⁴-5, R⁴-6, or R⁴-7 and R⁵ is R⁵-3, then one of R^(10a) orR^(10e) is not hydrogen; or

b) when R⁴ is R⁴-5, R⁴-6, or R⁴-7 and R⁵ is R⁵-4 or R⁵-5, then R^(10a)is not hydrogen,

and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts and solvates thereof.

In another embodiment, Compounds of the Disclosure are compounds havingFormula I-A:

and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts and solvates thereof, wherein:

R¹, R², R³, and R⁵ are as defined in connection with Formula I, andR^(4a) is selected from the group consisting of R⁴-1, R⁴-2, R⁴-3, R⁴-4,R⁴-8, R⁴-9, R⁴-10,

wherein:

R⁴-1, R⁴-2, R⁴-3, R⁴-4, R⁴-8, R⁴-9, R⁴-10, and R^(10a) are as defined inconnection with Formula I; and

R^(10i), R^(10j), and R^(10k) are each independently selected from thegroup consisting of hydrogen, halo, nitro, cyano, hydroxy, amino,—N(H)CHO, —N(H)CN, optionally substituted alkyl, haloalkyl, alkoxyalkyl,hydroxyalkyl, arylalkyl, optionally substituted cycloalkyl, optionallysubstituted alkenyl, optionally substituted alkynyl, optionallysubstituted aryl, optionally substituted heteroaryl, optionallysubstituted heterocycle, alkoxy, aryloxy, arylalkyloxy, alkylthio,heteroalkyl, carboxamido, sulfonamido, —COR¹⁶, —SO₂R¹⁷, —N(R¹⁸)COR¹⁹,—N(R¹⁸)SO₂R²⁰ or N(R¹⁸)C═N(R²¹)-amino; or

R^(10i) is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halo, nitro,cyano, hydroxy, —N(H)CHO, —N(H)CN, amino, optionally substituted alkyl,haloalkyl, hydroxyalkyl, arylalkyl, optionally substituted cycloalkyl,optionally substituted alkenyl, optionally substituted alkynyl,optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted heteroaryl,optionally substituted heterocycle, alkoxy, aryloxy, arylalkyloxy,alkylthio, heteroalkyl, carboxamido, sulfonamido, —COR¹⁶, —SO₂R¹⁷,—N(R¹⁸)COR¹⁹, —N(R¹⁸)SO₂R²⁰ or N(R¹⁸)C═N(R²¹)-amino; and/or

R^(10j) and R^(10k) taken together with two adjacent carbon atoms form afused optionally substituted cycloalkyl, optionally substitutedheterocyclo, or optionally substituted heteroaryl group.

In another embodiment, Compounds of the Disclosure are compounds havingFormula I, and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts and solvatesthereof, wherein R⁵ is selected from the group consisting of R⁵-1, R⁵-2,R⁵-3, R⁵-4, and R⁵-5; and R¹, R², R³, and R⁴ are as defined inconnection with Formula I.

In another embodiment, Compounds of the Disclosure are compounds havingFormula I-A, and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts and solvatesthereof, wherein R^(4a) is selected from the group consisting of R⁴-11,R⁴-12, and R⁴-13, and R¹, R², R³, and R⁵ are as defined in connectionwith Formula I.

In another embodiment, Compounds of the Disclosure are compounds havingFormula I-A, and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts and solvatesthereof, wherein R^(4a) is selected from the group consisting of R⁴-11,R⁴-12, and R⁴-13, R⁵ is selected from the group consisting of R⁵-3,R⁵-4, and R⁵-5; R¹, R², and R³ are as defined in connection with FormulaI.

In another embodiment, Compounds of the Disclosure are compounds havingFormula I, and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts and solvatesthereof, wherein R⁴ is R⁴-1; R⁵ is selected from the group consisting ofR⁵-3, R⁵-4, and R⁵-5; R^(10e) is hydrogen; and R¹, R², and R³ are asdefined in connection with Formula I.

In another embodiment, Compounds of the Disclosure are compounds havingFormula I, and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts and solvatesthereof, wherein R⁴ is R⁴-2; R⁵ is selected from the group consisting ofR⁵-3, R⁵-4, and R⁵-5; R^(10e) is hydrogen; and R¹, R², and R³ are asdefined in connection with Formula I.

In another embodiment, Compounds of the Disclosure are compounds havingFormula I, and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts and solvatesthereof, wherein R⁴ is R⁴-3; R⁵ is selected from the group consisting ofR⁵-3, R⁵-4, and R⁵-5; R^(10e) is hydrogen; and R¹, R², and R³ are asdefined in connection with Formula I.

In another embodiment, Compounds of the Disclosure are compounds havingFormula I, and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts and solvatesthereof, wherein R⁴ is R⁴-4; R⁵ is selected from the group consisting ofR⁵-3, R⁵-4, and R⁵-5; R^(10e) is hydrogen; and R¹, R², and R³ are asdefined in connection with Formula I.

In another embodiment, Compounds of the Disclosure are compounds havingFormula I, and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts and solvatesthereof, wherein R⁴ is R⁴-5; R⁵ is selected from the group consisting ofR⁵-3, R⁵-4, and R⁵-5; R^(10a) is—(CR^(11a)R^(11b))_(o)—B(R^(12a))(R^(12b)); and R¹, R², and R³ are asdefined in connection with Formula I.

In another embodiment, Compounds of the Disclosure are compounds havingFormula I, and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts and solvatesthereof, wherein R⁴ is R⁴-5; R⁵ is R⁵-3; R^(10e) is—(CR^(11c)R^(11d))_(s)—B(R^(12c))(R^(12d)); and R¹, R², and R³ are asdefined in connection with Formula I.

In another embodiment, Compounds of the Disclosure are compounds havingFormula I, and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts and solvatesthereof, wherein R⁴ is R⁴-6; R⁵ is selected from the group consisting ofR⁵-3, R⁵-4, and R⁵-5; R^(10a) is—(CR^(11a)R^(11b))_(o)—B(R^(12a))(R^(12b)); and R¹, R², and R³ are asdefined in connection with Formula I.

In another embodiment, Compounds of the Disclosure are compounds havingFormula I, and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts and solvatesthereof, wherein R⁴ is R⁴-7; R⁵ is selected from the group consisting ofR⁵-3, R⁵-4, and R⁵-5; R^(10a) is—(CR^(11a)R^(11b))_(o)—B(R^(12a))(R^(12b)); and R¹, R², and R³ are asdefined in connection with Formula I.

In another embodiment, Compounds of the Disclosure are compounds havingFormula I, and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts and solvatesthereof, wherein R⁴ is R⁴-8; R⁵ is selected from the group consisting ofR⁵-3, R⁵-4, and R⁵-5; and R^(10a) is—(CR^(11a)R^(11b))_(o)—B(R^(12a))(R^(12b)); and R¹, R², and R³ are asdefined in connection with Formula I.

In another embodiment, Compounds of the Disclosure are compounds havingFormula I, and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts and solvatesthereof, wherein R⁴ is R⁴-9; R⁵ is selected from the group consisting ofR⁵-3, R⁵-4, and R⁵-5; and R^(10e) is hydrogen; and R¹, R², and R³ are asdefined in connection with Formula I.

In another embodiment, Compounds of the Disclosure are compounds havingFormula I-A, and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts and solvatesthereof, wherein R^(4a) is R⁴-11; R⁵ is selected from the groupconsisting of R⁵-3, R⁵-4, and R⁵-5; R^(10e) is hydrogen; and R¹, R², andR³ are as defined in connection with Formula I.

In another embodiment, Compounds of the Disclosure are compounds havingFormula I-A, and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts and solvatesthereof, wherein R^(4a) is R⁴-12; R⁵ is selected from the groupconsisting of R⁵-3, R⁵-4, and R⁵-5; R^(10e) is hydrogen; and R¹, R², andR³ are as defined in connection with Formula I.

In another embodiment, Compounds of the Disclosure are compounds havingFormula I-A, and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts and solvatesthereof, wherein R^(4a) is R⁴-13; R⁵ is selected from the groupconsisting of R⁵-3, R⁵-4, and R⁵-5; R^(10e) is hydrogen; and R¹, R², andR³ are as defined in connection with Formula I.

In another embodiment, Compounds of the Disclosure are compounds havingFormula II:

wherein R⁵ is selected from the group consisting of R⁵-3, R⁵-4, andR⁵-5; and R¹, R², R³, R⁵-3, R⁵-4, R⁵-5, R^(10b), R^(10c), and o are asdefined in connection with Formula I, and the pharmaceuticallyacceptable salts and solvates thereof. In a further embodiment, o is 0.In further embodiment, R^(10b) and R^(10c) are each independentlyselected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, hydroxy, C₁₋₄alkyl, C₁₋₄ haloalkyl, C₁₋₄ alkoxy, and C₁₋₄ haloalkoxy. In a furtherembodiment, R⁵ is 3,5-dimethylphenyl.

In another embodiment, Compounds of the Disclosure are compounds havingFormula II-A:

wherein R⁵ is selected from the group consisting of R⁵-3, R⁵-4, andR⁵-5; R¹, R², R³, R⁵-3, R⁵-4, R⁵-5, and o are as defined in connectionwith Formula I, and R^(10i) and R^(10j) are as defined in connectionwith Formula I-A, and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts and solvatesthereof. In a further embodiment, o is 0. In further embodiment, R^(10i)and R^(10j) are each independently selected from the group consisting ofhydrogen, alkyl, halo, and alkoxyalkyl. In a further embodiment, atleast one of R^(10i) or R^(10j) is alkoxyalkyl. In a further embodiment,R⁵ is 3,5-dimethylphenyl.

In another embodiment, Compounds of the Disclosure are compounds havingFormula III:

Wherein R¹, R², R³, R^(10b), R^(10c), R^(10d), R^(10f), R^(10g) and sare as defined in connection with Formula I, and the pharmaceuticallyacceptable salts and solvates thereof. In a further embodiment, s is 0.In a further embodiment, R^(10b), R^(10c), and R^(10d) are independentlyselected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, hydroxy, C₁₋₄alkyl, C₁₋₄ haloalkyl, C₁₋₄ alkoxy, and C₁₋₄ haloalkoxy; or

R^(10b) is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen,hydroxy, C₁₋₄ alkyl, C₁₋₄ haloalkyl, C₁₋₄ alkoxy, and C₁₋₄ haloalkoxy;and

R^(10c) and R^(10d) taken together with two adjacent carbon atoms form afused optionally substituted cycloalkyl, optionally substitutedheterocyclo, or optionally substituted heteroaryl group.

In another embodiment, Compounds of the Disclosure are compounds havingFormula IV:

wherein R⁵ is selected from the group consisting of R⁵-3, R⁵-4 and R⁵-5;R^(10e) is hydrogen; R^(6a) is hydroxy; and R¹, R², R³, R^(7a), X¹, Y¹,and Z¹ are as defined in connection with Formula I, and thepharmaceutically acceptable salts and solvates thereof. In a furtherembodiment, R^(7a) is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen,halogen, and alkyl. In a further embodiment, Z¹ is absent. In a furtherembodiment, Z¹ is —O—. In a further embodiment, Z¹ is —N(H)—. In afurther embodiment, X¹ is —O—. In a further embodiment, X¹ is —N(H)—. Ina further embodiment, R^(9a) and R^(9b) are selected from the groupconsisting of hydrogen and methyl. In a further embodiment, Z¹ is absentand m is 1, 2, or 3. In a further embodiment, Z¹ is absent and m is 1.In a further embodiment, R⁵ is 3,5-dimethylphenyl.

In another embodiment, Compounds of the Disclosure are compounds havingFormula V:

wherein R⁵ is selected from the group consisting of R⁵-3, R⁵-4 and R⁵-5;R^(10e) is hydrogen; R^(6a) is hydroxy; and R¹, R², R³, R^(7a), X¹, Y¹,and Z¹ are as defined in connection with Formula I, and thepharmaceutically acceptable salts and solvates thereof. In a furtherembodiment, R^(7a) is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen,halogen, and alkyl. In a further embodiment, Z¹ is absent. In a furtherembodiment, Z¹ is —O—. In a further embodiment, Z¹ is —N(H)—. In afurther embodiment, X¹ is —O—. In a further embodiment, X¹ is —N(H)—. Ina further embodiment, R^(9a) and R^(9b) are selected from the groupconsisting of hydrogen and methyl. In a further embodiment, Z¹ is absentand m is 1, 2, or 3. In a further embodiment, Z¹ is absent and m is 1.In a further embodiment, R⁵ is 3,5-dimethylphenyl.

In another embodiment, Compounds of the Disclosure are compounds havingFormula VI:

wherein R⁵ is selected from the group consisting of R⁵-3, R⁵-4 and R⁵-5;R^(10e) is hydrogen; R^(6a) is hydroxy; and R¹, R², R³, R^(7a), X¹, Y¹,and Z¹ are as defined in connection with Formula I, and thepharmaceutically acceptable salts and solvates thereof. In a furtherembodiment, R^(7a) is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen,halogen, and alkyl. In a further embodiment, Z¹ is absent. In a furtherembodiment, Z¹ is —O—. In a further embodiment, Z¹ is —N(H)—. In afurther embodiment, X¹ is —O—. In a further embodiment, X¹ is —N(H)—. Ina further embodiment, R^(9a) and R^(9b) are selected from the groupconsisting of hydrogen and methyl. In a further embodiment, Z¹ is absentand m is 1, 2, or 3. In a further embodiment, Z¹ is absent and m is 1.In a further embodiment, R⁵ is 3,5-dimethylphenyl.

In another embodiment, Compounds of the Disclosure are compounds havingFormula VII:

wherein R⁵ is selected from the group consisting of R⁵-3, R⁵-4 and R⁵-5;R^(6b) is hydroxy; R^(10e) is hydrogen, and R¹, R², R³, R^(7c), X², Y²,and Z² are as defined in connection with Formula I, and thepharmaceutically acceptable salts and solvates thereof. In a furtherembodiment, R^(7c) is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen,halogen, and alkyl. In a further embodiment, Z² is absent. In a furtherembodiment, Z² is —O—. In a further embodiment, Z² is —N(H)—. In afurther embodiment, X² is —O—. In a further embodiment, X² is —N(H)—. Ina further embodiment, R^(9c) and R^(9d) are selected from the groupconsisting of hydrogen and methyl. In a further embodiment, Z² is absentand n is 1, 2, or 3. In a further embodiment, Z² is absent and n is 1.In a further embodiment, R⁵ is 3,5-dimethylphenyl.

In another embodiment, Compounds of the Disclosure are compounds havingFormula VIII:

wherein R⁵ is selected from the group consisting of R⁵-3, R⁵-4 and R⁵-5;R^(6b) is hydroxy; R^(10e) is hydrogen, and R¹, R², R³, R^(7c), X², Y²,and Z² are as defined in connection with Formula I, and thepharmaceutically acceptable salts and solvates thereof. In a furtherembodiment, R^(7c) is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen,halogen, and alkyl. In a further embodiment, Z² is absent. In a furtherembodiment, Z² is —O—. In a further embodiment, Z² is —N(H)—. In afurther embodiment, X² is —O—. In a further embodiment, X² is —N(H)—. Ina further embodiment, R^(9c) and R^(9d) are selected from the groupconsisting of hydrogen and methyl. In a further embodiment, Z² is absentand n is 1, 2, or 3. In a further embodiment, Z² is absent and n is 1.In a further embodiment, R⁵ is 3,5-dimethylphenyl.

In another embodiment, Compounds of the Disclosure are compounds havingFormula IX:

wherein R⁵ is selected from the group consisting of R⁵-3, R⁵-4 and R⁵-5;R^(6b) is hydroxy; R^(10e) is hydrogen, and R¹, R², R³, R^(7c), X², Y²,and Z² are as defined in connection with Formula I, and thepharmaceutically acceptable salts and solvates thereof. In a furtherembodiment, R^(7c) is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen,halogen, and alkyl. In a further embodiment, Z² is absent. In a furtherembodiment, Z² is —O—. In a further embodiment, Z² is —N(H)—. In afurther embodiment, X² is —O—. In a further embodiment, X² is —N(H)—. Ina further embodiment, R^(9c) and R^(9d) are selected from the groupconsisting of hydrogen and methyl. In a further embodiment, Z² is absentand n is 1, 2, or 3. In a further embodiment, Z² is absent and n is 1.In a further embodiment, R⁵ is 3,5-dimethylphenyl.

In another embodiment, Compounds of the Disclosure are compounds havingFormula I, wherein R⁴ is selected from the group consisting of:

wherein R⁵ is selected from the group consisting of R⁵-3, R⁵-4, andR⁵-5; R^(10e) is hydrogen; and R¹, R², and R³, are as defined inconnection with Formula I, and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts andsolvates thereof. In a further embodiment, R^(7a) is selected from thegroup consisting of hydrogen, halogen, hydroxy, C₁₋₄ alkyl, C₁₋₄haloalkyl, C₁₋₄ alkoxy, and C₁₋₄ haloalkoxy; R^(8a) is selected from thegroup consisting of hydrogen and C₁₋₄ alkyl; and R^(6f) is selected fromthe group consisting of hydrogen, C₁₋₄ alkyl, hydroxy, and —NH₂.

In another embodiment, Compounds of the Disclosure are compounds havingFormula I, wherein:

R⁴ is R⁴-5;

R^(10a) is hydrogen;

R^(10b), R^(10c), and R^(10d) are independently selected from the groupconsisting of hydrogen, halogen, amino, cyano, —N(H)CHO, —N(H)CN,hydroxy, C₁₋₄ alkyl, C₁₋₄ haloalkyl, C₁₋₄ alkoxy, and C₁₋₄ haloalkoxy;or

R^(10b) is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen,hydroxy, amino, cyano, —N(H)CHO, —N(H)CN, C₁₋₄ alkyl, C₁₋₄ haloalkyl,C₁₋₄ alkoxy, and C₁₋₄ haloalkoxy; and

R^(10c) and R^(10d) taken together with two adjacent carbon atoms form afused optionally substituted cycloalkyl, optionally substitutedheterocyclo, or optionally substituted heteroaryl group;

R⁵ is selected from the group consisting of:

R^(7a) is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen,hydroxy, C₁₋₄ alkyl, C₁₋₄ haloalkyl, C₁₋₄ alkoxy, and C₁₋₄ haloalkoxy;and

R¹, R², and R³ are as defined in connection with Formula I, and thepharmaceutically acceptable salts and solvates thereof.

In another embodiment, Compounds of the Disclosure are compounds havingFormula I, wherein:

R⁴ is selected from the group consisting of:

R⁵ is selected from the group consisting of R⁵-3, R⁵-4, and R⁵-5;

R^(10e) is hydrogen; and

R¹, R², and R³ are as defined in connection with Formula I, and thepharmaceutically acceptable salts and solvates thereof.

In another embodiment, Compounds of the Disclosure are compounds havingFormula I-A, wherein:

R^(4a) is R⁴-11;

R⁵ is selected from the group consisting of R⁵-3, R⁵-4, and R⁵-5;

R^(10e) is hydrogen; and

R¹, R², R³, R⁵-3, R⁵-4, and R⁵-5 are as defined in connection withFormula I, and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts and solvatesthereof.

In another embodiment, Compounds of the Disclosure are compounds havingFormula I-A, wherein:

R^(4a) is:

R⁵ is R⁵-3;

R^(10e) is hydrogen; and

R¹, R², R³, and R⁵-3 are as defined in connection with Formula I, andthe pharmaceutically acceptable salts and solvates thereof. In anotherembodiment, R^(10f) and R^(10g) are each alkyl and R^(10h) is hydrogen.In another embodiment, R^(10i) and R^(10j) are each independentlyselected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, hydroxy, C₁₋₄alkyl, alkoxyalkyl, C₁₋₄ haloalkyl, C₁₋₄ alkoxy, and C₁₋₄ haloalkoxy. Inanother embodiment, R^(10i) and R^(10j) are each independently selectedfrom the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, and alkoxyalkyl. Inanother embodiment, at least one of R^(10i) or R^(10j) is alkoxyalkyl.

In another embodiment, Compounds of the Disclosure are compounds havingFormula I, wherein:

R⁴ is:

R^(7a) is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen,hydroxy, C₁₋₄ alkyl, C₁₋₄ haloalkyl, C₁₋₄ alkoxy, and C₁₋₄ haloalkoxy;

R⁵ is selected from the group consisting of R⁵-3, R⁵-4, and R⁵-5; and

R^(10e) is hydrogen.

In another embodiment, Compounds of the Disclosure are compounds havingany one of Formulae I-IX, wherein R¹ is optionally substituted C₁₋₆alkyl; R² is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen andoptionally substituted C₁₋₆ alkyl; R³ is optionally substituted C₁₋₆alkyl; and R⁴ and R⁵ are as defined in connection with Formula I, andthe pharmaceutically acceptable salts and solvates thereof.

In another embodiment, Compounds of the Disclosure are compounds havingFormula I-A or II-A, wherein R¹ is optionally substituted C₁₋₆ alkyl; R²is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and optionallysubstituted C₁₋₆ alkyl; and R³ is optionally substituted C₁₋₆ alkyl, andthe pharmaceutically acceptable salts and solvates thereof.

In another embodiment, Compounds of the Disclosure are compounds havingany one of Formulae I-IX, wherein R¹ is selected from the groupconsisting of methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, and n-butyl; R² is selected fromthe group consisting of hydrogen and methyl; and R⁴ and R⁵ are asdefined in connection with Formula I, and the pharmaceuticallyacceptable salts and solvates thereof. In a further embodiment, R³ isselected from the group consisting of methyl and tert-butyl. In afurther embodiment, R² is hydrogen and R³ is tert-butyl.

In another embodiment, Compounds of the Disclosure are compounds havingFormula I-A or II-A, wherein R¹ is selected from the group consisting ofmethyl, ethyl, n-propyl, and n-butyl; and R² is selected from the groupconsisting of hydrogen and methyl, and the pharmaceutically acceptablesalts and solvates thereof. In a further embodiment, R³ is selected fromthe group consisting of methyl and tert-butyl. In a further embodiment,R² is hydrogen and R³ is tert-butyl.

In another embodiment, Compounds of the Disclosure are compounds havingany one of Formulae I-IX, wherein R¹ is optionally substituted C₁₋₆alkyl; R² is hydrogen; R³ is selected from the group consisting ofoptionally substituted phenyl, optionally substituted pyridyl, andoptionally substituted pyrimidinyl; and R⁴ and R⁵ are as defined inconnection with Formula I, and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts andsolvates thereof. In a further embodiment, R³ is selected from the groupconsisting of optionally substituted pyridyl and optionally substitutedpyrimidinyl.

In another embodiment, Compounds of the Disclosure are compounds havingFormula I-A or II-A, wherein R¹ is optionally substituted C₁₋₆ alkyl; R²is hydrogen; and R³ is selected from the group consisting of optionallysubstituted phenyl, optionally substituted pyridyl, and optionallysubstituted pyrimidinyl, and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts andsolvates thereof. In a further embodiment, R³ is selected from the groupconsisting of optionally substituted pyridyl and optionally substitutedpyrimidinyl.

In another embodiment, Compounds of the Disclosure are compounds havingany one of Formulae I-IX, wherein R¹, R², and R³ are each methyl; and R⁴and R⁵ are as defined in connection with Formula I, and thepharmaceutically acceptable salts and solvates thereof.

In another embodiment, Compounds of the Disclosure are compounds havingFormula I-A or II-A, wherein R¹, R², and R³ are each methyl, and thepharmaceutically acceptable salts and solvates thereof.

In another embodiment, Compounds of the Disclosure are compounds havingany one of Formulae I-IX, wherein the compound does not exhibit opticalactivity, i.e., the compound is achiral or racemic, or apharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof.

In another embodiment, Compounds of the Disclosure are compounds havingFormula I-A or II-A, wherein the compound does not exhibit opticalactivity, i.e., the compound is achiral or racemic, or apharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof.

In another embodiment, Compounds of the Disclosure are compounds havingany one of Formulae I-IX, wherein the carbon atom bearing R¹, R², and R³is an asymmetric carbon atom and the absolute configuration of saidasymmetric carbon atom is R, i.e., the compound is enantiomericallyenriched in the R isomer, and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts andsolvates thereof. In a further embodiment, Compounds of the Disclosureare compounds having any one of Formulae I-IX, wherein the enantiomericexcess of the R isomer is at least about 60%, e.g., at least about 65%,at least about 70%, at least about 75%, at least about 80%, at leastabout 85%, at least about 90%, at least about 91%, at least about 92%,at least about 93%, at least about 94%, at least about 95%, at leastabout 96%, at least about 97%, at least about 98%, or at least about99%. In a further embodiment, the enantiomeric excess of the R isomer isat least about 90%. In a further embodiment, the enantiomeric excess ofthe R isomer is at least about 95%. In a further embodiment, theenantiomeric excess of the R isomer is at least about 98%. In a furtherembodiment, the enantiomeric excess of the R isomer is at least about98%.

In another embodiment, Compounds of the Disclosure are compounds havingFormula I-A or II-A, wherein the carbon atom bearing R¹, R², and R³ isan asymmetric carbon atom and the absolute configuration of saidasymmetric carbon atom is R, i.e., the compound is enantiomericallyenriched in the R isomer, and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts andsolvates thereof. In a further embodiment, Compounds of the Disclosureare compounds having Formula I-A or II-A, wherein the enantiomericexcess of the R isomer is at least about 60%, e.g., at least about 65%,at least about 70%, at least about 75%, at least about 80%, at leastabout 85%, at least about 90%, at least about 91%, at least about 92%,at least about 93%, at least about 94%, at least about 95%, at leastabout 96%, at least about 97%, at least about 98%, or at least about99%. In a further embodiment, the enantiomeric excess of the R isomer isat least about 90%. In a further embodiment, the enantiomeric excess ofthe R isomer is at least about 95%. In a further embodiment, theenantiomeric excess of the R isomer is at least about 98%. In a furtherembodiment, the enantiomeric excess of the R isomer is at least about98%.

In another embodiment, Compounds of the Disclosure are compounds havingany one of Formulae I-IX, wherein the carbon atom bearing R¹, R², and R³is an asymmetric carbon atom and the absolute configuration of saidasymmetric carbon atom is S, i.e., the compound is enantiomericallyenriched in the S isomer, and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts andsolvates thereof. In a further embodiment, Compounds of the Disclosureare compounds having any one of Formulae I-IX, wherein the enantiomericexcess of the S isomer is at least about 60%, e.g., at least about 65%,at least about 70%, at least about 75%, at least about 80%, at leastabout 85%, at least about 90%, at least about 91%, at least about 92%,at least about 93%, at least about 94%, at least about 95%, at leastabout 96%, at least about 97%, at least about 98%, or at least about99%. In a further embodiment, the enantiomeric excess of the S isomer isat least about 90%. In a further embodiment, the enantiomeric excess ofthe S isomer is at least about 95%. In a further embodiment, theenantiomeric excess of the S isomer is at least about 98%. In a furtherembodiment, the enantiomeric excess of the S isomer is at least about99%.

In another embodiment, Compounds of the Disclosure are compounds havingFormula I-A or II-A, wherein the carbon atom bearing R¹, R², and R³ isan asymmetric carbon atom and the absolute configuration of saidasymmetric carbon atom is S, i.e., the compound is enantiomericallyenriched in the S isomer, and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts andsolvates thereof. In a further embodiment, Compounds of the Disclosureare compounds having Formula I-A or II-A, wherein the enantiomericexcess of the S isomer is at least about 60%, e.g., at least about 65%,at least about 70%, at least about 75%, at least about 80%, at leastabout 85%, at least about 90%, at least about 91%, at least about 92%,at least about 93%, at least about 94%, at least about 95%, at leastabout 96%, at least about 97%, at least about 98%, or at least about99%. In a further embodiment, the enantiomeric excess of the S isomer isat least about 90%. In a further embodiment, the enantiomeric excess ofthe S isomer is at least about 95%. In a further embodiment, theenantiomeric excess of the S isomer is at least about 98%. In a furtherembodiment, the enantiomeric excess of the S isomer is at least about99%.

In another embodiment, Compounds of the Disclosure are compounds havingFormula X:

wherein R¹ does not equal R³, and R¹, R³, R⁴, and R⁵ are as defined inconnection with Formula I, and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts andsolvates thereof. In a further embodiment, the enantiomeric excess of acompound having Formula X, in a mixture of compounds having Formulae Xand XI, is at least about 60%, e.g., at least about 65%, at least about70%, at least about 75%, at least about 80%, at least about 85%, atleast about 90%, at least about 91%, at least about 92%, at least about93%, at least about 94%, at least about 95%, at least about 96%, atleast about 97%, at least about 98%, or at least about 99%. In a furtherembodiment, the enantiomeric excess of a compound having Formula X is atleast about 90%. In a further embodiment, the enantiomeric excess of acompound having Formula X is at least about 95%. In a furtherembodiment, the enantiomeric excess of a compound having Formula X is atleast about 98%. In a further embodiment, the enantiomeric excess of acompound having Formula X is at least about 99%.

In another embodiment, Compounds of the Disclosure are compounds havingFormula X-A:

wherein R¹ does not equal R³, and R¹, R³, and R⁵ are as defined inconnection with Formula I, and R^(4a) is as defined in connection withFormula I-A, and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts and solvatesthereof. In a further embodiment, the enantiomeric excess of a compoundhaving Formula X-A, in a mixture of compounds having Formulae X-A andXI-A, is at least about 60%, e.g., at least about 65%, at least about70%, at least about 75%, at least about 80%, at least about 85%, atleast about 90%, at least about 91%, at least about 92%, at least about93%, at least about 94%, at least about 95%, at least about 96%, atleast about 97%, at least about 98%, or at least about 99%. In a furtherembodiment, the enantiomeric excess of a compound having Formula X-A isat least about 90%. In a further embodiment, the enantiomeric excess ofa compound having Formula X-A is at least about 95%. In a furtherembodiment, the enantiomeric excess of a compound having Formula X-A isat least about 98%. In a further embodiment, the enantiomeric excess ofa compound having Formula X-A is at least about 99%.

In another embodiment, Compounds of the Disclosure are compounds havingFormula XI:

wherein R¹ does not equal R³, and R¹, R³, R⁴, and R⁵ are as defined inconnection with Formula I, and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts andsolvates thereof. In a further embodiment, the enantiomeric excess of acompound having Formula XI, in a mixture of compounds having Formulae Xand XI, is at least about 60%, e.g., at least about 65%, at least about70%, at least about 75%, at least about 80%, at least about 85%, atleast about 90%, at least about 91%, at least about 92%, at least about93%, at least about 94%, at least about 95%, at least about 96%, atleast about 97%, at least about 98%, or at least about 99%. In a furtherembodiment, the enantiomeric excess of a compound having Formula XI isat least about 90%. In a further embodiment, the enantiomeric excess ofa compound having Formula XI is at least about 95%. In a furtherembodiment, the enantiomeric excess of a compound having Formula XI isat least about 98%. In a further embodiment, the enantiomeric excess ofa compound having Formula XI is at least about 99%.

In another embodiment, Compounds of the Disclosure are compounds havingFormula XI-A:

wherein R¹ does not equal R³, and R¹, R³, and R⁵ are as defined inconnection with Formula I, and R^(4a) is as defined in connection withFormula I-A, and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts and solvatesthereof. In a further embodiment, the enantiomeric excess of a compoundhaving Formula XI-A, in a mixture of compounds having Formulae X-A andXI-A, is at least about 60%, e.g., at least about 65%, at least about70%, at least about 75%, at least about 80%, at least about 85%, atleast about 90%, at least about 91%, at least about 92%, at least about93%, at least about 94%, at least about 95%, at least about 96%, atleast about 97%, at least about 98%, or at least about 99%. In a furtherembodiment, the enantiomeric excess of a compound having Formula XI-A isat least about 90%. In a further embodiment, the enantiomeric excess ofa compound having Formula XI-A is at least about 95%. In a furtherembodiment, the enantiomeric excess of a compound having Formula XI-A isat least about 98%. In a further embodiment, the enantiomeric excess ofa compound having Formula XI-A is at least about 99%.

In another embodiment, Compounds of the Disclosure are compounds havingFormula X or XI, wherein:

R⁴ is selected from the group consisting of:

R⁵ is selected from the group consisting of R⁵-3, R⁵-4, and R⁵-5;

R^(10e) is hydrogen; and

R¹, R², and R³ are as defined in connection with Formula I, and thepharmaceutically acceptable salts and solvates thereof. In a furtherembodiment, R^(7a) is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen,halogen, hydroxy, C₁₋₄ alkyl, C₁₋₄ haloalkyl, C₁₋₄ alkoxy, and C₁₋₄haloalkoxy. In a further embodiment, R^(10b) and R^(10c) are eachindependently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen,hydroxy, C₁₋₄ alkyl, C₁₋₄ haloalkyl, C₁₋₄ alkoxy, and C₁₋₄ haloalkoxy.In a further embodiment, R⁵ is R⁵-3. In a further embodiment, R^(10f),R^(10g), and R^(10h) are each independently selected from the groupconsisting of hydrogen, halogen, hydroxy, C₁₋₄ alkyl, C₁₋₄ haloalkyl,C₁₋₄ alkoxy, and C₁₋₄ haloalkoxy. In a further embodiment, R is selectedfrom the group consisting of ethyl and n-propyl and R³ is tert-butyl. Ina further embodiment, R¹ is tert-butyl and R³ is optionally substitutedphenyl. In a further embodiment, R⁵ is 3,5-dimethylphenyl.

In another embodiment, Compounds of the Disclosure are compounds havingFormula X or XI, wherein:

R⁴ is:

R⁵ is selected from the group consisting of R⁵-3, R⁵-4, and R⁵-5;

R^(7a) is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, andC₁₋₄ alkyl, C₁₋₄ haloalkyl, C₁₋₄ alkoxy, and C₁₋₄ haloalkoxy, and

R^(10e) is hydrogen; and

R¹, R², and R³ are as defined in connection with Formula I, and thepharmaceutically acceptable salts and solvates thereof. In a furtherembodiment, R^(7a) is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen,halogen, hydroxy, C₁₋₄ alkyl, C₁₋₄ haloalkyl, C₁₋₄ alkoxy, and C₁₋₄haloalkoxy. In a further embodiment, R^(10b) and R^(10c) are eachindependently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen,hydroxy, C₁₋₄ alkyl, C₁₋₄ haloalkyl, C₁₋₄ alkoxy, and C₁₋₄ haloalkoxy.In a further embodiment, R⁵ is R⁵-3. In a further embodiment, R^(10f),R^(10g), and R^(10h) are each independently selected from the groupconsisting of hydrogen, halogen, hydroxy, C₁₋₄ alkyl, C₁₋₄ haloalkyl,C₁₋₄ alkoxy, and C₁₋₄ haloalkoxy. In a further embodiment, R¹ isselected from the group consisting of ethyl and n-propyl and R³ istert-butyl. In a further embodiment, R¹ is tert-butyl and R³ isoptionally substituted phenyl. In a further embodiment, R⁵ is3,5-dimethylphenyl.

In another embodiment, Compounds of the Disclosure are compounds havingFormula X-A or XI-A, wherein:

R^(4a) is selected from the group consisting of:

R⁵ is selected from the group consisting of R⁵-3, R⁵-4, and R⁵-5;

R^(10e) is hydrogen; and

R¹, R², R³, R⁵-3, R⁵-4, and R⁵-5 are as defined in connection withFormula I, and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts and solvatesthereof. In a further embodiment, R^(10i) and R^(10j) are eachindependently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen,hydroxy, C₁₋₄ alkyl, alkoxyalkyl, C₁₋₄ haloalkyl, C₁₋₄ alkoxy, and C₁₋₄haloalkoxy. In a further embodiment, R⁵ is R⁵-3. In a furtherembodiment, R^(10f), R^(10g), and R^(10h) are each independentlyselected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, hydroxy, C₁₋₄alkyl, C₁₋₄ haloalkyl, C₁₋₄ alkoxy, and C₁₋₄ haloalkoxy. In a furtherembodiment, R¹ is selected from the group consisting of ethyl andn-propyl and R³ is tert-butyl. In a further embodiment, R¹ is tert-butyland R³ is optionally substituted phenyl. In a further embodiment, atleast one of R^(10i) or R^(10j) is alkoxyalkyl. In a further embodiment,R⁵ is 3,5-dimethylphenyl.

In another embodiment, Compounds of the Disclosure are compounds havingany one of Formulae I-XI, and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts andsolvates thereof, wherein R⁴ is R⁴-1 or R⁴-8; R^(6a) forms a hydroxyacid adduct, and R¹, R², R³, and R⁵ are as defined in connection withFormula I, and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts and solvatesthereof.

In another embodiment, Compounds of the Disclosure are compounds havingany one of Formulae I-XI, and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts andsolvates thereof, wherein R⁴ is R⁴-2; R^(6b) forms a hydroxy acidadduct; and R¹, R², R³, and R⁵ are as defined in connection with FormulaI, and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts and solvates thereof.

In another embodiment, Compounds of the Disclosure are compounds havingany one of Formulae I-XI, and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts andsolvates thereof, wherein R⁴ is R⁴-3; R^(6c) forms a hydroxy acidadduct, and R¹, R², R³, and R⁵ are as defined in connection with FormulaI, and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts and solvates thereof.

In another embodiment, Compounds of the Disclosure are compounds havingany one of Formulae I-XI, and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts andsolvates thereof, wherein R⁴ is R⁴-4; R^(6d) forms a hydroxy acidadduct, and R¹, R², R³ and R⁵ are as defined in connection with FormulaI, and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts and solvates thereof.

In another embodiment, Compounds of the Disclosure are compounds havingany one of Formulae I-XI, and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts andsolvates thereof, wherein R⁵ is R⁵-1; R^(6e) forms a hydroxy acidadduct, and R¹, R², R³, and R⁴ are as defined in connection with FormulaI, and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts and solvates thereof.

In another embodiment, Compounds of the Disclosure are compounds havingany one of Formulae I-XI, and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts andsolvates thereof, wherein R⁵ is R⁵-2; R^(6g) forms a hydroxy acidadduct, and R¹, R², R³, and R⁴ are as defined in connection with FormulaI, and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts and solvates thereof.

In another embodiment, Compounds of the Disclosure are compounds havingany one of Formulae I-XI, and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts andsolvates thereof, wherein R⁴ is R⁴-1 or R⁴-8; R^(6a) forms an amino acidadduct, and R¹, R², R³, and R⁵ are as defined in connection with FormulaI, and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts and solvates thereof.

In another embodiment, Compounds of the Disclosure are compounds havingany one of Formulae I-XI, and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts andsolvates thereof, wherein R⁴ is R⁴-2; R^(6b) forms an amino acid adduct;and R¹, R², R³, and R⁵ are as defined in connection with Formula I, andthe pharmaceutically acceptable salts and solvates thereof.

In another embodiment, Compounds of the Disclosure are compounds havingany one of Formulae I-XI, and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts andsolvates thereof, wherein R⁴ is R⁴-3; R^(6c) forms an amino acid adduct,and R¹, R², R³, and R⁵ are as defined in connection with Formula I, andthe pharmaceutically acceptable salts and solvates thereof.

In another embodiment, Compounds of the Disclosure are compounds havingany one of Formulae I-XI, and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts andsolvates thereof, wherein R⁴ is R⁴-4; R^(6d) forms an amino acid adduct,and R¹, R², R³ and R⁵ are as defined in connection with Formula I, andthe pharmaceutically acceptable salts and solvates thereof.

In another embodiment, Compounds of the Disclosure are compounds havingany one of Formulae I-XI, and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts andsolvates thereof, wherein R⁵ is R⁵-1; R^(6e) forms an amino acid adduct,and R¹, R², R³, and R⁴ are as defined in connection with Formula I, andthe pharmaceutically acceptable salts and solvates thereof.

In another embodiment, Compounds of the Disclosure are compounds havingany one of Formulae I-XI, and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts andsolvates thereof, wherein R⁵ is R⁵-2; R^(6g) forms an amino acid adduct,and R¹, R², R³, and R⁴ are as defined in connection with Formula I, andthe pharmaceutically acceptable salts and solvates thereof.

In another embodiment, Compounds of the Disclosure are compounds havingany one of Formulae I-XI, and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts andsolvates thereof, wherein R⁴ is R⁴-5, R⁴-6, or R⁴-7; R^(10a) is—(CR^(11a)R^(11b))_(o)—B(R^(12a))(R^(12b)); —B(R^(12c))(R^(12d)) forms afluoride adduct; and R¹, R², R³, and R⁵ are as defined in connectionwith Formula I, and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts and solvatesthereof.

In another embodiment, Compounds of the Disclosure are compounds havingany one of Formulae I-XI, and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts andsolvates thereof, wherein R⁴ is R⁴-5, R⁴-6, or R⁴-7; R^(10e) is—(CR^(11c)R^(11d))_(s)—B(R^(12c))(R^(12d)); —B(R^(12a))(R^(12b)) forms afluoride adduct; and R¹, R², R³, and R⁵ are as defined in connectionwith Formula I, and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts and solvatesthereof.

In another embodiment, Compounds of the Disclosure are compounds havingany one of Formulae IA, II-A, X-A, or XI-A, and the pharmaceuticallyacceptable salts and solvates thereof, wherein R^(4a) is R⁴-11, R⁴-12,or R⁴-12; R^(10e) is —(CR^(11c)R^(11d))_(s)—B(R^(12c))(R^(12d));—B(R^(12a))(R^(12b)) forms a fluoride adduct; and R¹, R², R³, and R⁵ areas defined in connection with Formula I, and the pharmaceuticallyacceptable salts and solvates thereof.

In another embodiment, Compounds of the Disclosure are compounds havingthe formula:

In another embodiment, Compounds of the Disclosure are compounds ofTable A.

TABLE A Cpd No. Structure Name 85

(R)-(4-(2-(3,5-dimethylbenzoyl)-2-(2,2-dimethylpentan-3-yl)hydrazine-1-carbonyl)-3- fluorophenyl)boronic acid86

(R)-(3-(2-(3,5-dimethylbenzoyl)-2-(2,2-dimethylpentan-3-yl)hydrazine-1-carbonyl)-2-fluoro-6-(methoxymethyl)phenyl)boronic acid 87

(R)-N′-(3,5-dimethylbenzoyl)-N′-(2,2- dimethylpentan-3-yl)-2-fluoro-4-(methoxymethyl)-3-(4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-1,3,2-dioxaborolan-2-yl)benzohydrazide 88

(3-(2-(tert-butyl)-2-(3,5- dimethylbenzoyl)hydrazine-1-carbonyl)-2-fluoro-6-(methoxymethyl)phenyl)boronic acid 89

N′-(2,2-dimethyl-1-phenylpropyl)-N′-(3,5-dimethylbenzoyl)-4-fluoro-1-hydroxy-1,3-dihydrobenzo[c][1,2]oxaborole-5-carbohydrazide 90

(R)-(3-(2-(3,5-dimethylbenzoyl)-2-(2,2-dimethylpentan-3-yl)hydrazine-1-carbonyl)-6-(ethoxymethyl)-2-fluorophenyl)boronic acid 91

N′-(tert-butyl)-N′-(3,5-dimethylbenzoyl)-1- hydroxy-6-methyl-1,2,3,4-tetrahydrobenzo[f][1,4,5]oxazaborepine-7- carbohydrazide 92

(R)-N′-(3,5-dimethylbenzoyl)-N′-(2,2-dimethylpentan-3-yl)-1-hydroxy-6-methyl-1,2,3,4-tetrahydrobenzo[f][1,4,5]oxazaborepine- 7-carbohydrazide 93

potassium (R)-(4-(2-(3,5-dimethylbenzoyl)-2-(2,2-dimethylhexan-3-yl)hydrazine-1-carbonyl)-3-fluorophenyl)trifluoroborate 94

N′-(tert-butyl)-N′-(3,5-dimethylbenzoyl)-2-fluoro-4-(methoxymethyl)-3-(4,4,5,5- tetramethyl-1,3,2-dioxaborolan-2-yl)benzohydrazine 95

N′-(3,5-dimethylbenzoyl)-N′-((R)-2,2-dimethylpentan-3-yl)-7-fluoro-5′-oxo-3H-1l4-spiro[benzo[c][1,2]oxaborole-1,2′-[1,3,2]oxazaborolidine]-6-carbohydrazide

For the purpose of the present disclosure, the term “alkyl” as used byitself or as part of another group refers to a straight- orbranched-chain aliphatic hydrocarbon containing one to twelve carbonatoms (i.e., C₁₋₁₂ alkyl) or the number of carbon atoms designated(i.e., a C₁ alkyl such as methyl, a C₂ alkyl such as ethyl, a C₃ alkylsuch as propyl or isopropyl, etc.). In one embodiment, the alkyl groupis chosen from a straight chain C₁₋₁₀ alkyl group. In anotherembodiment, the alkyl group is chosen from a branched chain C₃₋₁₀ alkylgroup. In another embodiment, the alkyl group is chosen from a straightchain C₁₋₆ alkyl group. In another embodiment, the alkyl group is chosenfrom a branched chain C₃₋₆ alkyl group. In another embodiment, the alkylgroup is chosen from a straight chain C₁₋₄ alkyl group. In anotherembodiment, the alkyl group is chosen from a branched chain C₃₋₄ alkylgroup. In another embodiment, the alkyl group is chosen from a straightor branched chain C₃₋₄ alkyl group. In another embodiment, the alkylgroup is partially or completely deuterated, i.e., one or more hydrogenatoms of the alkyl group are replaced with deuterium atoms. Non-limitingexemplary C₁₋₁₀ alkyl groups include methyl (including -CD₃), ethyl,propyl, isopropyl, butyl, sec-butyl, tert-butyl, iso-butyl, 3-pentyl,hexyl, heptyl, octyl, nonyl, decyl, and the like. Non-limiting exemplaryC₁₋₄ alkyl groups include methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, butyl,sec-butyl, tert-butyl, and iso-butyl.

For the purpose of the present disclosure, the term “optionallysubstituted alkyl” as used by itself or as part of another group meansthat the alkyl as defined above is either unsubstituted or substitutedwith one, two, or three substituents independently chosen from nitro,haloalkoxy, aryloxy, aralkyloxy, alkylthio, sulfonamido, alkylcarbonyl,arylcarbonyl, alkylsulfonyl, arylsulfonyl, ureido, guanidino, carboxy,carboxyalkyl, cycloalkyl, and the like. In one embodiment, theoptionally substituted alkyl is substituted with two substituents. Inanother embodiment, the optionally substituted alkyl is substituted withone substituent. Non-limiting exemplary optionally substituted alkylgroups include —CH₂CH₂NO₂, —CH₂CH₂CO₂H, —CH₂CH₂SO₂CH₃, —CH₂CH₂COPh,—CH₂C₆H₁₁, and the like.

For the purpose of the present disclosure, the term “cycloalkyl” as usedby itself or as part of another group refers to saturated and partiallyunsaturated (containing one or two double bonds) cyclic aliphatichydrocarbons containing one to three rings having from three to twelvecarbon atoms (i.e., C₃₋₁₂ cycloalkyl) or the number of carbonsdesignated. In one embodiment, the cycloalkyl group has two rings. Inone embodiment, the cycloalkyl group has one ring. In anotherembodiment, the cycloalkyl group is chosen from a C₃₋₈ cycloalkyl group.In another embodiment, the cycloalkyl group is chosen from a C₃₋₆cycloalkyl group. Non-limiting exemplary cycloalkyl groups includecyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, cycloheptyl,cyclooctyl, norbornyl, decalin, adamantyl, cyclohexenyl, and the like.

For the purpose of the present disclosure, the term “optionallysubstituted cycloalkyl” as used by itself or as part of another groupmeans that the cycloalkyl as defined above is either unsubstituted orsubstituted with one, two, or three substituents independently chosenfrom halo, nitro, cyano, hydroxy, amino, alkylamino, dialkylamino,haloalkyl, hydroxyalkyl, alkoxy, haloalkoxy, aryloxy, aralkyloxy,alkylthio, carboxamido, sulfonamido, alkylcarbonyl, arylcarbonyl,alkylsulfonyl, arylsulfonyl, ureido, guanidino, carboxy, carboxyalkyl,alkyl, cycloalkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, heterocyclo,alkoxyalkyl, (amino)alkyl, hydroxyalkylamino, (alkylamino)alkyl,(dialkylamino)alkyl, (cyano)alkyl, (carboxamido)alkyl, mercaptoalkyl,(heterocyclo)alkyl, and (heteroaryl)alkyl. In one embodiment, theoptionally substituted cycloalkyl is substituted with two substituents.In another embodiment, the optionally substituted cycloalkyl issubstituted with one substituent.

For the purpose of the present disclosure, the term “cycloalkenyl” asused by itself or part of another group refers to a partiallyunsaturated cycloalkyl group as defined above. In one embodiment, thecycloalkenyl has one carbon-to-carbon double bond. In anotherembodiment, the cycloalkenyl group is chosen from a C₄₋₈ cycloalkenylgroup. Exemplary cycloalkenyl groups include cyclopentenyl, cyclohexenyland the like.

For the purpose of the present disclosure, the term “optionallysubstituted cycloalkenyl” as used by itself or as part of another groupmeans that the cycloalkenyl as defined above is either unsubstituted orsubstituted with one, two, or three substituents independently chosenfrom halo, nitro, cyano, hydroxy, amino, alkylamino, dialkylamino,haloalkyl, monohydroxyalkyl, dihydroxyalkyl, alkoxy, haloalkoxy,aryloxy, aralkyloxy, alkylthio, carboxamido, sulfonamido, alkylcarbonyl,arylcarbonyl, alkylsulfonyl, arylsulfonyl, ureido, guanidino, carboxy,carboxyalkyl, alkyl, cycloalkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl,heterocyclo, alkoxyalkyl, (amino)alkyl, hydroxyalkylamino,(alkylamino)alkyl, (dialkylamino)alkyl, (cyano)alkyl,(carboxamido)alkyl, mercaptoalkyl, (heterocyclo)alkyl, and(heteroaryl)alkyl. In one embodiment, the optionally substitutedcycloalkenyl is substituted with two substituents. In anotherembodiment, the optionally substituted cycloalkenyl is substituted withone substituent. In another embodiment, the cycloalkenyl isunsubstituted.

For the purpose of the present disclosure, the term “alkenyl” as used byitself or as part of another group refers to an alkyl group as definedabove containing one, two or three carbon-to-carbon double bonds. In oneembodiment, the alkenyl group is chosen from a C₂₋₆ alkenyl group. Inanother embodiment, the alkenyl group is chosen from a C₂₋₄ alkenylgroup. Non-limiting exemplary alkenyl groups include ethenyl, propenyl,isopropenyl, butenyl, sec-butenyl, pentenyl, and hexenyl.

For the purpose of the present disclosure, the term “optionallysubstituted alkenyl” as used herein by itself or as part of anothergroup means the alkenyl as defined above is either unsubstituted orsubstituted with one, two or three substituents independently chosenfrom halo, nitro, cyano, hydroxy, amino, alkylamino, dialkylamino,haloalkyl, hydroxyalkyl, alkoxy, haloalkoxy, aryloxy, aralkyloxy,alkylthio, carboxamido, sulfonamido, alkylcarbonyl, arylcarbonyl,alkylsulfonyl, arylsulfonyl, ureido, guanidino, carboxy, carboxyalkyl,alkyl, cycloalkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, or heterocyclo.

For the purpose of the present disclosure, the term “alkynyl” as used byitself or as part of another group refers to an alkyl group as definedabove containing one to three carbon-to-carbon triple bonds. In oneembodiment, the alkynyl has one carbon-to-carbon triple bond. In oneembodiment, the alkynyl group is chosen from a C₂₋₆ alkynyl group. Inanother embodiment, the alkynyl group is chosen from a C₂₋₄ alkynylgroup. Non-limiting exemplary alkynyl groups include ethynyl, propynyl,butynyl, 2-butynyl, pentynyl, and hexynyl groups.

For the purpose of the present disclosure, the term “optionallysubstituted alkynyl” as used herein by itself or as part of anothergroup means the alkynyl as defined above is either unsubstituted orsubstituted with one, two or three substituents independently chosenfrom halo, nitro, cyano, hydroxy, amino, alkylamino, dialkylamino,haloalkyl, hydroxyalkyl, alkoxy, haloalkoxy, aryloxy, aralkyloxy,alkylthio, carboxamido, sulfonamido, alkylcarbonyl, arylcarbonyl,alkylsulfonyl, arylsulfonyl, ureido, guanidino, carboxy, carboxyalkyl,alkyl, cycloalkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, or heterocyclo.

For the purpose of the present disclosure, the term “haloalkyl” as usedby itself or as part of another group refers to an alkyl groupsubstituted by one or more fluorine, chlorine, bromine and/or iodineatoms. In one embodiment, the alkyl group is substituted by one, two, orthree fluorine and/or chlorine atoms. In another embodiment, thehaloalkyl group is chosen from a C₁₋₄ haloalkyl group. Non-limitingexemplary haloalkyl groups include fluoromethyl, difluoromethyl,trifluoromethyl, pentafluoroethyl, 1,1-difluoroethyl, 2,2-difluoroethyl,2,2,2-trifluoroethyl, 3,3,3-trifluoropropyl, 4,4,4-trifluorobutyl, andtrichloromethyl groups.

For the purpose of the present disclosure, the term “hydroxyalkyl” asused by itself or as part of another group refers to an alkyl groupsubstituted with one or more, e.g., one, two, or three, hydroxy groups.In one embodiment, the hydroxyalkyl group is a monohydroxyalkyl group,i.e., substituted with one hydroxy group. In another embodiment, thehydroxyalkyl group is a dihydroxyalkyl group, i.e., substituted with twohydroxy groups. In another embodiment, the hydroxyalkyl group is chosenfrom a C₁₋₄ hydroxyalkyl group. Non-limiting exemplary hydroxyalkylgroups include hydroxymethyl, hydroxyethyl, hydroxypropyl andhydroxybutyl groups, such as 1-hydroxyethyl, 2-hydroxyethyl,1,2-dihydroxyethyl, 2-hydroxypropyl, 3-hydroxypropyl, 3-hydroxybutyl,4-hydroxybutyl, 2-hydroxy-1-methylpropyl, and 1,3-dihydroxyprop-2-yl.

For the purpose of the present disclosure, the term “alkoxy” as used byitself or as part of another group refers to an optionally substitutedalkyl, optionally substituted cycloalkyl, optionally substituted alkenylor optionally substituted alkynyl attached to a terminal oxygen atom. Inone embodiment, the alkoxy group is chosen from a C₁₋₄ alkoxy group. Inanother embodiment, the alkoxy group is chosen from a C₁₋₄ alkylattached to a terminal oxygen atom, e.g., methoxy, ethoxy, andtert-butoxy.

For the purpose of the present disclosure, the term “alkylthio” as usedby itself or as part of another group refers to a sulfur atomsubstituted by an optionally substituted alkyl group. In one embodiment,the alkylthio group is chosen from a C₁₋₄ alkylthio group. Non-limitingexemplary alkylthio groups include —SCH₃, and —SCH₂CH₃.

For the purpose of the present disclosure, the term “alkoxyalkyl” asused by itself or as part of another group refers to an alkyl groupsubstituted with an alkoxy group. Non-limiting exemplary alkoxyalkylgroups include methoxymethyl, methoxyethyl, methoxypropyl, methoxybutyl,ethoxymethyl, ethoxyethyl, ethoxypropyl, ethoxybutyl, propoxymethyl,iso-propoxymethyl, propoxyethyl, propoxypropyl, butoxymethyl,tert-butoxymethyl, isobutoxymethyl, sec-butoxymethyl, andpentyloxymethyl.

For the purpose of the present disclosure, the term “haloalkoxy” as usedby itself or as part of another group refers to a haloalkyl attached toa terminal oxygen atom. Non-limiting exemplary haloalkoxy groups includefluoromethoxy, difluoromethoxy, trifluoromethoxy, and2,2,2-trifluoroethoxy.

For the purpose of the present disclosure, the term “heteroalkyl” asused by itself or part of another group refers to a stable straight orbranched chain hydrocarbon radical containing 1 to 10 carbon atoms andat least two heteroatoms, which can be the same or different, selectedfrom O, N, or S, wherein: 1) the nitrogen atom(s) and sulfur atom(s) canoptionally be oxidized; and/or 2) the nitrogen atom(s) can optionally bequaternized. The heteroatoms can be placed at any interior position ofthe heteroalkyl group or at a position at which the heteroalkyl group isattached to the remainder of the molecule. In one embodiment, theheteroalkyl group contains two oxygen atoms. Non-limiting exemplaryheteroalkyl groups include —CH₂OCH₂CH₂OCH₃, —OCH₂CH₂OCH₂CH₂OCH₃,—CH₂NHCH₂CH₂OCH₂, —OCH₂CH₂NH₂, —NHCH₂CH₂N(H)CH₃, and —OCH₂CH₂OCH₃.

For the purpose of the present disclosure, the term “aryl” as used byitself or as part of another group refers to a monocyclic or bicyclicaromatic ring system having from six to fourteen carbon atoms (i.e.,C₆-C₁₄ aryl). Non-limiting exemplary aryl groups include phenyl(abbreviated as “Ph”), naphthyl, phenanthryl, anthracyl, indenyl,azulenyl, biphenyl, biphenylenyl, and fluorenyl groups. In oneembodiment, the aryl group is chosen from phenyl or naphthyl. In oneembodiment, the aryl group is phenyl.

For the purpose of the present disclosure, the term “optionallysubstituted aryl” as used herein by itself or as part of another groupmeans that the aryl as defined above is either unsubstituted orsubstituted with one to five substituents independently chosen fromhalo, nitro, cyano, hydroxy, amino, alkylamino, dialkylamino, haloalkyl,hydroxyalkyl, alkoxy, haloalkoxy, aryloxy, heteroaryloxy, aralkyloxy,alkylthio, carboxamido, sulfonamido, alkylcarbonyl, arylcarbonyl,alkylsulfonyl, arylsulfonyl, ureido, guanidino, carboxy, carboxyalkyl,alkyl, cycloalkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, heterocyclo,alkoxyalkyl, (amino)alkyl, hydroxyalkylamino, (alkylamino)alkyl,(dialkylamino)alkyl, (cyano)alkyl, (carboxamido)alkyl, mercaptoalkyl,(heterocyclo)alkyl, (cycloalkylamino)alkyl, (C₁-C₄ haloalkoxy)alkyl, or(heteroaryl)alkyl. In one embodiment, the optionally substituted aryl isan optionally substituted phenyl. In one embodiment, the optionallysubstituted phenyl has four substituents. In another embodiment, theoptionally substituted phenyl has three substituents. In anotherembodiment, the optionally substituted phenyl has two substituents. Inanother embodiment, the optionally substituted phenyl has onesubstituent. Non-limiting exemplary substituted aryl groups include2-methylphenyl, 2-methoxyphenyl, 2-fluorophenyl, 2-chlorophenyl,2-bromophenyl, 3-methylphenyl, 3-methoxyphenyl, 3-fluorophenyl,3-chlorophenyl, 4-methylphenyl, 4-ethylphenyl, 4-methoxyphenyl,4-fluorophenyl, 4-chlorophenyl, 2,6-di-fluorophenyl,2,6-di-chlorophenyl, 2-methyl, 3-methoxyphenyl, 2-ethyl,3-methoxyphenyl, 3,4-di-methoxyphenyl, 3,5-di-fluorophenyl3,5-di-methylphenyl, 3,5-dimethoxy, 4-methylphenyl,2-fluoro-3-chlorophenyl, and 3-chloro-4-fluorophenyl. The termoptionally substituted aryl is meant to include groups having fusedoptionally substituted cycloalkyl and fused optionally substitutedheterocyclo rings. Examples include:

For the purpose of the present disclosure, the term “aryloxy” as used byitself or as part of another group refers to an optionally substitutedaryl attached to a terminal oxygen atom. A non-limiting exemplaryaryloxy group is PhO—.

For the purpose of the present disclosure, the term “heteroaryloxy” asused by itself or as part of another group refers to an optionallysubstituted heteroaryl attached to a terminal oxygen atom.

For the purpose of the present disclosure, the term “aralkyloxy” or“arylalkyloxy” as used by itself or as part of another group refers toan aralkyl group attached to a terminal oxygen atom. A non-limitingexemplary aralkyloxy group is PhCH₂O—.

For the purpose of the present disclosure, the term “heteroaryl” or“heteroaromatic” refers to monocyclic and bicyclic aromatic ring systemshaving 5 to 14 ring atoms (i.e., C₅-C₁₄ heteroaryl) and 1, 2, 3, or 4heteroatoms independently chosen from oxygen, nitrogen and sulfur. Inone embodiment, the heteroaryl has three heteroatoms. In anotherembodiment, the heteroaryl has two heteroatoms. In another embodiment,the heteroaryl has one heteroatom. In one embodiment, the heteroaryl isa C₅ heteroaryl. In another embodiment, the heteroaryl is a C₆heteroaryl. Non-limiting exemplary heteroaryl groups include thienyl,benzo[b]thienyl, naphtho[2,3-b]thienyl, thianthrenyl, furyl, benzofuryl,pyranyl, isobenzofuranyl, benzooxazonyl, chromenyl, xanthenyl,2H-pyrrolyl, pyrrolyl, imidazolyl, pyrazolyl, pyridyl, pyrazinyl,pyrimidinyl, pyridazinyl, isoindolyl, 3H-indolyl, indolyl, indazolyl,purinyl, isoquinolyl, quinolyl, phthalazinyl, naphthyridinyl,cinnolinyl, quinazolinyl, pteridinyl, 4aH-carbazolyl, carbazolyl,β-carbolinyl, phenanthridinyl, acridinyl, pyrimidinyl, phenanthrolinyl,phenazinyl, thiazolyl, isothiazolyl, phenothiazolyl, isoxazolyl,furazanyl, and phenoxazinyl. In one embodiment, the heteroaryl is chosenfrom thienyl (e.g., thien-2-yl and thien-3-yl), furyl (e.g., 2-furyl and3-furyl), pyrrolyl (e.g., 1H-pyrrol-2-yl and 1H-pyrrol-3-yl), imidazolyl(e.g., 2H-imidazol-2-yl and 2H-imidazol-4-yl), pyrazolyl (e.g.,1H-pyrazol-3-yl, 1H-pyrazol-4-yl, and 1H-pyrazol-5-yl), pyridyl (e.g.,pyridin-2-yl, pyridin-3-yl, and pyridin-4-yl), pyrimidinyl (e.g.,pyrimidin-2-yl, pyrimidin-4-yl, and pyrimidin-5-yl), thiazolyl (e.g.,thiazol-2-yl, thiazol-4-yl, and thiazol-5-yl), isothiazolyl (e.g.,isothiazol-3-yl, isothiazol-4-yl, and isothiazol-5-yl), oxazolyl (e.g.,oxazol-2-yl, oxazol-4-yl, and oxazol-5-yl) and isoxazolyl (e.g.,isoxazol-3-yl, isoxazol-4-yl, and isoxazol-5-yl). The term “heteroaryl”is also meant to include possible N-oxides. Exemplary N-oxides includepyridyl N-oxide and the like.

For the purpose of the present disclosure, the term “optionallysubstituted heteroaryl” as used by itself or as part of another groupmeans that the heteroaryl as defined above is either unsubstituted orsubstituted with one to four substituents, e.g., one or twosubstituents, independently chosen from halo, nitro, cyano, hydroxy,amino, alkylamino, dialkylamino, haloalkyl, hydroxyalkyl, alkoxy,haloalkoxy, aryloxy, aralkyloxy, alkylthio, carboxamido, sulfonamido,alkylcarbonyl, arylcarbonyl, alkylsulfonyl, arylsulfonyl, ureido,guanidino, carboxy, carboxyalkyl, alkyl, cycloalkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl,aryl, heteroaryl, heterocyclo, alkoxyalkyl, (amino)alkyl,hydroxyalkylamino, (alkylamino)alkyl, (dialkylamino)alkyl, (cyano)alkyl,(carboxamido)alkyl, mercaptoalkyl, (heterocyclo)alkyl, and(heteroaryl)alkyl. In one embodiment, the optionally substitutedheteroaryl has one substituent. In one embodiment, the optionallysubstituted is an optionally substituted pyridyl, i.e., 2-, 3-, or4-pyridyl. Any available carbon or nitrogen atom can be substituted. Inanother embodiment, the optionally substituted heteroaryl is anoptionally substituted indole.

For the purpose of the present disclosure, the term “heterocycle” or“heterocyclo” as used by itself or as part of another group refers tosaturated and partially unsaturated (e.g., containing one or two doublebonds) cyclic groups containing one, two, or three rings having fromthree to fourteen ring members (i.e., a 3- to 14-membered heterocyclo)and at least one heteroatom. Each heteroatom is independently selectedfrom the group consisting of oxygen, sulfur, including sulfoxide andsulfone, and/or nitrogen atoms, which can be quaternized. The term“heterocyclo” is meant to include cyclic ureido groups such as2-imidazolidinone and cyclic amide groups such as β-lactam, γ-lactam,δ-lactam and ϵ-lactam. The term “heterocyclo” is also meant to includegroups having fused optionally substituted aryl groups, e.g., indolinyl.In one embodiment, the heterocyclo group is chosen from a 5- or6-membered cyclic group containing one ring and one or two oxygen and/ornitrogen atoms. The heterocyclo can be optionally linked to the rest ofthe molecule through a carbon or nitrogen atom. Non-limiting exemplaryheterocyclo groups include 2-oxopyrrolidin-3-yl, 2-imidazolidinone,piperidinyl, morpholinyl, piperazinyl, pyrrolidinyl, and indolinyl.

For the purpose of the present disclosure, the term “optionallysubstituted heterocyclo” as used herein by itself or part of anothergroup means the heterocyclo as defined above is either unsubstituted orsubstituted with one to four substituents independently selected fromhalo, nitro, cyano, hydroxy, amino, alkylamino, dialkylamino, haloalkyl,hydroxyalkyl, alkoxy, haloalkoxy, aryloxy, aralkyloxy, alkylthio,carboxamido, sulfonamido, alkylcarbonyl, arylcarbonyl, alkylsulfonyl,arylsulfonyl, ureido, guanidino, carboxy, carboxyalkyl, alkyl,cycloalkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, heterocyclo,alkoxyalkyl, (amino)alkyl, hydroxyalkylamino, (alkylamino)alkyl,(dialkylamino)alkyl, (cyano)alkyl, (carboxamido)alkyl, mercaptoalkyl,(heterocyclo)alkyl, (heteroaryl)alkyl, and the like. Substitution mayoccur on any available carbon or nitrogen atom, and may form aspirocycle.

For the purpose of the present disclosure, the term “amino” as used byitself or as part of another group refers to —NH₂.

For the purpose of the present disclosure, the term “alkylamino” as usedby itself or as part of another group refers to —NHR²², wherein R²² isalkyl.

For the purpose of the present disclosure, the term “dialkylamino” asused by itself or as part of another group refers to —NR^(23a)R^(23b),wherein R^(23a) and R^(23b) are each independently alkyl or R^(23a) andR^(23b) are taken together to form a 3- to 8-membered optionallysubstituted heterocyclo.

For the purpose of the present disclosure, the term “hydroxyalkylamino”as used by itself or as part of another group refers to —NHR²⁴, whereinR²⁴ is hydroxyalkyl.

For the purpose of the present disclosure, the term “cycloalkylamino” asused by itself or as part of another group refers to —NR^(25a)R^(25b),wherein R^(25a) is optionally substituted cycloalkyl and R^(25b) ishydrogen or alkyl.

For the purpose of the present disclosure, the term “(amino)alkyl” asused by itself or as part of another group refers to an alkyl groupsubstituted with an amino group. Non-limiting exemplary amino alkylgroups include —CH₂CH₂NH₂, —CH₂CH₂CH₂NH₂, —CH₂CH₂CH₂CH₂NH₂ and the like.

For the purpose of the present disclosure, the term “(alkylamino)alkyl”as used by itself or as part of another group refers to an alkyl groupsubstituted with an alkylamino group. A non-limiting exemplary(alkylamino)alkyl group is —CH₂CH₂N(H)CH₃.

For the purpose of the present disclosure, the term“(dialkylamino)alkyl” as used by itself or as part of another grouprefers to an alkyl group substituted by a dialkylamino group. Anon-limiting exemplary (dialkylamino)alkyl group is —CH₂CH₂N(CH₃)₂.

For the purpose of the present disclosure, the term“(cycloalkylamino)alkyl” as used by itself or as part of another grouprefers to an alkyl group substituted by a cycloalkylamino group.Non-limiting exemplary (cycloalkylamino)alkyl groups include—CH₂N(H)cyclopropyl, —CH₂N(H)cyclobutyl, and —CH₂N(H)cyclohexyl.

For the purpose of the present disclosure, the term “(cyano)alkyl” asused by itself or as part of another group refers to an alkyl groupsubstituted with one or more cyano, e.g., —CN, groups. Non-limitingexemplary (cyano)alkyl groups include —CH₂CH₂CN, —CH₂CH₂CH₂CN, and—CH₂CH₂CH₂CH₂CN.

For the purpose of the present disclosure, the term “carboxamido” asused by itself or as part of another group refers to a radical offormula —C(═O)NR^(26a)R^(26b), wherein R^(26a) and R^(26b) are eachindependently hydrogen, optionally substituted alkyl, optionallysubstituted aryl, or optionally substituted heteroaryl, or R^(26a) andR^(26b) taken together with the nitrogen to which they are attached froma 3- to 8-membered heterocyclo group. In one embodiment, R^(26a) andR^(26b) are each independently hydrogen or optionally substituted alkyl.Non-limiting exemplary carboxamido groups include —CONH₂, —CON(H)CH₃,CON(CH₃)₂, and CON(H)Ph.

For the purpose of the present disclosure, the term “(carboxamido)alkyl”as used by itself or as part of another group refers to an alkyl groupsubstituted with a carboxamido group. Non-limiting exemplary(carboxamido)alkyl groups include —CH₂CONH₂, —C(H)CH₃—CONH₂, and—CH₂CON(H)CH₃.

For the purpose of the present disclosure, the term “sulfonamido” asused by itself or as part of another group refers to a radical of theformula —SO₂NR^(27a)R^(27b), wherein R^(27a) and R^(27b) are eachindependently hydrogen, optionally substituted alkyl, or optionallysubstituted aryl, or R^(27a) and R^(27b) taken together with thenitrogen to which they are attached from a 3- to 8-membered heterocyclogroup. Non-limiting exemplary sulfonamido groups include —SO₂NH₂,—SO₂N(H)CH₃, and —SO₂N(H)Ph.

For the purpose of the present disclosure, the term “alkylcarbonyl” asused by itself or as part of another group refers to a carbonyl group,i.e., —C(═O)—, substituted by an alkyl group. A non-limiting exemplaryalkylcarbonyl group is —COCH₃.

For the purpose of the present disclosure, the term “arylcarbonyl” asused by itself or as part of another group refers to a carbonyl group,i.e., —C(═O)—, substituted by an optionally substituted aryl group. Anon-limiting exemplary arylcarbonyl group is —COPh.

For the purpose of the present disclosure, the term “alkylsulfonyl” asused by itself or as part of another group refers to a sulfonyl group,i.e., —SO₂—, substituted by any of the above-mentioned optionallysubstituted alkyl groups. A non-limiting exemplary alkylsulfonyl groupis —SO₂CH₃.

For the purpose of the present disclosure, the term “arylsulfonyl” asused by itself or as part of another group refers to a sulfonyl group,i.e., —SO₂—, substituted by any of the above-mentioned optionallysubstituted aryl groups. A non-limiting exemplary arylsulfonyl group is—SO₂Ph.

For the purpose of the present disclosure, the term “mercaptoalkyl” asused by itself or as part of another group refers to any of theabove-mentioned alkyl groups substituted by a —SH group.

For the purpose of the present disclosure, the term “carboxy” as used byitself or as part of another group refers to a radical of the formula—COOH.

For the purpose of the present disclosure, the term “carboxyalkyl” asused by itself or as part of another group refers to any of theabove-mentioned alkyl groups substituted with a —COOH. A non-limitingexemplary carboxyalkyl group is —CH₂CO₂H.

For the purpose of the present disclosure, the term “alkoxycarbonyl” asused by itself or as part of another group refers to a carbonyl group,i.e., —C(═O)—, substituted by an alkoxy group. Non-limiting exemplaryalkoxycarbonyl groups are —CO₂Me and —CO₂Et.

For the purpose of the present disclosure, the term “aralkyl” as used byitself or as part of another group refers to an alkyl group substitutedwith one, two, or three optionally substituted aryl groups. In oneembodiment, the aralkyl group is a C₁₋₄ alkyl substituted with oneoptionally substituted aryl group. Non-limiting exemplary aralkyl groupsinclude benzyl, phenethyl, —CHPh₂, and —CH(4-F-Ph)₂.

For the purpose of the present disclosure, the term “ureido” as used byitself or as part of another group refers to a radical of the formula—NR^(30a)—C(═O)—NR^(30b)R^(30c), wherein R^(22a) is hydrogen, alkyl, oroptionally substituted aryl, and R^(30b) and R^(30c) are eachindependently hydrogen, alkyl, or optionally substituted aryl, orR^(30b) and R^(30c) taken together with the nitrogen to which they areattached form a 4- to 8-membered heterocyclo group. Non-limitingexemplary ureido groups include —NH—C(C═O)—NH₂ and —NH—C(C═O)—NHCH₃.

For the purpose of the present disclosure, the term “guanidino” as usedby itself or as part of another group refers to a radical of the formula—NR^(28a)—C(═NR²⁹)—NR^(28b)R^(28c), wherein R^(28a), R^(28b), andR^(28c) are each independently hydrogen, alkyl, or optionallysubstituted aryl, and R²⁹ is hydrogen, alkyl, cyano, alkylsulfonyl,alkylcarbonyl, carboxamido, or sulfonamido. Non-limiting exemplaryguanidino groups include —NH—C(C═NH)—NH₂, —NH—C(C═NCN)—NH₂,—NH—C(C═NH)—NHCH₃ and the like.

For the purpose of the present disclosure, the term “(heterocyclo)alkyl”as used by itself or as part of another group refers to an alkyl groupsubstituted with one, two, or three optionally substituted heterocyclogroups. In one embodiment, the (heterocyclo)alkyl is a C₁₋₄ alkylsubstituted with one optionally substituted heterocyclo group.

For the purpose of the present disclosure, the term “(heteroaryl)alkyl”as used by itself or as part of another group refers to an alkyl groupsubstituted with one, two, or three optionally substituted heteroarylgroups. In one embodiment, the (heteroaryl)alkyl group is a C₁₋₄ alkylsubstituted with one optionally substituted heteroaryl group.

For the purpose of the present disclosure, the term “alkylcarbonylamino”as used by itself or as part of another group refers to an alkylcarbonylgroup attached to an amino. A non-limiting exemplary alkylcarbonylaminogroup is —NHCOCH₃.

The present disclosure encompasses any of the Compounds of theDisclosure being isotopically-labelled (i.e., radiolabeled) by havingone or more atoms replaced by an atom having a different atomic mass ormass number. Examples of isotopes that can be incorporated into thedisclosed compounds include isotopes of hydrogen, carbon, nitrogen,oxygen, phosphorous, fluorine and chlorine, such as ²H (or deuterium(D)), ³H, ¹¹C, ¹³C, ¹⁴C, ¹⁵N, ¹⁸O, ¹⁷O, ³¹P, ³²P, ³⁵S, ¹⁸F, and ³⁶Cl,respectively, e.g., ³H, ¹¹C, and ¹⁴C. In one embodiment, provided is acomposition wherein substantially all of the atoms at a position withinthe Compound of the Disclosure are replaced by an atom having adifferent atomic mass or mass number. In another embodiment, provided isa composition wherein a portion of the atoms at a position within theCompound of the disclosure are replaced, i.e., the Compound of theDisclosure is enriched at a position with an atom having a differentatomic mass or mass number.” Isotopically-labelled Compounds of theDisclosure can be prepared by methods known in the art.

Compounds of the Disclosure may contain one or more asymmetric centersand may thus give rise to enantiomers, diastereomers, and otherstereoisomeric forms. The present disclosure is meant to encompass theuse of all such possible forms, as well as their racemic and resolvedforms and mixtures thereof. The individual enantiomers can be separatedaccording to methods known in the art in view of the present disclosure.When the compounds described herein contain olefinic double bonds orother centers of geometric asymmetry, and unless specified otherwise, itis intended that they include both E and Z geometric isomers. Alltautomers are intended to be encompassed by the present disclosure aswell. For example, the following tautomers of R⁴-5 of Formula I areencompassed by the present disclosure:

The following tautomers of R⁴-6 and R⁵-4 of Formula I are encompassed bythe present disclosure:

As used herein, the term “stereoisomers” is a general term for allisomers of individual molecules that differ only in the orientation oftheir atoms in space. It includes enantiomers and isomers of compoundswith more than one chiral center that are not mirror images of oneanother (diastereomers).

The term “chiral center” or “asymmetric carbon atom” refers to a carbonatom to which four different groups are attached.

The terms “enantiomer” and “enantiomeric” refer to a molecule thatcannot be superimposed on its mirror image and hence is optically activewherein the enantiomer rotates the plane of polarized light in onedirection and its mirror image compound rotates the plane of polarizedlight in the opposite direction.

The term “racemic” refers to a mixture of equal parts of enantiomers andwhich mixture is optically inactive.

The term “absolute configuration” refers to the spatial arrangement ofthe atoms of a chiral molecular entity (or group) and its stereochemicaldescription, e.g., R or S.

The stereochemical terms and conventions used in the specification aremeant to be consistent with those described in Pure & Appl. Chem 68:2193(1996), unless otherwise indicated.

The term “enantiomeric excess” or “ee” refers to a measure for how muchof one enantiomer is present compared to the other. For a mixture of Rand S enantiomers, the percent enantiomeric excess is defined as|R−S|*100, where R and S are the respective mole or weight fractions ofenantiomers in a mixture such that R+S=1. With knowledge of the opticalrotation of a chiral substance, the percent enantiomeric excess isdefined as ([α]_(obs)/[α]_(max))*100, where [α]_(obs) is the opticalrotation of the mixture of enantiomers and [α]_(max) is the opticalrotation of the pure enantiomer. Determination of enantiomeric excess ispossible using a variety of analytical techniques, including NMRspectroscopy, chiral column chromatography or optical polarimetry.

The terms “enantiomerically pure” or “enantiopure” refer to a sample ofa chiral substance all of whose molecules (within the limits ofdetection) have the same chirality sense.

The terms “enantiomerically enriched” or “enantioenriched” refer to asample of a chiral substance whose enantiomeric ratio is greater than50:50. Enantiomerically enriched compounds may be enantiomerically pure.

The present disclosure encompasses the preparation and use of salts ofthe Compounds of the Disclosure, including non-toxic pharmaceuticallyacceptable salts. Examples of pharmaceutically acceptable addition saltsinclude inorganic and organic acid addition salts and basic salts. Thepharmaceutically acceptable salts include, but are not limited to, metalsalts such as sodium salt, potassium salt, cesium salt and the like;alkaline earth metals such as calcium salt, magnesium salt and the like;organic amine salts such as triethylamine salt, pyridine salt, picolinesalt, ethanolamine salt, triethanolamine salt, dicyclohexylamine salt,N,N′-dibenzylethylenediamine salt and the like; inorganic acid saltssuch as hydrochloride, hydrobromide, phosphate, sulphate and the like;organic acid salts such as citrate, lactate, tartrate, maleate,fumarate, mandelate, acetate, dichloroacetate, trifluoroacetate,oxalate, formate and the like; sulfonates such as methanesulfonate,benzenesulfonate, p-toluenesulfonate and the like; and amino acid saltssuch as arginate, asparginate, glutamate and the like.

Acid addition salts can be formed by mixing a solution of the particularCompound of the Disclosure with a solution of a pharmaceuticallyacceptable non-toxic acid such as hydrochloric acid, fumaric acid,maleic acid, succinic acid, acetic acid, citric acid, tartaric acid,carbonic acid, phosphoric acid, oxalic acid, dichloroacetic acid, or thelike. Basic salts can be formed by mixing a solution of the compound ofthe present disclosure with a solution of a pharmaceutically acceptablenon-toxic base such as sodium hydroxide, potassium hydroxide, cholinehydroxide, sodium carbonate and the like.

The term “pharmaceutically acceptable salt” is meant to include boronicacid salts having the general formula:

wherein M⁺ is H⁺ or a monovalent cation. By way of example, Compound 53(see below) is converted to a pharmaceutically acceptable salt byreaction with NaOH according to the following scheme:

The present disclosure encompasses the preparation and use of solvatesof Compounds of the Disclosure. Solvates typically do not significantlyalter the physiological activity or toxicity of the compounds, and assuch may function as pharmacological equivalents. The term “solvate” asused herein is a combination, physical association and/or solvation of acompound of the present disclosure with a solvent molecule such as, e.g.a disolvate, monosolvate or hemisolvate, where the ratio of solventmolecule to compound of the present disclosure is about 2:1, about 1:1or about 1:2, respectively. This physical association involves varyingdegrees of ionic and covalent bonding, including hydrogen bonding. Incertain instances, the solvate can be isolated, such as when one or moresolvent molecules are incorporated into the crystal lattice of acrystalline solid. Thus, “solvate” encompasses both solution-phase andisolatable solvates. Compounds of the Disclosure can be present assolvated forms with a pharmaceutically acceptable solvent, such aswater, methanol, ethanol, and the like, and it is intended that thedisclosure includes both solvated and unsolvated forms of Compounds ofthe Disclosure. One type of solvate is a hydrate. A “hydrate” relates toa particular subgroup of solvates where the solvent molecule is water.Solvates typically can function as pharmacological equivalents.Preparation of solvates is known in the art. See, for example, M. Cairaet al, J. Pharmaceut. Sci., 93(3):601-611 (2004), which describes thepreparation of solvates of fluconazole with ethyl acetate and withwater. Similar preparation of solvates, hemisolvates, hydrates, and thelike are described by E. C. van Tonder et al., AAPS Pharm. Sci. Tech.,5(1): Article 12 (2004), and A. L. Bingham et al., Chem. Commun. 603-604(2001). A typical, non-limiting, process of preparing a solvate wouldinvolve dissolving a Compound of the Disclosure in a desired solvent(organic, water, or a mixture thereof) at temperatures above 20° C. toabout 25° C., then cooling the solution at a rate sufficient to formcrystals, and isolating the crystals by known methods, e.g., filtration.Analytical techniques such as infrared spectroscopy can be used toconfirm the presence of the solvent in a crystal of the solvate.

The term “fluoride adduct” as used herein refers to the condensationproduct of a boronic acid having the general formula RB(OH)₂ and KHF₂.The general structure of a fluoride adduct is:

wherein M⁺ is a monovalent cation. For example, the fluoride adduct ofgroup R⁴-5 of Formula I, wherein R^(10a) is —B(OH)₂ is:

-   -   R⁴-5 fluoride adduct

The term “hydroxy acid adduct” as used herein refers to the condensationproduct of a boronic acid having the general formula (R)(RO)B—OH and ahydroxy acid having formula HOOC—C(R′)(R″)—OH. R′ and R″ are eachindependently selected from hydrogen, carboxy, optionally substitutedalkyl, aralkyl, aminoalkyl, haloalkyl, cyano, (cyano)alkyl,(carboxamido)alkyl, (carboxy)alkyl or hydroxyalkyl, and the like. R andR taken together with the carbon atom to which they are attached form acycloalkyl or heterocyclo group. Non-limiting exemplary R′/R″ groupsinclude hydrogen, —CH₃, —OH, —CH(CH₃)₂, —CH(CH₃)(Et), —CH₂Ph,—CH₂CH₂SCH₃, —CH₂CO₂H, —CH₂CH₂CO₂H, —(CH₂)₄NH₂, —CH₂OH, —CH(CH₃)OH,—CH₂Ph-OH, —CH₂-imidazole, —CH₂SH, —CH₂C(O)NH₂, —CH₂CH₂C(O)NH₂,—CH₂CH₂—, —CH₂CH₂CH₂—, —CH₂CH₂CH₂CH₂—, —CH₂CH₂CH₂CH₂CH₂—, and—CH₂CH₂OCH₂CH₂—. In one embodiment, R′ is selected from the groupconsisting of —CH₂Ph, —CO₂H, —CH₂CO₂H, and —CH₂CONH₂. The generalstructure of a hydroxy acid adduct is:

wherein M⁺ is a monovalent cation. For example, the hydroxy acid adductof group R⁴-1 of Formula I is:

-   -   R⁴-1 hydroxy acid adduct

The term “amino acid adduct” as used herein refers to the condensationproduct of a boronic acid having the general formula (R)(RO)B—OH and anatural or unnatural, D- or L-, amino acid, including β-amino acids,e.g., an amino acid having formula HOOC—C(R′″)(R″″)—NH₂. Suitableunnatural amino acids include, without limitation, the enantiomeric andracemic forms of 2-methylvaline, 2-methylalanine,(2-i-propyl)-β-alanine, phenylglycine, 4-methylphenylglycine,4-isopropylphenylglycine, 3-bromophenylglycine, 4-bromophenylglycine,4-chlorophenylglycine, 4-methoxyphenylglycine, 4-ethoxyphenylglycine,4-hydroxyphenylglycine, 3-hydroxyphenylglycine,3,4-dihydroxyphenylglycine, 3,5-dihydroxyphenylglycine,2,5-dihydrophenylglycine, 2-fluorophenylglycine, 3-fluorophenylglycine,4fluorophenylglycine, 2,3-difluorophenylglycine,2,4-difluorophenylglycine, 2,5-difluorophenylglycine,2,6-difluorophenylglycine, 3,4-difluorophenylglycine,3,5-difluorophenylglycine, 2-(trifluoromethyl)phenylglycine,3-(trifluoromethyl)phenylglycine, 4-(trifluoromethyl)phenylglycine,2-(2-thienyl)glycine, 2-(3-thienyl)glycine, 2-(2-furyl)glycine,3-pyridylglycine, 4-fluorophenylalanine, 4-chlorophenylalanine,2-bromophenylalanine, 3-bromophenylalanine, 4-bromophenylalanine,2-naphthylalanine, 3-(2-quinoyl)alanine, 3-(9-anthracenyl)alanine,2-amino-3-phenylbutanoic acid, 3-chlorophenylalanine,3-(2-thienyl)alanine, 3-(3-thienyl)alanine, 3-phenylserine,3-(2-pyridyl)serine, 3-(3-pyridyl)serine, 3-(4-pyridyl)serine,3-(2-thienyl)serine, 3-(2-furyl)serine, 3-(2-thiazolyl)alanine,3-(4-thiazolyl)alanine, 3-(1,2,4-triazol-1-yl)-alanine,3-(1,2,4-triazol-3-yl)-alanine, hexafluorovaline, 4,4,4-trifluorovaline,3-fluorovaline, 5,5,5-trifluoroleucine, 2-amino-4,4,4-trifluorobutyricacid, 3-chloroalanine, 3-fluoroalanine, 2-amino-3-flurobutyric acid,3-fluoronorleucine, 4,4,4-trifluorothreonine, L-allylglycine,tert-Leucine, propargylglycine, vinylglycine, S-methylcysteine,cyclopentylglycine, cyclohexylglycine, 3-hydroxynorvaline, 4-azaleucine,3-hydroxyleucine, 2-amino-3-hydroxy-3-methylbutanoic acid,4-thiaisoleucine, acivicin, ibotenic acid, quisqalic acid,2-indanylglycine, 2-aminoisobutyric acid, 2-cyclobutyl-2-phenylglycine,2-isopropyl-2-phenylglycine, 2-methylvaline, 2,2-diphenylglycine,1-amino-1-cyclopropanecarboxylic acid, 1-amino-1-cyclopentanecarboxylicacid, 1-amino-1-cyclohexanecarboxylic acid,3-amino-4,4,4-trifluorobutyric acid, 3-phenylisoserine,3-amino-2-hydroxy-5-methylhexanoic acid,3-amino-2-hydroxy-4-phenylbutyric acid,3-amino-3-(4-bromophenyl)propionic acid,3-amino-3-(4-chlorophenyl)propionic acid,3-amino-3-(4-methoxyphenyl)propionic acid,3-amino-3-(4-fluorophenyl)propionic acid,3-amino-3-(2-fluorophenyl)propionic acid,3-amino-3-(4-nitrophenyl)propionic acid, and3-amino-3-(1-naphthyl)propionic acid. These non-natural amino acids arecommercial available from the following commercial suppliers includingAldrich, Sigma, Fluka, Lancaster, ICN, TCI, Advanced ChemTech, OakwoodProducts, Indofine Chemical Company, NSC Technology, PCR ResearchChemicals, Bachem, Acros Organics, Celgene, Bionet Research, TygerScientific, Tocris, Research Plus, Ash Stevens, Kanto, Chiroscience, andPeninsula Lab. The following amino acids can be synthesized according toliterature procedures: 3,3,3-trifluoroalanine (Sakai, T.; et al.,Tetrahedron 1996, 52, 233) and 3,3-difluoroalanine (D'Orchymont, H.Synthesis 1993, 10, 961). Other N-protecting groups that can be used inthe place of Z include Acetyl (Ac), tert-butoxycarbonyl (Boc),methoxycarbonyl. or ethoxycarbonyl. Non-limiting exemplary R′″/R″″groups include hydrogen, CH₃, OH, —CH(CH₃)₂, —CH(CH₃)(Et), —CH₂Ph,—CH₂CH₂SCH₃, —CH₂CO₂H, —CH₂CH₂CO₂H, —(CH₂)₄NH₂, —CH₂OH, —CH(CH₃)OH,—CH₂Ph-OH, —CH₂-imidazole, —CH₂SH, —CH₂C(O)NH₂, and —CH₂CH₂C(O)NH₂. Thegeneral structure of a hydroxy acid adduct is:

wherein M⁺ is H⁺ or a monovalent cation. By way of example, the aminoacid adduct of group R⁴-1 of Formula I is:

-   -   R⁴-1 amino acid adduct

The term “monovalent cation” as used herein refers to inorganic cationssuch as, but not limited to, alkaline metal ions, e.g., Na⁺ and K⁺, aswell as organic cations such as, but not limited to, ammonium andsubstituted ammonium ions, e.g., NH₄ ⁺, NHMe₃ ⁺, NH₂Me₂ ⁺, NHMe₃ ⁺ andNMe₄ ⁺.

As used herein, the term “micronization” refers to a process or methodby which the size of a population of particles is reduced, typically tothe micron scale.

As used herein, the term “micron” or “μm” refer to “micrometer,” whichis 1×10⁻⁶ meter.

In another aspect, the present disclosure provides compositionscomprising a Compound of the Disclosure and one or more excipients. Inone embodiment, the excipient comprises dimethyl sulfoxide or acetone.In one embodiment, the composition comprises a pharmaceuticallyacceptable excipient, to provide a “pharmaceutically acceptablecomposition.” In another embodiment, the composition comprisesmicronized Compounds of the Disclosure. In another embodiment, thepharmaceutically acceptable excipient comprises Miglyol 812,phospholipon 90G, or tocopheryl polyethylene glycol 1000 succinate, or amixture thereof. In another embodiment, the pharmaceutically acceptableexcipient consists essentially of Miglyol 812, phospholipon 90G, andtocopheryl polyethylene glycol 1000 succinate. In another embodiment,the pharmaceutically acceptable excipient comprises Labrasol®. Inanother embodiment, the pharmaceutically acceptable excipient comprisessorbitan monolaurate, hydroxypropylmethylcellulose acetate succinate,sodium taurocholate, Ethocel™ or palmitoyl-oleoyl-phosphatidylcholine,or a mixture thereof. In another embodiment, the pharmaceuticallyacceptable excipient comprises hydrogenated soy lecithin. Compound ofthe Disclosure can be admixed with one or more excipients using methodwell known to those of ordinary skill in the art.

In another embodiment, the excipient comprises ethanol, isopropanol,propylene glycol, benzyl alcohol, glycerin, sorbitol, sucrose, carbopol,maltodextrin, lycasin (maltitol), sodium benzoate, sodium saccharide,lutrol E, F, methyl paraben, propyl paraben, citric acid, capryol 90,Tween 80 (polysorbate 80), Kollidon® CL-M, polyoxyl stearate,hydroxypropyl methyl cellulose, Cremophor® RH 40, Cremophor® EL, sodiumcarboxymetyhl cellulose (CMC), guar gum, xanthan gum, polyethyleneglycol, or polyvinyl pyrrolidone, or a mixture thereof.

In another embodiment, the excipient comprises Labrafil®, Labrasol®,Gelucire®, Labrafac®, Lauroglycol™ 90, Peceol™, Transcutol®, Compritol®,Geloil®, Geleol™, or Precirol®, or a mixture thereof.

In another embodiment, the excipient comprises capmul, Captex®, orAcconon®, or a mixture thereof.

In another embodiment, the excipient comprises DYNACERIN®, DYNACET®,DYNASAN, GALENOL®, IMWITOR (Glyceryl Monooleate, Stearate, Caprylate),ISOFOL® (long chain alcohols), LIPOXOL® (Macrogol), MASSA ESTARINUM(Hydrogenated Coco-Glycerides), MIGLYOL (Caprylic/Capric Triglyceride),NACOL®, Nafol (alcohols), SOFTIGEN®, SOFTISAN®, WITEPSOL (HydrogenatedCoco-Glycerides), or WITOCAN® (Hydrogenated Coco-Gly), or a mixturethereof.

In another embodiment, the excipient comprises hypromellose acetatesuccinate.

In another embodiment, the excipient comprises Soluplus®(polyvinylcaprolactam-polyvinyl acetate-polyethylene glycol graftcopolymer.

Compositions may contain from 0.01% to 99% by weight of a Compound ofthe Disclosure, e.g., about 1%, about 2%, about 3%, about 4%, about 5%,about 6%, about 7%, about 8%, about 9%, or about 10%, about 15%, about20%, about 25%, about 30%, about 35%, about 40%, about 45%, about 50%,about 55%, about 60%, about 65%, about 70%, about 75%, about 80%, about85%, about 90%, or about 95%. The amount in any particular compositionwill depend upon the effective dose, that is, the dose required toelicit the desired level of gene expression.

In another aspect, the present disclosure provides micronized Compoundsof the Disclosure, and compositions thereof. In one embodiment, theaverage particle size distribution of the micronized form of a Compoundof the Disclosure is about 20 μm or less, e.g., about 19 μm, about 18μm, about 17 μm, about 16 μm, about 15 μm, about 14 μm, about 13 μm,about 12 μm, or about 11 μm, or less. In another embodiment, the averageparticle size distribution is about 10 μm or less, e.g., about 9 μm,about 8 μm, about 7 μm, about 6 μm, or about 5 μm, or less. In anotherembodiment, the average particle size distribution is about 5 μm orless, e.g., about 4 μm, about 3 μm, about 2 μm, or about 1 μm, or less.In another embodiment, the average particle size distribution is about 1μm or less, e.g., about 0.9 μm, about 0.8 μm, about 0.7 μm, about 0.6μm, about 0.5 μm, about 0.4 μm, about 0.3 μm, about 0.2 μm, about 0.1μm, about 0.09 μm, about 0.08 μm, about 0.07 μm, about 0.06 μm, about0.05 μm, about 0.04 μm, about 0.03 μm, about 0.02 μm, or about 0.01 μmor less.

In another aspect, the present disclosure provides methods of making acomposition, comprising admixing a Compound of the Disclosure, or amicronized Compound of the Disclosure, with one or more excipients. Inone embodiment, the excipient is a pharmaceutically acceptableexcipient.

In another aspect, the present disclosure provides methods of regulatinggene expression of a gene of interest in a host cell, comprisingcontacting the host cell with a Compound of the Disclosure, or acomposition thereof. In one embodiment, the host cell comprises apolynucleotide encoding a gene switch comprising a ligand binding domainthat binds a Compound of the Disclosure, wherein the level of expressionof the gene of interest is increased, relative to the level ofexpression of the gene of interest in the absence of a Compound of theDisclosure. In another embodiment, the host cell is an isolated hostcell. In certain other embodiments, an isolated host cell is geneticallymodified ex-vivo (e.g., transformed, transfected or infected) with apolynucleotide construct encoding a gene switch comprising a ligandbinding domain that binds a Compound of the Disclosure. In anotherembodiment, the ex-vivo genetically modified host cell is administeredto a subject. In certain embodiments, the expression of a gene ofinterest is under the control of the gene switch comprising a ligandbinding domain that binds a Compound of the Disclosure. In anotherembodiment, the host cell is in a subject, e.g., an animal, e.g., ahuman. For example, one or more cells (host cells) in a subject may begenetically modified in-vivo by administering a viral vector to thesubject (or a select population of host cells thereof), wherein theviral vector comprises a polynucleotide encoding a gene switchcomprising a ligand binding domain that binds a Compound of theDisclosure. In yet other embodiments, the host cell is an autologoushost cell obtained from a mammalian subject, wherein the autologous hostcell is genetically modified with a polynucleotide construct encoding agene switch comprising a ligand binding domain that binds a Compound ofthe Disclosure. In another embodiment, the host cell is an allogeneicstem cell or immune cell, wherein the allogenic host cell is geneticallymodified with a polynucleotide construct encoding a gene switchcomprising a ligand binding domain that binds a Compound of theDisclosure. In another embodiment, a Compound of the Disclosure isadministered to a subject as a pharmaceutically acceptable composition.In another embodiment, the gene switch comprises an ecdysone receptor(EcR) ligand binding domain that binds a Compound of the Disclosure. Inanother embodiment, the gene switch further comprises a second ligandbinding domain that dimerizes with a first ligand binding domain (forexample, an EcR ligand binding domain) that binds a Compound of theDisclosure. In one embodiment, an EcR ligand binding domain comprisesone or more amino acid substitutions compared to the correspondingwild-type EcR polypeptide sequence. In another embodiment, the secondligand binding domain is a retinoic X receptor ligand binding domain. Inanother embodiment, the second ligand binding domain is a wild-typeinsect USP (Ultraspiracle protein). In another embodiment, the retinoicX receptor (RxR) ligand binding domain is a chimeric retinoic X receptorligand binding domain. In another embodiment, the chimeric ligandbinding domain is an mammalian RxR/invertebrate USP chimera. In anotherembodiment, the host cell further comprises a polynucleotide encoding apeptide, protein or polypeptide whose expression is regulated by thegene switch.

In another aspect, the present disclosure provides methods of treating adisease, disorder, injury, or condition in a subject, comprisingadministering to the subject a Compound of the Disclosure, or acomposition thereof. In one embodiment, a vector (or two or morevectors) comprises a polynucleotide (or polynucleotides) encoding a geneswitch that comprises a ligand binding domain that binds a Compound ofthe Disclosure. In one embodiment, the vector (or vectors) may be a DNAor RNA vector. In one embodiment, the vector (or vectors) may be aplasmid or viral vector (for example, an adenovirus vector or anadeno-associated viral vector). In one embodiment, a vector (or vectors)comprising a polynucleotide (or polynucleotides) encoding a gene switchthat comprises a ligand binding domain that binds a Compound of theDisclosure is administered to a subject to treat a disease, disorder,injury, or condition in the subject. In one embodiment, followingadministration of a Compound of the Disclosure, a gene-of-interest (GOI)is expressed in vivo in a subject from a vector (or vectors) comprisinga polynucleotide (or polynucleotides) encoding a GOI and comprising agene switch that comprises a ligand binding domain that binds a Compoundof the Disclosure. In one embodiment, a host cell within the subjectcomprises a polynucleotide encoding a gene switch that comprises aligand binding domain that binds a Compound of the Disclosure. In oneembodiment, a host cell within a non-human organism comprises apolynucleotide encoding a gene switch that comprises a ligand bindingdomain that binds a Compound of the Disclosure. In another embodiment,the subject is human. In another embodiment, the disease, disorder,injury, or condition is selected from the group consisting of cancer,metabolic-related disorder, kidney disease, anemia, autoimmune disorder,ocular disorder, blood disorder, neurological disorder, lung disorder,rheumatologic disorder, and infectious disease. In another embodiment,the disease, disorder, injury, or condition is selected from the groupconsisting of cancer, metabolic-related disorder, kidney disease,anemia, autoimmune disorder, ocular disorder, blood disorder,neurological disorder, pulmonary (lung) disorder, rheumatologicdisorder, cardiac disorder, hepatic (liver) disorder and infectiousdisease. In another embodiment, the disease, disorder, injury, orcondition is selected from the group consisting of cardiac disorder andhepatic (liver) disorder. In another embodiment, the disease, disorder,injury, or condition is cancer. In another embodiment, the cancer ismelanoma. In another embodiment, the gene switch comprises an ecdysonereceptor (EcR) ligand binding domain. In another embodiment, the geneswitch further comprises a second ligand binding domain that dimerizeswith a first ligand binding domain (for example, an EcR ligand bindingdomain) that binds a Compound of the Disclosure. In one embodiment, anEcR ligand binding domain comprises one or more amino acid substitutionscompared to the corresponding wild-type EcR polypeptide sequence. Inanother embodiment, the second ligand binding domain is a wild-typeinsect USP (Ultraspiracle protein). In another embodiment, the secondligand binding domain is a retinoic X receptor ligand binding domain. Inanother embodiment, the retinoic X receptor (RxR) ligand binding domainis a chimeric retinoic X receptor ligand binding domain. In anotherembodiment, the chimeric ligand binding domain is a mammalianRxR/invertebrate USP chimera. In another embodiment, the host cellfurther comprises a polynucleotide encoding a peptide, protein, orpolypeptide whose expression is regulated by the gene switch. In anotherembodiment, the gene switch regulates the expression of a polynucleotideencoding IL-12 or a subunit thereof. (See, for example, US2011/0268766).

In another embodiment, the present disclosure provides a Compound of theDisclosure, or a composition thereof, for use in treating a disease,disorder, injury, or condition in a subject.

In another embodiment, the present disclosure provides a Compound of theDisclosure, or a composition thereof, for use in the manufacture of amedicament for treating a disease, disorder, injury, or condition in asubject.

In another aspect, the present disclosure provides kits comprising aCompound of the Disclosure, or kits comprising a composition of aCompound of the Disclosure and one or more excipients. In oneembodiment, the kit further comprises instructions for administering aCompound of the Disclosure to an isolated host cell or a subject. Inanother embodiment, the kit further comprises the RHEOSWITCH THERAPEUTICSYSTEM® (see, for example, the Instruction Manual for “RHEOSWITCH®Mammalian Inducible Expression System,” New England BioLabs® Inc.,Version 1.3, November 2007; Karzenowski, D. et al., BioTechiques39:191-196 (2005); Dai, X. et al., Protein Expr. Purif 42:236-245(2005); Palli, S. R. et al., Eur. J. Biochem. 270:1308-1515 (2003);Dhadialla, T. S. et al., Annual Rev. Entomol. 43:545-569 (1998); Kumar,M. B, et al., J. Biol. Chem. 279:27211-27218 (2004); Verhaegent, M. andChristopoulos, T. K., Annal. Chem. 74:4378-4385 (2002); Katalam, A. K.,et al., Molecular Therapy 13:S103 (2006); and Karzenowski, D. et al.,Molecular Therapy 13:S194 (2006))

Compounds of the Disclosure may be administered to a subject inconjunction with other pharmaceutically active compounds. It will beunderstood by those skilled in the art that pharmaceutically activecompounds to be used in combination the Compound of the Disclosure willbe selected in order to avoid adverse effects on the recipient orundesirable interactions between the compounds. Examples of otherpharmaceutically active compounds which may be used in combination aCompound of the Disclosure, for example, AIDS chemotherapeutic agents,amino acid derivatives, analgesics, anesthetics, anorectal products,antacids and antiflatulents, antibiotics, anticoagulants, antidotes,antifibrinolytic agents, antihistamines, anti-inflammatory agents,antineoplastics, antiparasitics, antiprotozoals, antipyretics,antiseptics, antispasmodics and anticholinergics, antivirals, appetitesuppressants, arthritis medications, biological response modifiers, bonemetabolism regulators, bowel evacuants, cardiovascular agents, centralnervous system stimulants, cerebral metabolic enhancers, cerumenolytics,cholinesterase inhibitors, cold and cough preparations, colonystimulating factors, contraceptives, cytoprotective agents, dentalpreparations, deodorants, dermatologicals, detoxifying agents, diabetesagents, diagnostics, diarrhea medications, dopamine receptor agonists,electrolytes, enzymes and digestants, ergot preparations, fertilityagents, fiber supplements, antifungal agents, galactorrhea inhibitors,gastric acid secretion inhibitors, gastrointestinal prokinetic agents,gonadotropin inhibitors, hair growth stimulants, hematinics,hemorrheologic agents, hemostatics, histamine H₂ receptor antagonists,hormones, hyperglycemic agents, hypolipidemics, immunosuppressants,laxatives, leprostatics, leukapheresis adjuncts, lung surfactants,migraine preparations, mucolytics, muscle relaxant antagonists, musclerelaxants, narcotic antagonists, nasal sprays, nausea medicationsnucleoside analogues, nutritional supplements, osteoporosispreparations, oxytocics, parasympatholytics, parasympathomimetics,Parkinsonism drugs, Penicillin adjuvants, phospholipids, plateletinhibitors, porphyria agents, prostaglandin analogues, prostaglandins,proton pump inhibitors, pruritus medications psychotropics, quinolones,respiratory stimulants, saliva stimulants, salt substitutes, sclerosingagents, skin wound preparations, smoking cessation aids, sulfonamides,sympatholytics, thrombolytics, Tourette's syndrome agents, tremorpreparations, tuberculosis preparations, uricosuric agents, urinarytract agents, uterine contractants, uterine relaxants, vaginalpreparations, vertigo agents, vitamin D analogs, vitamins, and medicalimaging contrast media. In some cases a Compound of the Disclosure maybe useful as an adjunct to drug therapy, for example, to “turn off” agene that produces an enzyme that metabolizes a particular drug.

For agricultural applications, Compounds of the Disclosure, orcompositions thereof, may be used to control the expression ofpesticidal proteins such as Bacillus thuringiensis (Bt) toxin. Suchexpression may be tissue or plant specific. In addition, particularlywhen control of plant pests is also needed, one or more pesticides maybe combined with Compound of the Disclosure, or compositions thereof,thereby providing additional advantages and effectiveness, includingfewer total applications, than if the pesticides are applied separately.When mixtures with pesticides are employed, the relative proportions ofeach component in the composition will depend upon the relative efficacyand the desired application rate of each pesticide with respect to thecrops, pests, and/or weeds to be treated. Those skilled in the art willrecognize that mixtures of pesticides may provide advantages such as abroader spectrum of activity than one pesticide used alone. Examples ofpesticides which can be combined in compositions with Compounds of theDisclosure include fungicides, herbicides, insecticides, miticides, andmicrobicides.

In other agricultural embodiments, Compounds of the Disclosure may beused to control the expression of one or more genes of interest (GOIs).Exemplary GOIs include any desired trait, whether the trait is anagronomic trait, input trait, such as herbicide- orinsecticide-resistance, nutritionally-desirable GOIs for the endconsumer (animal or human), as well as desired GOIs for efficientprocessing of the plant product. Thus, in certain embodiments, a plantcell, a plant tissue, a whole plant and the like, is geneticallymodified with a polynucleotide encoding a gene switch, wherein theexpression of one or more GOIs are under the control of the gene switch.Likewise, in certain embodiments, a fungal cell, a bacterial cell or ayeast cell is genetically modified with a polynucleotide encoding a geneswitch, wherein the expression of one or more GOIs are under the controlof the gene switch.

Ecdysone receptors in insects are naturally responsive to the ecdysonesteroid hormone (molting hormone) and other steroidal compounds such asponasterone A and muristerone A. (Graham et al., Insect Biochemistry andMolecular Biology 37:611-626 (2007); Dinan and Hormann, “EcdysteroidAgonists and Antagonists,” Comprehensive Molecular Insect Science, 1sted.: 197-242, (2005)). Diacylhydrazines having ecdysone receptor agonistactivity have been described as insecticides. (See U.S. Pat. No.5,530,028).

In another aspect, the present disclosure provides a method ofcontrolling, e.g., reducing or preventing the spread of, or killing,insects comprising contacting the insects or their habitat with aninsecticidally effective amount of a Compound of the Disclosure, or acomposition thereof. In another embodiment, Compounds of the Disclosure,or a composition thereof, are insecticidally active against:

(1) insects from the order of the lepidopterans (Lepidoptera), forexample, Agrotis ipsilon, Agrotis segetum, Alabama argillacea,Anficarsia gemmatalis, Argyresthia conjugella, Autographa gamma, Bupaluspiniarius, Cacoecia murinana, Capua reticulana, Cheimatobia brumata,Choristoneura fumiferana, Choristoneura occidentalis, Cirphis unipuncta,Cydia pomonella, Dendrolimus pini, Diaphania nitidalls, Dlatraeagrandiosella, Earias insulana, Elasmopalpus lignosellus, Eupoeciliaambiguella, Evetria bouliana, Feltia subterranea, Galleria mellonella,Grapholitha funebrana, Grapholitha molesta, Hellothis armigera,Hellothis virescens, Heliothis zea, Hellula undalis, Hiberniadefoliaria, Hyphantria cunea, Hyponomeuta malinellus, Keiferialycopersicella, Lambdina fiscellaria, Laphygma exigua, Leucopteracoffeella, Leucoptera scitella, Lithocolletis blancardella, Lobesiabotrana, Loxostege sticticalis, Lymantria dispar, Lymantria monacha,Lyonetia clerkella, Malacosoma neustria, Mamestra brassicae, Orgyiapseudotsugata, Ostrinia nubilalls, Panolls flammea, Pectinophoragossypiella, Peridroma saucia, Phalera bucephala, Phthorimaeaoperculella, Phyllocnistis citrella, Pieris brassicae, Plathypenascabra, Plutella xylostella, Pseudoplusia includens, Rhyacioniafrustrana, Scrobipalpula absoluta, Sitotroga cerealella, Sparganothispilleriana, Spodoptera fruglperda, Spodoptera littoralls, Spodopteralitura, Thaumatopoea pityocampa, Tortrix viridana, Trichoplusia ni andZeiraphera Canadensis;

(2) beetles (Coleoptera), for example, Agrilus sinuatus, Agrioteslineatus, Agriotes obscurus, Amphimallus solstitialis, Anisandrusdispar, Anthonomus grandis, Anthonomus pomorum, Aphthona euphoridae,Athous haemorrhoidals, Atomaria linearis, Blastophagus piniperda,Blitophaga undata, Bruchus rufimanus, Bruchus pisorum, Bruchus lentis,Byctiscus betulae, Cassida nebulosa, Cerotoma trifurcata, Cetoniaaurata, Ceuthorrhynchus assimilis, Ceuthorrhynchus napi, Chaetocnematibialis, Conoderus vespertinus, Crioceris asparagi, Ctenicera ssp.,Diabrotica longicornis, Diabrotica semipunctata, Diabrotica 12-punctataDiabrotica speciosa, Diabrotica virgifera, Epilachna varivestis, Epitrixhiirtpennis, Eutinobothrus brasiilensis, Hylobius abietis, Hyperabrunneipennis, Hypera postica, Ips typographus, Lema bilineata, Lemamelanopus, Leptinotarsa decemlineata, Limonius californicus,Lissorhoptrus oryzophilus, Melanotus communis, Meligethes aeneus,Melolontha hippocastani, Melolontha melolontha, Oulema oryzae,Otiorrhynchus sulcatus, Otiorrhynchus ovatus, Phaedon cochleariae,Phyllobius pyri, Phyllotreta chrysocephala, Phyllophaga sp.,Phyllopertha horticola, Phyllotreta nemorum, Phyllotreta striolata,Popillia japonica, Sitona lineatus and Sitophilus granaria;

(3) flies, mosquitoes (Diptera), for example, Aedes aegypti, Aedesalbopictus, Aedes vexans, Anastrepha ludens, Anopheles maculipennis,Anopheles crucians, Anopheles albimanus, Anopheles gamnbiae, Anophelesfreeborni, Anopheles leucosphyrus, Anopheles minimus, Anophelesquadrimaculatus, Calliphora vicina, Ceratitis capitata, Chrysomyabezziana, Chrysomya hominivorax, Chrysomya macellaria, Chrysopsdiscails, Chrysops silacea, Chrysops allanticus, Cochliomylahominivorax, Contarinia sorghicola Cordylobia anthropophaga, Culicoidesfurens, Culex pipiens, Culex nigripalpus, Culex quinquefasciatus, Culextarsalis, Culiseta inornata, Culiseta melanura, Dacus cucurbitae, Dacusoleae, Dasineura brassicae, Delia antique, Delia coarctata, Deliaplatura, Della radicum, Dermatobia hominis, Fannia canicularis, GeomyzaTripunctata, Gasterophilus intestinalis, Glossina morsiftans, Glossinapalpalis, Glossina fuscipes, Glossina tachinoides, Haematobia irritans,Haplodiplosis equestris, Hippelates spp., Hylemyia platura, Hypodermalineata, Leptoconops torrens, Liriomyza sativae, Liriomyza trifolii,Lucilia caprina, Lucilia cuprina, Lucilla sericata, Lycoria pectoralis,Mansonia titillanus, Mayetiola destructor, Musca domestica, Muscinastabulans, Oestrus ovis, Opomyza florum, Oscinella frit, Pegomyahysocyami, Phorbia antiqua, Phorbia brassicae, Phorbia coarctata,Phlebotomus argentipes, Psorophora columbiae, Psila rosae, Psorophoradiscolor, Prosimullum mixtum, Rhagoletis cerasi, Rhagoletis pomonella,Sarcophaga haemorrhoidalis, Sarcophaga sp., Simulium vittatum, Stomoxyscalcitrans, Tabanus bovinus, Tabanus atratus, Tabanus lineola, andTabanus similis, Tipula oleracea, and Tipulapaludosa:

(4) thrips (Thysanoptera), for example, Dichromothrips corbetti,Dichromothrips ssp, Frankliniella fusca, Frankllniella occidentalls,Frankllniella tritici, Scirtothrlps citri, Thrips olyzae, Thrips palmiand Thrips tabaci,

(5) termites (Isoptera), for example, Calotermes flavicollis,Leucotermes flavipes, Heterotermes aureus, Reticulltermes flavipes,Retfculltermes virginicus, Reticulltermes lucifugus, Termes natalensis,and Coptotermes formosanus,

(6) cockroaches (Blattaria-Blattodea), for example, Blattella germanica,Blattella asahinae, Periplaneta americana, Periplaneta japonica,Periplaneta brunnea, Periplaneta fuligginosa, Periplaneta australasiae,and Blatta orientalis;

(7) true bugs (Hemiptera), for example, Acrosternum hilare, Blissusleucopterus, Cyrtopeltis notatus, Dysdercus cingulatus, Dysdercusintermedius, Eurygaster integriceps, Euschistus impictivenfris,Leptoglossus phyllopus, Lygus llneolaris, Lygus pratensis, Nezaraviriduia, Piesma quadrata, Solubea insularis, Thyanta perditor,Acyrthosiphon onobrychis, Adelges laricis, Aphidula nasturti; Aphisfabae, Aphisforbesi, Aphis pomi, Aphis gossypii, Aphis grossulariae,Aphis schneideri, Aphis spiraecola, Aphis sambuci, Acyrthosiphon pisum,Aulacofthum solani, Bemisia argentifolii, Brachycaudus cardui,Brachycaudus helichrysi, Brachycaudus persicae, Brachycaudus prunicola,Brevicoryne brassicae, Capiftophorus horni, Cerosipha gossypii,Chaetosiphon fragaefolii, Cryptomyzus ribis, Dreyfusia nordmannianae,Dreyfusia piceae, Dysaphis radicola, Dysaulacorthum pseudosolani,Dysaphis plantaginea, Dysaphis pyri, Empoasca fabae, Hyalopterus pruni,Hyperomyzus lactucae, Macrosiphum avenae, Macrosiphum euphorbiae,Macrosiphon rosae, Megoura viciae, Melanaphis pyrarius, Metopolophiumdirhodum, Myzus persicae, Myzus ascalonicus, Myzus cerasi, Myzusvarians, Nasonovia ribis-nigri, Nilaparvata lugens, Pemphigus bursarius,Perkinsiella saccharicida, Phorodon humuli, Psylla mall, Psylla piri,Rhopalomyzus ascalonicus, Rhopalosiphum maidis, Rhopalosiphum padi,Rhopalosiphum inserfum, Sappaphis mala, Sappaphis mali, Schizaphisgraminum, Schizoneura lanuginosa, Sitobion avenae, Trialeurodesvaporariorum, Toxoptera aurantiiand, Viteus vitifolli, Cimexlectularius, Cimex hemipterus, Reduvius senilis, Triatoma spp., andArilus critatus;

(8) ants, bees, wasps, sawflies (Hymenoptera), for example, Athaliarosae, Atta cephalotes, Atta capiguara, Atta cephalotes, Afta laevigata,Atta robusta, Atta sexdens, Atta texana, Crematogaster spp., Hoplocampaminuta, Hoplocampa testudinea, Monomorium pharaonls, Solenopsisgeminata, Solenopsis invicta, Solenopsis richteri, Solenopsis xyloni,Pogonomyrmex barbatus, Pogonomyrmex californicus, Pheidole megacephala,Dasymutilla occidentalis, Bombus spp. Vespula squamosa, Paravespulavulgaris, Paravespula pennsylvanica, Paravespula germanica,Dolichovespula maculata, Vespa crabro, Polistes rubiginosa, Camponotusfloridanus, and Linepithema humile;

(9) crickets, grasshoppers, locusts (Orthoptera), for example, Achetadomestica, Gryllotalpa gryllotalpa, Locusta migratoria, Melanoplusbivittatus, Melanoplus femurrubrum, Melanoplus mexicanus, Melanoplussanguinipes, Melanoplus spretus, Nomadacris septemfasciata, Schistocercaamericans, Schistocerca gregaria, Dociostaurus maroccanus, Tachycinesasynamorus, Oedaleus senegalensis, Zonozerus variegatus, Hieroglyphusdaganensis, Kraussaria angulifera, Calliptamus itallcus, Chortoicetesterminifera, and Locustana pardalina;

(10) Arachnoidea, such as arachnids (Acarina), for example, of thefamilies Argasidae, Ixodidae and Sarcoptidae, such as Amblyommaamericanum, Amblyomma variegatum, Ambryomma maculatum, Argas persicus,Boophilus annulatus, Boophilus decoloratus, Boophilus microplus,Dermacentor silvarum, Dermacentor andersoni, Dermacentor variabllis,Hyalomma truncatum, Ixodes ricinus, Ixodes rubicundus, Ixodesscapularis, Ixodes holocyclus, Ixodes pacificus, Ornithodorus moubata,Ornithodorus hermsi, Ornithodorus turicata, Ornithonyssus bacoti,Otobius megnini, Dermanyssus gallinae, Psoroptes ovis, Rhipicephalussanguineus, Rhipicephalus appendiculatus, Rhipicephalus evertsi,Sarcoptes scabiei, and Eriophyidae spp. such as Aculus schlechtendali,Phyllocoptrata oleivora and Eriophyes sheldoni, Tarsonemidae spp. suchas Phytonemus pallidus and Polyphagotarsonemus latus; Tenuipalpidae spp.such as Brevipalpus phoenicis; Tetranychidae spp. such as Tetranychuscinnabarinus, Tetranychus kanzawai, Tetranychus pacificus, Tetranychustelarius and Tetranychus urticae, Panonychus ulmi, Panonychus citri, andOligonychus pratensis; Araneida, e.g., Lafrodectus mactans, andLoxosceles reclusa,

(11) fleas (Siphonaptera), for example, Ctenocephalides felis,Ctenocephalides canis, Xenopsylla cheopis, Pulex irriftans, Tungapenefans, and Nosopsyllus fasciatus;

(12) silverfish, firebrat (Thysanura), for example, Lepisma saccharinsand Thermobia domestics:

(13) centipedes (Chilopoda), for example, Scutigera coleoptrata,

(14) millipedes (Diplopoda), for example, Narceus spp.,

(15) Earwigs (Dermaptera), for example, forifcula auricularia; and/or

(16) lice (Phthiraptera), for example, Pediculus humanus capitis,Pediculus humanus corporis, Pthirus pubis, Haematopinus eurysternus,Haematopinus suis, Linognathus vituli, Bovicola bovis, Menopon gallinae,Menacanthus stramineus and Solenopotes capillatus.

In another embodiment, Compounds of the Disclosure, or compositionsthereof, are insecticidally active against insects of the order Diptera,Hemiptera, and/or Lepidoptera. In another embodiment, Compounds of theDisclosure, or a composition thereof, are insecticidally active againstinsects of the order Lepidoptera. In another embodiment, Compound of theDisclosures, or a composition thereof, are insecticidally active againstinsects of the order Hemiptera.

Compounds of the Disclosure, or compositions thereof, can be applied toplant foliage as aqueous sprays by methods commonly employed, such asconventional high-liter hydraulic sprays, low-liter sprays, air-blast,and aerial sprays. The dilution and rate of application will depend uponthe type of equipment employed, the method and frequency of applicationdesired, and the ligand application rate. It may be desirable to includeadditional adjuvants in the spray tank. Such adjuvants includesurfactants, dispersants, spreaders, stickers, antifoam agents,emulsifiers, and other similar materials described in McCutcheon'sEmulsifiers and Detergents, McCutcheon's Emulsifiers andDetergents/Functional Materials, and McCutcheon's Functional Materials,all published annually by McCutcheon Division of MC Publishing Company(New Jersey). Compounds of the Disclosure, or compositions thereof, canalso be mixed with fertilizers or fertilizing materials before theirapplication. Compounds of the Disclosure, or compositions thereof, andsolid fertilizing material can also be admixed in mixing or blendingequipment, or they can be incorporated with fertilizers in granularformulations. Any relative proportion of fertilizer can be used which issuitable for the crops and weeds to be treated. Compounds of theDisclosure, or compositions thereof, will commonly comprise from 5% to50% of the fertilizing composition. These compositions providefertilizing materials which promote the rapid growth of desired plants,and at the same time control gene expression.

As used herein, the term “therapeutically effective amount,” refers tothe amount of a Compound of the Disclosure sufficient to treat one ormore symptoms of a disease, condition, injury, or disorder, or preventadvancement of disease, condition, injury, or disorder, or causeregression of the disease, condition, injury, or disorder. For example,with respect to the treatment of cancer, in one embodiment, atherapeutically effective amount will refer to the amount of a Compoundof the Disclosure that decreases the rate of tumor growth, decreasestumor mass, decreases the number of metastases, increases time to tumorprogression, or increases survival time by at least about 5%, at leastabout 10%, at least about 15%, at least about 20%, at least about 25%,at least about 30%, at least about 35%, at least about 40%, at leastabout 45%, at least about 50%, at least about 55%, at least about 60%,at least about 65%, at least about 70%, at least about 75%, at leastabout 80%, at least about 85%, at least about 90%, at least about 95%,or at least about 100%.

As used herein, the term “insecticidally effective amount” refers to theamount of a Compound of the Disclosure sufficient to control, e.g.,reduce or prevent the spread of, or kill, insects. For example, aninsecticidally effect amount will refer to the amount of a Compound ofthe Disclosure that induces premature molting and death in an insect.

The terms “a” and “an” refer to one or more than one.

The term “about,” as used herein, includes the recited number±10%. Thus,“about 10” means 9 to 11.

As used herein, the term “excipient” refers to any ingredient in acomposition other than the Compound of the Disclosure. An excipient istypically an inert substance added to a composition to facilitateprocessing, handling, administration, etc., of Compound of theDisclosure. Useful excipients include, but are not limited to,adjuvants, antiadherents, binders, carriers, disintegrants, fillers,flavors, colors, diluents, lubricants, glidants, preservatives,sorbents, solvents, surfactants, and sweeteners.

Conventional pharmaceutical excipients are well known to those of skillin the art. In particular, one of skill in the art will recognize that awide variety of pharmaceutically acceptable excipients can be used inadmixture with Compounds of the Disclosure, including those listed inthe Handbook of Pharmaceutical Excipients, Pharmaceutical Press 4th Ed.(2003), and Remington: The Science and Practice of Pharmacy, LippincottWilliams & Wilkins, 21st ed. (2005). In one embodiment, the compositioncomprises one or more of the following excipients: water, Labrasol,Lauroglycol 90, Phosal 53 MCT, Miglyol, Cremophor® EL, polysorbate 80,Crillet 1 HP, Isopropyl myristate, Oleic acid, and/or PEG 400 NF. Inanother embodiment, the composition comprises a lipid.

Pharmaceutically acceptable carriers include fillers such assaccharides, for example, trehalose, lactose or sucrose, mannitol orsorbitol, cellulose preparations and/or calcium phosphates, for exampletricalcium phosphate or calcium hydrogen phosphate, as well as binderssuch as starch paste, using, for example, maize starch, wheat starch,rice starch, potato starch, gelatin, tragacanth, methyl cellulose,hydroxypropylmethylcellulose, sodium carboxymethylcellulose, and/orpolyvinyl pyrrolidone. If desired, disintegrating agents may be addedsuch as the above-mentioned starches and also carboxymethyl-starch,cross-linked polyvinyl pyrrolidone, agar, or alginic acid or a saltthereof, such as sodium alginate. Auxiliaries are flow-regulating agentsand lubricants, for example, silica, talc, stearic acid or saltsthereof, such as magnesium stearate or calcium stearate, and/orpolyethylene glycol. In one embodiment, dragee cores are provided withsuitable coatings which, if desired, are resistant to gastric juices.For this purpose, concentrated saccharide solutions may be used, whichmay optionally contain gum arabic, talc, polyvinyl pyrrolidone,polyethylene glycol and/or titanium dioxide, lacquer solutions andsuitable organic solvents or solvent mixtures. In order to producecoatings resistant to gastric juices, solutions of suitable cellulosepreparations such as acetylcellulose phthalate orhydroxypropylmethyl-cellulose phthalate, are used. Dye stuffs orpigments may be added to the tablets or dragee coatings, for example,for identification or in order to characterize combinations of activecompound doses.

Pharmaceutical preparations which can be used orally include push-fitcapsules made of gelatin, as well as soft, sealed capsules made ofgelatin and a plasticizer such as glycerol or sorbitol. The push-fitcapsules can contain the active compounds in the form of granules ornanoparticles which may optionally be mixed with fillers such aslactose, binders such as starches, and/or lubricants such as talc ormagnesium stearate and, optionally, stabilizers. In one embodiment, theis dissolved or suspended in suitable liquids, such as fatty oils, orliquid paraffin, optionally with stabilizers.

Fatty oils may comprise mono-, di- or triglycerides. Mono-, di- andtriglycerides include those that are derived from C₆, C₈, C₁₀, C₁₂, C₁₄,C₁₆, C₁₈, C₂₀ and C₂₂ acids. Exemplary diglycerides include, inparticular, diolein, dipalmitolein, and mixed caprylin-caprindiglycerides. Preferred triglycerides include vegetable oils, fish oils,animal fats, hydrogenated vegetable oils, partially hydrogenatedvegetable oils, synthetic triglycerides, modified triglycerides,fractionated triglycerides, medium and long-chain triglycerides,structured triglycerides, and mixtures thereof. Exemplary triglyceridesinclude: almond oil; babassu oil; borage oil; blackcurrant seed oil;canola oil; castor oil; coconut oil; corn oil; cottonseed oil; eveningprimrose oil; grapeseed oil; groundnut oil; mustard seed oil; olive oil;palm oil; palm kernel oil; peanut oil; rapeseed oil; safflower oil;sesame oil; shark liver oil; soybean oil; sunflower oil; hydrogenatedcastor oil; hydrogenated coconut oil; hydrogenated palm oil;hydrogenated soybean oil; hydrogenated vegetable oil; hydrogenatedcottonseed and castor oil; partially hydrogenated soybean oil; partiallysoy and cottonseed oil; glyceryl tricaproate; glyceryl tricaprylate;glyceryl tricaprate; glyceryl triundecanoate; glyceryl trilaurate;glyceryl trioleate; glyceryl trilinoleate; glyceryl trilinolenate;glyceryl tricaprylate/caprate; glyceryl tricaprylate/caprate/laurate;glyceryl tricaprylate/caprate/linoleate; and glyceryltricaprylate/caprate/stearate.

In one embodiment, the triglyceride is the medium chain triglycerideavailable under the trade name LABRAFAC CC. Other triglycerides includeneutral oils, e.g., neutral plant oils, in particular fractionatedcoconut oils such as known and commercially available under the tradename MIGLYOL, including the products: MIGLYOL 810; MIGLYOL 812; MIGLYOL818; and CAPTEX® 355. Other triglycerides are caprylic-capric acidtriglycerides such as known and commercially available under the tradename MYRITOL, including the product MYRITOL 813. Further triglyceridesof this class are CAPMUL MCT, CAPTEX® 200, CAPTEX® 300, CAPTEX® 800,NEOBEE M5 and MAZOL 1400.

Pharmaceutical compositions comprising triglycerides may furthercomprise lipophilic and/or hydrophilic surfactants which may form clearsolutions upon dissolution with an aqueous solvent. One such surfactantis tocopheryl polyethylene glycol 1000 succinate (vitamin E TPGS).Examples of such compositions are described in U.S. Pat. No. 6,267,985.

In another embodiment, the pharmaceutically acceptable carrier comprisesLABRASOL (Gattefosse SA), which is PEG-8 caprylic/capric glycerides. Inanother embodiment, the pharmaceutically acceptable carrier comprisesPL90G, vitamin E TPGS, and Miglyol 812N.

As used herein, the term “treat,” “treating,” or “treatment” is meant toencompass administering to a subject a Compound of the Disclosure, or acomposition thereof, for the purposes of amelioration or cure of adisease, disorder, injury, or condition, including preemptive treatment.

As used herein, the term “subject” refers to an insect, plant, algae, oranimal, e.g., human or veterinary animal, e.g., cow, sheep, pig, horse,dog, or cat. In one embodiment, a host cell of the subject comprises apolynucleotide encoding a gene switch that comprises a ligand bindingdomain that binds a Compound of the Disclosure.

As used herein, the term “gene of interest” is any gene that one wishesto express that encodes a peptide, protein, or polypeptide.

As used herein, the term “gene expression” refers to the transcriptionof DNA to messenger RNA (mRNA), and/or the translation of mRNA to aminoacid sequence.

As used herein, the term “regulating gene expression” refers toincreasing the level of gene expression in response to contact of aCompound of the Disclosure with the ligand binding domain that binds aCompound of the Disclosure, relative to the level of gene expression inthe absence of contacting the ligand binding domain that binds aCompound of the Disclosure.

As used herein, the term “gene switch” refers to peptide, protein, orpolypeptide complex that functions to (a) bind a Compound of theDisclosure, i.e., the ligand, and (b) regulate the transcription of agene of interest in a ligand-dependent fashion. Gene switches are usefulfor various applications such as gene therapy, production of proteins incells, cell based high throughput screening assays, functional genomics,and regulation of traits in transgenic plants and animals.

In one embodiment, the polynucleotide encoding a gene switch is arecombinant polynucleotide, i.e., a polynucleotide, that has beenengineered, by molecular biological manipulation, to encode the geneswitch. In another embodiment, the recombinant polynucleotide is asynthetic polynucleotide. See, e.g., US Pat. Appl. Pub. Nos.2012/0322148, 2012/0185954, and 2011/0059530.

As used herein, the term “gene” refers to a polynucleotide comprisingnucleotides that encode a functional molecule, including functionalmolecules produced by transcription only (e.g., a bioactive RNA species)or by transcription and translation (e.g. a polypeptide). The term“gene” encompasses cDNA and genomic DNA nucleic acids. “Gene” alsorefers to a nucleic acid fragment that expresses a specific RNA, proteinor polypeptide, including regulatory sequences preceding (5′ non-codingsequences) and following (3′ non-coding sequences) the coding sequence.“Native gene” refers to a gene as found in nature with its ownregulatory sequences. “Chimeric gene” refers to any gene that is not anative gene, comprising regulatory and/or coding sequences that are notfound together in nature. Accordingly, a chimeric gene may compriseregulatory sequences and coding sequences that are derived fromdifferent sources, or regulatory sequences and coding sequences derivedfrom the same source, but arranged in a manner different than that foundin nature. A chimeric gene may comprise coding sequences derived fromdifferent sources and/or regulatory sequences derived from differentsources. “Endogenous gene” refers to a native gene in its naturallocation in the genome of an organism. A “foreign” gene or“heterologous” or “exogenous” gene refers to a gene not normally foundin the host organism, but that is introduced into the host organism bygene transfer. Foreign genes can comprise native genes inserted into anon-native organism, or chimeric genes. A “transgene” is a gene that hasbeen introduced into the genome by a transformation procedure.

In one embodiment, Compounds of the Disclosure are administered to anisolated host cell or a subject as a composition. In another embodiment,Compounds of the Disclosure are administered to an isolated host cell ora subject as a pharmaceutically acceptable composition.

As used herein, the term “dimerizes with the ligand binding domain thatbinds a Compound of the Disclosure” refers to a selectiveprotein-protein interaction.

In one embodiment, the gene switch efficacy or “EC₅₀” of a Compound ofthe Disclosure is about 20 μM or less, about 10 μM or less, about 5 μMor less, about 3 μM or less, about 2 μM or less, about 1 μm or less,about 500 nM or less, about 300 nM or less, about 200 nM or less, orabout 100 nM or less, e.g., about 75 nM about 50 nM, about 25 nM, about15 nM, about 10 nM, about 9 nM, about 8 nM, about 7 nM, about 6 nM,about 5 nM, about 4 nM, about 3 nM, about 2 nM, about 1 nM, about 0.5nM, or less in a cellular gene switch assay. Examples of in vitro assaysfor measuring gene switch-regulated gene expression are well known tothose of ordinary skill in the art. See, for example, Karzenowski etal., BioTechniques 39: 191-200 (2005).

As used herein, the “EC₅₀” is the “half maximal effectiveconcentration,” which refers to the concentration of a Compound of theDisclosure that induces a gene switch-regulated change in expression ofa polynucleotide encoding an gene of interest that is halfway betweenthe baseline level of expression and the maximum level of expressionafter a specified exposure time.

As used herein, the term “ligand binding domain that binds a Compound ofthe Disclosure” refers to an amino acid sequence that selectively bindsa Compound of the Disclosure. In the methods disclosed herein, aCompound of the Disclosure binds to a ligand binding domain, e.g., anecdysone receptor ligand binding domain, that is part of aligand-dependent transcriptional activation complex that regulates theexpression of a polynucleotide sequence that encodes a gene of interest.Hence, the expression of the gene of interest is regulated in a ligand(Compound of the Disclosure) dependent fashion.

In one embodiment, the ligand binding domain that binds a Compound ofthe Disclosure, e.g., an ecdysone receptor ligand binding domain,dimerizes with another ligand binding domain, e.g., a retinoid Xreceptor ligand binding domain, to form a protein-protein complex.

In one embodiment, the expression of the gene of interest is regulatedby a Compound of the Disclosure in an on/off fashion that is independentof the concentration or dosage of the Compound of the Disclosure. Inanother embodiment, the expression of the gene of interest is regulatedby a Compound of the Disclosure in a concentration (or dosage)-dependentfashion, i.e., there is a dose-response relationship between theconcentration (or dosage) of a Compound of the Disclosure and the levelof gene expression of the gene of interest. See, e.g., US 2009/0123441.

The term “operably linked” refers to the association of polynucleotidesequences on a single polynucleotide so that the function of one isaffected by the other. For example, a promoter is operably linked with acoding sequence when it is capable of affecting the expression of thatcoding sequence (i.e., that the coding sequence is under thetranscriptional control of the promoter). Coding sequences can beoperably linked to regulatory sequences in sense or antisenseorientation.

In one embodiment, the host cell is an isolated host cell. In oneembodiment, an “isolated” host cell refers to a cell that is not presentin a subject. In one embodiment, an “isolated” host cell refers to oneor more host cells in a cell culture apparatus or in a cell culturepreparation.

In one embodiment, the host cell is within a subject, and the host cellis contacted by a Compound of the Disclosure by administering theCompound of the Disclosure, or a composition thereof, to the subject. Inanother embodiment, the host cell is contacted with a Compound of theDisclosure, or a composition thereof, in vitro. In another embodiment,the host cell is contacted with a Compound of the Disclosure, or acomposition thereof, ex vivo. In another embodiment, the host cell is ina human subject. In another embodiment, the host cell is in an animalsubject. In another embodiment, the host cell is in a plant subject. Inanother embodiment, the host cell is in an algae subject.

In one embodiment, Compounds of the Disclosure, or compositions thereof,are administered to a subject. In one embodiment, Compounds of theDisclosure, or compositions thereof, are administered to a subjectorally. In another embodiment, Compounds of the Disclosure, orcompositions thereof, are administered to a subject parenterally. Inanother embodiment, Compounds of the Disclosure, or compositionsthereof, are administered subcutaneously, intramuscularly,intravenously, intraperitoneally or intratumorally.

In addition to or together with the above modes of administration,Compounds of the Disclosure, or compositions thereof, can be added tofood consumed by a subject. In one embodiment, Compounds of theDisclosure, or compositions thereof, are combined, blended, or admixedwith food material to provide a “food product.” The term “food material”is used in its broadest possible sense, and includes any form, e.g.,solid, emulsion, liquid, of ingestible materials consumed by an animal,e.g., a human. Food products may be formulated so the subject takes inan appropriate quantity of a Compound of the Disclosure, or compositionthereof, with its diet. In another embodiment, a Compound of theDisclosure, or composition thereof, is formulated as a premix foraddition to food material. In one embodiment, the food product or premixcomprises a Compound of the Disclosure, or composition thereof, and oneor more lipids.

In one embodiment, the ligand binding domain in the gene switch thatbinds a Compound of the Disclosure is a Group H nuclear receptor ligandbinding domain, or a mutant thereof, that binds a Compound of theDisclosure. In another embodiment, the Group H nuclear receptor ligandbinding domain is selected from the group consisting of an ecdysonereceptor ligand binding domain, a ubiquitous receptor ligand bindingdomain, an orphan receptor-1 ligand binding domain, an NER-1 ligandbinding domain, a receptor-interacting protein-15 ligand binding domain,a liver X receptor-3 ligand binding domain, a steroid hormonereceptor-like protein ligand binding domain, a liver X receptor ligandbinding domain, a liver X receptor ligand binding domain, a farnesoid Xreceptor ligand binding domain, a receptor-interacting protein-14 ligandbinding domain, and a farnesol receptor ligand binding domain ligandbinding domain, or a mutant thereof, that binds a Compound of theDisclosure.

In another embodiment, the Group H nuclear receptor ligand bindingdomain is an ecdysone receptor ligand binding domain, or a mutantthereof, that binds a Compound of the Disclosure. In another embodiment,the ecdysone receptor ligand binding domain is selected from the groupconsisting of an Arthropod ecdysone receptor ligand binding domain aLepidopteran ecdysone receptor ligand binding domain, a Dipteranecdysone receptor ligand binding domain, an Orthopteran ecdysonereceptor ligand binding domain, a Homopteran ecdysone receptor ligandbinding domain and a Hemipteran ecdysone receptor ligand binding domain,a spruce budworm Choristoneura fumiferana ecdysone receptor ligandbinding domain, a beetle Tenebrio molitor ecdysone receptor ligandbinding domain, a Manduca sexta ecdysone receptor ligand binding domain,a Heliothies virescens ecdysone receptor ligand binding domain, a midgeChironomus tentans ecdysone receptor ligand binding domain, a silk mothBombyx mori ecdysone receptor ligand binding domain, a squinting bushbrown Bicyclus anynana ecdysone receptor ligand binding domain, abuckeye Junonia coenia ecdysone receptor ligand binding domain, a fruitfly Drosophila melanogaster ecdysone receptor ligand binding domain, amosquito Aedes aegypti ecdysone receptor ligand binding domain, ablowfly Lucilia capitata ecdysone receptor ligand binding domain, ablowfly Lucilia cuprina ecdysone receptor ligand binding domain, ablowfly Calliphora vicinia ecdysone receptor ligand binding domain, aMediterranean fruit fly Ceratitis capitata ecdysone receptor ligandbinding domain, a locust Locusta migratoria ecdysone receptor ligandbinding domain, an aphid Myzus persicae ecdysone receptor ligand bindingdomain, a fiddler crab Celuca pugilator ecdysone receptor ligand bindingdomain, an ixodid tick Amblyomma americanum ecdysone receptor ligandbinding domain, a whitefly Bamecia argentifoli ecdysone receptor ligandbinding domain, a leafhopper Nephotetix cincticeps ecdysone receptorligand binding domain, or a mutant thereof, that binds a Compound of theDisclosure. In another embodiment, the ecdysone receptor ligand bindingdomain is a spruce budworm Choristoneura fumiferana ecdysone receptorligand binding domain, for which the amino acid sequence is set forth inU.S. Patent Publication No. 2006/0100416 A1.

In another embodiment, the ecdysone receptor ligand binding domain is amutant of the spruce budworm Choristoneura fumiferana ecdysone receptorligand binding domain that binds a Compound of the Disclosure.

Suitable ecdysone receptor ligand binding domains include thosedisclosed, for example, in U.S. Pat. Nos. 7,935,510; 7,919,269;7,563,879; and in U.S. Patent Publication No. 2006/0100416 A1.

In one embodiment, the gene switch comprises a ligand binding domainthat dimerizes with the ligand binding domain that binds a Compound ofthe Disclosure. In one embodiment, the ligand binding domain thatdimerizes with the ligand binding domain that binds a Compound of theDisclosure is a Group B nuclear receptor ligand binding domain. Inanother embodiment, the Group B nuclear receptor ligand binding domainis selected from the group consisting of a retinoid X receptor ligandbinding domain, an H-2 region II binding protein ligand binding domain,a nuclear receptor co-regulator-1 ligand binding domain, anultraspiracle protein ligand binding domain, a 2C1 nuclear receptorligand binding domain, and a chorion factor 1 ligand binding domain. Inanother embodiment, a ligand binding domain that dimerizes with theligand binding domain that binds a Compound of the Disclosure is not anecdysone receptor ligand binding domain.

In one embodiment, the ligand binding domain that dimerizes with theligand binding domain that binds a Compound of the Disclosure is aretinoic X receptor ligand binding domain. In another embodiment, theretinoic X receptor ligand binding domain is a vertebrate retinoic Xreceptor ligand binding domain. In another embodiment, the retinoic Xreceptor ligand binding domain is a Homo sapiens retinoic X receptorligand binding domain. In another embodiment, the retinoic X receptorligand binding domain is a retinoic X receptor c isoform. In anotherembodiment, the retinoic X receptor ligand binding domain is a retinoicX receptor β isoform. In another embodiment, the retinoic X receptorligand binding domain is a retinoic X receptor γ isoform.

In another embodiment, the retinoic X receptor ligand binding domain isan invertebrate retinoic X receptor ligand binding domain. In anotherembodiment, the invertebrate retinoic X receptor ligand binding domainis a Locusta migratoria retinoic X receptor ligand binding domain.

In another embodiment, the invertebrate retinoic X receptor ligandbinding domain is a non-Lepidopteran, non-Dipteran retinoic X receptorligand binding domain.

In one embodiment, the retinoid receptor ligand binding domain is avertebrate retinoid X receptor ligand binding domain, an invertebrateretinoid X receptor ligand binding domain, an ultraspiracle proteinligand binding domain, or a chimeric retinoid X receptor ligand bindingdomain.

In one embodiment, the chimeric retinoid X receptor ligand bindingdomain comprises two polypeptide fragments, wherein the firstpolypeptide fragment is from a vertebrate retinoid X receptor ligandbinding domain, an invertebrate retinoid X receptor ligand bindingdomain, or an ultraspiracle protein ligand binding domain, and thesecond polypeptide fragment is from a different vertebrate retinoid Xreceptor ligand binding domain, a different invertebrate retinoid Xreceptor ligand binding domain, or a different ultraspiracle proteinligand binding domain.

In another embodiment, the chimeric retinoid X receptor ligand bindingdomain is one that is disclosed in U.S. Pat. No. 7,531,326.

In another embodiment, the first polypeptide fragment of the chimericretinoid X receptor ligand binding domain comprises helices 1-6, helices1-7, helices 1-8, helices 1-9, helices 1-10, helices 1-11, or helices1-12 of a first species of retinoid X receptor, and the secondpolypeptide fragment of the chimeric retinoid X receptor ligand bindingdomain comprises helices 7-12, helices 8-12, helices 9-12, helices10-12, helices 11-12, helix 12, or F domain of a second species ofretinoid X receptor, respectively.

In another embodiment, the first polypeptide fragment of the chimericretinoid X receptor ligand binding domain comprises helices 1-6 of afirst species RXR according to the disclosure, and the secondpolypeptide fragment of the chimeric retinoid X receptor ligand bindingdomain comprises helices 7-12 of a second species of retinoid Xreceptor.

In another embodiment, the first polypeptide fragment of the chimericretinoid X receptor ligand binding domain comprises helices 1-7 of afirst species retinoid X receptor according to the disclosure, and thesecond polypeptide fragment of the chimeric retinoid X receptor ligandbinding domain comprises helices 8-12 of a second species retinoid Xreceptor.

In another embodiment, the first polypeptide fragment of the chimericretinoid X receptor ligand binding domain comprises helices 1-8 of afirst species of retinoid X receptor, and the second polypeptidefragment of the chimeric retinoid X receptor ligand binding domaincomprises helices 9-12 of a second species of retinoid X receptor.

In another embodiment, the first polypeptide fragment of the chimericretinoid X receptor ligand binding domain comprises helices 1-9 of afirst species of retinoid X receptor, and the second polypeptidefragment of the chimeric retinoid X receptor ligand binding domaincomprises helices 10-12 of a second species of retinoid X receptor.

In another embodiment, the first polypeptide fragment of the chimericretinoid X receptor ligand binding domain comprises helices 1-10 of afirst species of retinoid X receptor, and the second polypeptidefragment of the chimeric retinoid X receptor ligand binding domaincomprises helices 11-12 of a second species of retinoid X receptor.

In another embodiment, the first polypeptide fragment of the chimericretinoid X receptor ligand binding domain comprises helices 1-11 of afirst species of retinoid X receptor, and the second polypeptidefragment of the chimeric retinoid X receptor ligand binding domaincomprises helix 12 of a second species of retinoid X receptor.

In another preferred embodiment, the first polypeptide fragment of thechimeric retinoid X receptor ligand binding domain comprises helices1-12 of a first species of retinoid X receptor, and the secondpolypeptide fragment of the chimeric retinoid X receptor ligand bindingdomain comprises an F domain of a second species of retinoid X receptor.

In one embodiment, the first polypeptide fragment in the chimericretinoid X receptor ligand binding domain is human retinoid X receptorsequence, and the second polypeptide fragment in the chimeric retinoid Xreceptor ligand binding domain is invertebrate retinoid X receptorsequence. In another embodiment, the invertebrate retinoid X receptorsequence is Locusta migratoria retinoid X receptor sequence.

In another embodiment, the first polypeptide fragment of the chimericretinoid X receptor ligand binding domain comprises helices 1-8 of ahuman retinoid X receptor, and the second polypeptide fragment of thechimeric retinoid X receptor ligand binding domain comprises helices9-12 of Locusta migratoria retinoid X receptor.

In one embodiment, the gene switch further comprises a DNA bindingdomain (“DBD”). In another embodiment, the DBD is selected from thegroup consisting of a GAL4 DBD, a LexA DBD, a transcription factor DBD,a steroid/thyroid hormone nuclear receptor superfamily member DBD, abacterial LacZ DBD, and a yeast DBD.

In one embodiment, the gene switch further comprises a transactivationdomain (“TD”). In another embodiment, the transactivation domain isselected from the group consisting of a VP16 TD, a GAL4 TD, an NF-κB TD,a BP64 TD, and a B42 acidic TD.

In one embodiment, a DNA binding domain, the ligand binding domain thatbinds a Compound of the Disclosure, a ligand binding domain thatdimerizes with the ligand binding domain that binds a Compound of theDisclosure, and a transactivation domain are encoded by polynucleotidesequences that are contained in the same polynucleotide.

In another embodiment, a DNA binding domain, a ligand binding domainthat binds a Compound of the Disclosure, a ligand binding domain thatdimerizes with the ligand binding domain that binds a Compound of theDisclosure, and a transactivation domain are encoded by polynucleotidesequences that are contained in one or more separate polynucleotidesequences.

In another embodiment, a DNA binding domain, a ligand binding domainthat binds a Compound of the Disclosure, a ligand binding domain thatdimerizes with the ligand binding domain that binds a Compound of theDisclosure, and a transactivation domain are encoded by polynucleotidesequences that are contained in two separate polynucleotide sequences.

In another embodiment, a DNA binding domain and a ligand binding domainthat binds a Compound of the Disclosure are encoded by polynucleotidesequences that are contained in a first polynucleotide sequence, and aligand binding domain that dimerizes with the ligand binding domain thatbinds a Compound of the Disclosure and a transactivation domain areencoded by polynucleotide sequences that are contained in a secondpolynucleotide sequence.

In another embodiment, a DNA binding domain and a ligand binding domainthat dimerizes with the ligand binding domain that binds a Compound ofthe Disclosure are encoded by polynucleotide sequences that arecontained in a first polynucleotide sequence, and a ligand bindingdomain that binds a Compound of the Disclosure and a transactivationdomain are encoded by polynucleotide sequences that are contained in asecond polynucleotide sequence.

In embodiments in which one or more of the DNA binding domain, a ligandbinding domain that binds a Compound of the Disclosure, a ligand bindingdomain that dimerizes with the ligand binding domain that binds aCompound of the Disclosure, and a transactivation domain are encoded bypolynucleotide sequences that are contained in one or more separatepolynucleotide sequences, then the one or more separate polynucleotidesequences is operably linked to one or more separate promoters. Inanother embodiment, the one or more separate polynucleotide sequencesare operably linked to one or more separate enhancer elements. Inanother embodiment, the promoter(s) and/or the enhancer(s) areconstitutively active. In another embodiment, the promoter(s) and/or theenhancer(s) are tissue specific promoters and/or enhancers.

In one embodiment, the gene switch comprises a DNA binding domain, anecdysone receptor ligand binding domain, a ligand binding domain thatdimerizes with the ecdysone receptor ligand binding domain, and atransactivation domain.

In another embodiment, the gene switch comprises a DNA binding domain,an ecdysone receptor ligand binding domain, a retinoid X receptor ligandbinding domain, and a transactivation domain.

In another embodiment, the gene switch comprises a DNA binding domain,an ecdysone receptor ligand binding domain, a chimericvertebrate/invertebrate retinoid X receptor ligand binding domain, and atransactivation domain.

In another embodiment, the gene switch comprises a first polypeptidecomprising a DNA binding domain (DBD) and a first ligand binding domain(LBD) and comprises a second polypeptide comprising a transactivationdomain (TAD) and a second LBD. In one embodiment, the first LBD is anEcR ligand binding domain. In one embodiment the first LBD is an RxR, aUSP, a chimeric LBD, or a chimeric RxR/USP LBD. In one embodiment, thesecond LBD is an EcR ligand binding domain. In one embodiment the secondLBD is an RxR, a USP, a chimeric LBD, or a chimeric RxR/USP LBD. In oneembodiment, the DBD is a Gal4 DNA binding domain. In one embodiment, theTAD is a VP16 transactivation domain. In one embodiment, the gene switchcomprises a first polypeptide comprising a Gal4 DNA binding domain andan EcR ligand binding domain (LBD) and comprises a second polypeptidecomprising a VP16 transactivation domain and chimeric RxR/USP ligandbinding domain. In one embodiment, the EcR ligand binding domaincomprises one or more amino acid substitutions compared to thecorresponding wild-type EcR polypeptide sequence.

In another embodiment, the gene switch comprises a GAL4 DNA bindingdomain, a Choristoneura fumiferana ecdysone receptor ligand bindingdomain that is engineered to contain the mutations V107I and Y127E ofthe Choristoneura fumifrana ecdysone receptor sequence set forth in U.S.Patent Publication No. 2006/0100416 A1, a chimeric Homo sapiens/Locustamigratoria retinoid X receptor ligand binding, and a VP16transactivation domain.

The term “V107I” means that the valine amino acid residue at position107 in the Choristoneura fumifrana ecdysone receptor sequence set forthin U.S. Patent Publication No. 2006/0100416 A1 is changed to isoleucine.The term “Y127E” means that the tyrosine amino acid residue at position127 in the Choristoneura fumifrana ecdysone receptor sequence set forthin U.S. Patent Publication No. 2006/0100416 A1 is changed to glutamate.

In another embodiment, the host cell further comprises a polynucleotideencoding a peptide, protein or polypeptide whose expression is regulatedby the gene switch. A promoter that binds the gene switch complex isoperably linked to the polynucleotide encoding a peptide, protein orpolypeptide whose expression is regulated by the gene switch.

In another embodiment, the polynucleotide encoding a peptide, protein orpolypeptide whose expression is regulated by the gene switch iscontained in the same polynucleotide as a polynucleotide that encodesone or more of a DNA binding domain, the ligand binding domain thatbinds a Compound of the Disclosure, a ligand binding domain thatdimerizes with the ligand binding domain that binds a Compound of theDisclosure, and a transactivation domain. Such constructs are disclosed,for example, in U.S. Patent Publication No. 2009/0123441.

In another embodiment, the polynucleotide encoding a peptide, protein orpolypeptide whose expression is regulated by the gene switch iscontained in a different polynucleotide than a polynucleotide thatencodes one or more of a DNA binding domain, the ligand binding domainthat binds a Compound of the Disclosure, a ligand binding domain thatdimerizes with the ligand binding domain that binds a Compound of theDisclosure, and a transactivation domain.

In one embodiment, the gene switch is more sensitive to a Compound ofthe Disclosure than to a steroid hormone. In another embodiment, thegene switch is more sensitive to a Compound of the Disclosure 1 than toanother diacylhydrazine compound.

The sensitivity of a gene switch to a Compound of the Disclosure,relative to another ligand, can readily be determined in an in vitroassay, for example, an in vitro assay that employs a reporter gene, suchas firefly luciferase. Examples of such in vitro assays are well knownto those of ordinary skill in the art. See, for example, Karzenowski etal., BioTechniques 39: 191-200 (2005).

In one embodiment, the polynucleotide encoding the gene switch iscontained in a vector. In one embodiment, the vector selected from thegroup consisting of a plasmid, an expression vector, a replicon, a phagevector, a cosmid, a viral vector, a liposome, an electrically chargedlipid (e.g., a cytofectin), a DNA-protein complex, and a biopolymer.

In another embodiment, the vector is a retroviral vector. In anotherembodiment, the vector is selected from the group consisting of anadeno-associated viral vector, a pox viral vector, a baculoviral vector,a vaccinia viral vector, a herpes simplex viral vector, an Epstein-Barrviral vector, an adenoviral vector, a gemini viral vector, and a caulimoviral vector.

In one embodiment, the host cell is a prokaryotic host cell. In anotherembodiment, the host cell is a eukaryotic host cell. In otherembodiments, the host cell is an immune cell (e.g., a T-cell, a B-cell,a Natural Killer cell and the like) or a stem cell (e.g., a mesenchymalstem cell (MSC), an endometrial derived stem cell, an endometrialregenerative cell and the like).

In another embodiment, the host cell is a vertebrate host cell. Inanother embodiment, the host cell is an invertebrate host cell.

In another embodiment, the host cell is selected from the groupconsisting of a bacterial cell, a fungal cell, a yeast cell, a nematodecell, an insect cell, a fish cell, a plant cell, an avian cell, an algaecell, an animal cell, and a mammalian cell.

In another embodiment, the host cell is selected from the groupconsisting of a zebrafish cell, a chicken cell, a hamster cell, a mousecell, a rat cell, a rabbit cell, a cat cell, a dog cell, a bovine cell,a goat cell, a cow cell, a pig cell, a horse cell, a sheep cell, asimian cell, a monkey cell, a chimpanzee cell, and a human cell.

In another embodiment, the host cell is selected from the groupconsisting of an Aspergillus cell, a Trichoderma cell, a Saccharomycescell, a Pichia cell, a Candida cell, a Hansenula cell.

In another embodiment, the host cell is selected from the groupconsisting of a Synechocystis cell, a Synechococcus cell, a Salmonellacell, a Bacillus cell, a Acinetobacter cell, a Rhodococcus cell, aStreptomyces cell, an Escherichia cell, a Pseudomonas cell, aMethylomonas cell, a Methylobacter cell, a Alcaligenes cell, aSynechocystis cell, a Anabaena cell, a Thiobacillus cell, aMethanobacterium cell and a Klebsiella cell.

In another embodiment, the host cell is selected from the groupconsisting of an apple cell, an Arabidopsis cell, a bajra cell, a bananacell, a barley cell, a bean cell, a beet cell, a blackgram cell, achickpea cell, a chili cell, a cucumber cell, an eggplant cell, afavabean cell, a maize cell, a melon cell, a millet cell, a mungbeancell, an oat cell, an okra cell, a Panicum cell, a papaya cell, a peanutcell, a pea cell, a pepper cell, a pigeonpea cell, a pineapple cell, aPhaseolus cell, a potato cell, a pumpkin cell, a rice cell, a sorghumcell, a soybean cell, a squash cell, a sugarcane cell, a sugarbeet cell,a sunflower cell, a sweet potato cell, a tea cell, a tomato cell, atobacco cell, a watermelon cell, a mushroom cell, and a wheat cell.

In another embodiment, the host cell is selected from the groupconsisting of a hamster cell, a mouse cell, a rat cell, a rabbit cell, acat cell, a dog cell, a bovine cell, a goat cell, a cow cell, a pigcell, a horse cell, a sheep cell, a monkey cell, a chimpanzee cell, anda human cell.

Host cell transformation is well known in the art and may be achieved bya variety of methods including but not limited to electroporation, viralinfection, plasmid (or vector) transfection, non-viral vector mediatedtransfection, Agrobacterium-mediated transformation, particlebombardment, and the like. Expression of desired gene products involvesculturing the transformed host cells under suitable conditions andinducing expression of the transformed gene. Culture conditions and geneexpression protocols in prokaryotic and eukaryotic cells are well knownin the art. Cells may be harvested and the gene products isolatedaccording to protocols specific for the gene product.

In addition, a host cell may be chosen which modulates the expression ofthe inserted polynucleotide, or modifies and processes the polypeptideproduct in the specific fashion desired. Different host cells havecharacteristic and specific mechanisms for the translational andpost-translational processing and modification (e.g., glycosylation,cleavage (e.g., of signal sequence)) of proteins. Appropriate cell linesor host systems can be chosen to ensure the desired modification andprocessing of the foreign protein expressed. For example, expression ina bacterial system can be used to produce a non-glycosylated coreprotein product. However, a polypeptide expressed in bacteria may not beproperly folded. Expression in yeast can produce a glycosylated product.Expression in eukaryotic cells can increase the likelihood of “native”glycosylation and folding of a heterologous protein. Moreover,expression in mammalian cells can provide a tool for reconstituting, orconstituting, the polypeptide's activity. Furthermore, differentvector/host expression systems may affect processing reactions, such asproteolytic cleavages, to a different extent.

In one embodiment, the host cell comprises two or more orthogonal geneswitches. Two or more individually operable gene regulation systems aresaid to be “orthogonal” when (a) modulation of each of the given geneswitches by its respective ligand results in a measurable change in themagnitude of expression of the gene that is regulated by that geneswitch, and (b) the change is statistically significantly different thanthe change in expression of all other gene switches that are in the hostcell. In one embodiment, regulation of each individually operable geneswitch system effects a change in gene expression at least 2-fold,3-fold, 4-fold, 5-fold, 10-fold, 20-fold, 50-fold, 70-fold, 100-fold,200-fold, 300 fold, 400-fold or 500-fold greater than all of the otheroperable gene switches in the host cell. Non-limiting examples oforthogonal gene switch systems are set forth in U.S. Patent PublicationNo. US 2002/0110861 A1.

In another embodiment, a Compound of the Disclosure, or compositionthereof, is administered to a subject to treat cancer in the subject,for example, a cancer selected from the group consisting ofmyelodysplasia, breast cancer, prostate cancer, lymphoma, skin cancer,pancreatic cancer, colon cancer, melanoma, malignant melanoma, ovariancancer, brain cancer, primary brain carcinoma, head-neck cancer, glioma,glioblastoma, liver cancer, bladder cancer, non-small cell lung cancer,head or neck carcinoma, breast carcinoma, ovarian carcinoma, lungcarcinoma, small-cell lung carcinoma, Wilms' tumor, cervical carcinoma,testicular carcinoma, bladder carcinoma, pancreatic carcinoma, stomachcarcinoma, colon carcinoma, prostatic carcinoma, genitourinarycarcinoma, thyroid carcinoma, esophageal carcinoma, myeloma, multiplemyeloma, adrenal carcinoma, renal cell carcinoma, endometrial carcinoma,adrenal cortex carcinoma, malignant pancreatic insulinoma, malignantcarcinoid carcinoma, choriocarcinoma, mycosis fungoides, malignanthypercalcemia, cervical hyperplasia, leukemia, acute lymphocyticleukemia, chronic lymphocytic leukemia, acute myelogenous leukemia,chronic myelogenous leukemia, chronic granulocytic leukemia, acutegranulocytic leukemia, hairy cell leukemia, neuroblastoma,rhabdomyosarcoma, Kaposi's sarcoma, polycythemia vera, essentialthrombocytosis, Hodgkin's disease, non-Hodgkin's lymphoma, soft-tissuesarcoma, mesothelioma, osteogenic sarcoma, primary macroglobulinemia,and retinoblastoma, and the like.

In another embodiment, a Compound of the Disclosure, or compositionthereof, is administered to a subject to treat a metabolic-relateddisorder in the subject, for example, a metabolic disorder selected fromthe group consisting of dyslipidemia, atherosclerosis, insulinresistance, diabetes (e.g., diabetes type I, diabetes type II, MODY, andgestational diabetes), obesity, impaired glucose tolerance, atheromatousdisease, hypertension, heart disease (which includes, but is not limitedto, coronary heart disease, stroke, cardiac insufficiency, coronaryinsufficiency, and high blood pressure), hyperlipidemia, glucoseintolerance, insulin resistance, hyperglycemia, hyperinsulinemia,metabolic syndrome X (or syndrome X, or insulin resistance syndrome, orReaven's syndrome, or the metabolic cardiovascular risk syndrome),hypertension, chronic fatigue, accelerated aging, degenerative disease,endocrine deficiencies of aging, G_(m)1 gangliosidosis, Morquio-Bdisease, Krabbe's disease, Fabry's disease, Gaucher's disease, Tay-Sachsdisease, Sandhoff disease, fucosidosis, disorders of carbohydratemetabolism (e.g., glycogen storage disease), disorders of amino acidmetabolism (e.g., phenylketonuria, maple syrup urine disease, glutaricacidemia type 1), disorders of organic acid metabolism (e.g.,alcaptonuria), disorders of fatty acid oxidation and mitochondrialmetabolism (e.g., medium chain acyl dehydrogenase deficiency), disordersof porphyrin metabolism (e.g., acute intermittent porphyria), disordersof purine or pyrimidine metabolism (e.g., Lesch-Nyhan syndrome),disorders of steroid metabolism (e.g., congenital adrenal hyperplasia),disorders of mitochondrial function (e.g., Kearns-Sayre syndrome), anddisorders of peroxisomal function (e.g., Zellweger syndrome).

In another embodiment, a Compound of the Disclosure, or compositionthereof, is administered to a subject to treat kidney disease in thesubject. In one embodiment, the kidney disease is renal failure. Inanother embodiment, the kidney disease is chronic renal failure.

In another embodiment, a Compound of the Disclosure, or compositionthereof, is administered to a subject to treat anemia in the subject. Inone embodiment, the anemia is anemia associated with kidney disease, forexample, renal failure or chronic renal failure. In another embodiment,the anemia is associated with cancer therapy with, for example, one ormore chemotherapeutic agents. In another embodiment, the anemia isassociated with advanced age. In another embodiment, the anemia isassociated with impaired lung function. In another embodiment, theanemia is associated with myelodisplasia. In another embodiment, theanemia is associated with radiation therapy. In another embodiment, theanemia is associated with a critical illness. In another embodiment, theanemia is associated with cardiac disease. In another embodiment, theanemia is not a cardiac disease. Nonlimiting types of “cardiac disease”are congestive heart failure, hypoxia, ischemic heart disease,hypertensive heart disease, coronary artery disease, peripheral vasculardisease and ischemic cardiac events, e.g., myocardial infarction, heartattack, heart failure, arrhythmia, myocardial rupture, pericarditis,cardiogenic shock, thrombosis, embolism, atherosclerosis, and arterialstenosis.

In another embodiment, a Compound of the Disclosure, or compositionthereof, are administered to a subject to treat an autoimmune disorderin the subject, for example, an autoimmune disorder selected from thegroup consisting of Achlorhydra Autoimmune Active Chronic Hepatitis,Acute Disseminated Encephalomyelitis, Acute hemorrhagicleukoencephalitis, Addison's Disease, gammaglobulinemia,Agammaglobulinemia, Alopecia areata, Amyotrophic Lateral Sclerosis,Ankylosing Spondylitis, Anti-GBM/TBM Nephritis, Antiphospholipidsyndrome, Antisynthetase syndrome, Arthritis, Atopic allergy, AtopicDermatitis, Aplastic Anemia, Autoimmune cardiomyopathy, Autoimmunehemolytic anemia, Autoimmune hepatitis, Autoimmune inner ear disease,Autoimmune lymphoproliferative syndrome, Autoimmune peripheralneuropathy, Autoimmune pancreatitis, Autoimmune polyendocrine syndromeTypes I, II, & III, Autoimmune progesterone dermatitis, Autoimmunethrombocytopenic purpura, Autoimmune uveitis, Balo disease/Baloconcentric sclerosis, Bechets Syndrome, Berger's disease, Bickerstaffsencephalitis, Blau syndrome, Bullous Pemphigoid, Castleman's disease,Chronic Fatigue Immune Dysfunction Syndrome, chronic inflammatorydemyelinating polyneuropathy, Chronic recurrent multifocal ostomyelitis,Churg-Strauss syndrome, Cicatricial Pemphigoid, Coeliac Disease, Cogansyndrome, Cold agglutinin disease, Complement component 2 deficiency,Cranial arteritis, CREST syndrome, Crohns Disease, Cushing's Syndrome,Cutaneous leukocytoclastic angiitis, Dego's disease, Dermatitisherpetiformis, Dermatomyositis, Diabetes mellitus type 1, Diffusecutaneous systemic sclerosis, Dressler's syndrome, Discoid lupuserythematosus, eczema, Enthesitis-related arthritis, Eosinophilicfasciitis, Epidermolysis bullosa acquisita, Erythema nodosum, Essentialmixed cryoglobulinemia, Evan's syndrome, Fibrodysplasia ossificansprogressiva, Fibromyositis, Fibrosing aveolitis, Gastritis,Gastrointestinal pemphigoid, Giant cell arteritis, Goodpasture'ssyndrome, Graves' disease, Guillain-Barré syndrome (GBS), Hashimoto'sencephalitis, Hashimoto's thyroiditis, Hemolytic anaemia,Henoch-Schonlein purpura, Herpes gestationis, Hughes syndrome (orAntiphospholipid syndrome), Hypogammaglobulinemia, IdiopathicInflammatory Demyelinating Diseases, Idiopathic pulmonary fibrosis,Idiopathic thrombocytopenic purpura, IgA nephropathy (or Berger'sdisease), Inclusion body myositis, ory demyelinating polyneuopathy,Juvenile idiopathic arthritis, Juvenile rheumatoid arthritis,Lambert-Eaton myasthenic syndrome, Leukocytoclastic vasculitis, Lichenplanus, Lichen sclerosus, Linear IgA disease (LAD), Lou Gehrig'sDisease, Lupoid hepatitis, Lupus erythematosus, Majeed syndrome,Meniere's disease, Microscopic polyangiitis, Miller-Fisher syndrome,Mixed Connective Tissue Disease, Mucha-Habermann disease, Muckle-Wellssyndrome, Multiple Myeloma, Myasthenia gravis, Myositis, Narcolepsy,Neuromyelitis optica (also Devic's Disease), Occular cicatricialpemphigoid, Ord thyroiditis, Palindromic rheumatism, PANDAS (PediatricAutoimmune Neuropsychiatric Disorders Associated with Streptococcus),Paraneoplastic cerebellar degeneration, Paraneoplastic cerebellardegeneration, Parry Romberg syndrome, Parsonnage-Turner syndrome, Parsplanitis, Pemphigus, Pemphigus vulgaris, Pernicious anaemia, Perivenousencephalomyelitis, POEMS syndrome, Polyarteritis nodosa, Polymyalgiarheumatica, Polymyositis, Primary biliary cirrhosis, psoriasis,psoriatic arthritis, Pyoderma gangrenosum, pure red cell aplasia,Rasmussen's encephalitis, Raynaud phenomenon, Relapsing polychondritis,Reiter's syndrome, Retroperitoneal fibrosis, Rheumatoid arthritis,Rheumatoid fever, Schmidt syndrome, Schnitzler syndrome, Scleritis,Sjögren's syndrome, Spondyloarthropathy, sticky blood syndrome, Still'sDisease, Subacute bacterial endocarditis (SBE), Susac's syndrome, Sweetsyndrome, Sydenham Chorea, Sympathetic ophthalmia, Takayasu's arteritis,Temporal arteritis, Tolosa-Hunt syndrome, Transverse Myelitis,Ulcerative Colitis, Undifferentiated connective tissue disease,Undifferentiated spondyloarthropathy, vasculitis, Wegener'sgranulomatosis, Wilson's syndrome, and Wiskott-Aldrich syndrome.

In another embodiment, a Compound of the Disclosure, or compositionthereof, is administered to a subject to treat an ocular disorder in thesubject, for example, an ocular disorder selected from the groupconsisting of glaucoma including Open Angle Glaucoma (e.g., Primary OpenAngle Glaucoma, Pigmentary Glaucoma, and Exfoliative Glaucoma, LowTension Glaucoma), Angle Closure Glaucoma (also known clinically asclosed angle glaucoma, narrow angle glaucoma, pupillary block glaucoma,and ciliary block glaucoma) (e.g., Acute Angle Closure Glaucoma andChronic Angle Closure Glaucoma), Aniridic Glaucoma, Congenital Glaucoma,Juvenile Glaucoma, Lens-Induced Glaucoma, Neovascular Glaucoma (e.g.,using vectors composed of Vascular Endothelial Growth Factor (VEGF)decoy, Pigment Derived Growth Factor (PDGF), Endostatin, Angiostatin, orAngiopoetin-1), Post-Traumatic Glaucoma, Steroid-Induced Glaucoma,Sturge-Weber Syndrome Glaucoma, and Uveitis-Induced Glaucoma, diabeticretinopathy (e.g., using vectors composed of VEGF decoy, PDGF,Endostatin, Angiostatin, or Angiopoetin-1), macular degeneration (e.g.,vectors composed of VEGF decoy, PDGF, Endostatin, Angiostatin,Angiopoetin-1, ATP Binding Casette Subfamily A Member 4), maculardegeneration (e.g., using vectors composed of VEGF decoy, PDGF,Endostatin, Angiostatin, Angiopoetin-1, ATP Binding Casette Subfamily AMember 4), choroidal neovascularization, (e.g., using vectors composedof VEGF decoy, PDGF, Endostatin, Angiostatin, or Angiopoetin-1),vascular leak, and/or retinal edema, bacterial conjunctivitis, fungalconjunctivitis, viral conjunctivitis, uveitis, keratic precipitates,macular edema (e.g., using vectors composed of VEGF decoy, PDGF,Endostatin, Angiostatin, or Angiopoetin-1), inflammation response afterintra-ocular lens implantation, uveitis syndromes (for example, chroniciridocyclitis or chronic endophthalmitis), retinal vasculitis (forexample, as seen in rheumatoid arthritis, juvenile rheumatoid arthritis,systemic lupus erythymatosus, progressive systemic sclerosis,polyarteritis nodosa, Wegener's granulomatosis, termporal arteritis,Adamantiades Bechcet disease, Sjorgen's, relapsing polychondritis andHLA-B27 associated spondylitis), sarcoidosis, Eales disease, acuteretinal necrosis, Vogt Koyanaki Harada syndrome, occular toxoplasmosis,radiation retinopathy, proliferative vitreoretinopathy, endophthalmitis,ocular glaucomas (for example, inflammatory glaucomas), optic neuritis,ischemic optic neuropathy (e.g., vectors composed of Allotopic NADHdehydrogenase Unit 4), thyroid associated orbitopathy, orbitalpseudotumor, pigment dispersion syndrome (pigmentary glaucoma),scleritis, episcleritis choroidopathies (for example, “White-dot”syndromes including, but not limited to, acute multifocal posteriorplacoid), retinopathies (for example, cystoid macular edema, centralserous choroidopathy and presumed ocular histoplasmosis syndrome (e.g.,vectors composed of Glial Cell Derived Neurotropic Factor,Peripherin-2)), retinal vascular disease (for example, diabeticretinopathy, Coat's disease and retinal arterial macroaneurysm), retinalartery occlusions, retinal vein occlusions, retinopathy of prematurity,retinitis pigmentosa (e.g., vectors composed of Retinal Pigment Specific65 kDa protein), familial exudative vitreoretinopathy (FEVR), idiopathicpolypoidal choroidal vasculopathy, epiretinal macular membranes andcataracts.

In another embodiment, a Compound of the Disclosure, or compositionthereof, is administered to a subject to treat an ocular disorder in thesubject, wherein the ocular disorder is selected from the groupconsisting of glaucoma, wet and dry age-related macular degeneration,diabetic retinopathy, and macular oedema.

In another embodiment, a Compound of the Disclosure, or compositionthereof, is administered to a subject to treat a blood disorder in thesubject, for example, a blood disorder selected from the groupconsisting of a blood disorder selected from the group consisting ofanemia, bleeding and clotting disorders (e.g., disseminatedintravascular coagulation (DIC), hemophilia, Henoch-Schonlien Purpura,hereditary hemorrhagic telangiectasia, thrombocytopenia (ITP, TTP),thrombophilia, Von Willebrand's disease), leukemias (e.g., acutelymphocytic leukemia, acute myelocytic leukemia, chronic lymphocyticleukemia, chronic myelocytic leukemia), lymphomas (e.g., Hodgkinlymphoma, non-Hodgkin lymphoma), myeloproliferative disorders (e.g.,myelofibrosis, Polycythemia Vera, thrombocythemia), plasma celldisorders (e.g., macroglobulinemia, monoclonal gammopathies ofundetermined significance, multiple lyeloma), spleen disorders, whiteblood cell disorders (e.g., basophilic disorder, eosinophilic disorder,lymphocytopenia, monocyte disorders, neutropenia, neutrophillicleukocytosis), thrombosis, deep vein thrombosis (DVT), hemochromatosis,menorrhagia, sickle cell disease, and thalassemia.

In another embodiment, a Compound of the Disclosure, or compositionthereof, is administered to a subject to treat a neurological disorderin the subject, for example, a neurological disorder selected from thegroup consisting of Gaucher disease, Parkinson's disease, Alzheimer'sdisease, amyotrophic lateral sclerosis (ALS), multiple sclerosis (MS),Huntington's disease, Fredrich's ataxia, Mild Cognitive Impairment,Cerebral Amyloid Angiopathy, Parkinsonism Disease, Lewy Body Disease,Frontotemporal Dementia (FTD) Multiple System Atrophy (MSA), ProgressiveSupranuclear Palsy, and movement disorders (including ataxia, cerebralpalsy, choreoathetosis, dystonia, Tourette's syndrome, kernicterus) andtremor disorders, and leukodystrophies (including adrenoleukodystrophy,metachromatic leukodystrophy, Canavan disease, Alexander disease,Pelizaeus-Merzbacher disease), neuronal ceroid lipofucsinoses, ataxiatelangectasia, Rett Syndrome, alpha.-synucleinopathy (e.g., Lewy BodyDisease, Multiple System Atrophy, Hallervorden-Spatz disease, orFrontotemporal Dementia), Niemann-Pick Type C disease (NPCD),spinocerebellar ataxia Type 1, Type 2, and Type 3, and dentatorubralpallidoluysian atrophy (DRLPA).

In another embodiment, a Compound of the Disclosure, or compositionthereof, is administered to a subject to treat a lung disorder in thesubject, for example, a lung disorder selected from the group consistingof asthma, atelectasis, bronchitis, COPD (chronic obstructive pulmonarydisease), emphysema, Lung cancer, mesothelioma, pneumonia, asbestosis,Aspergilloma, Aspergillosis, Aspergillosis—acute invasive,bronchiectasis, bronchiolitis obliterans organizing pneumonia (BOOP),eosinophilic pneumonia, necrotizing pneumonia, ral effusion,pneumoconiosis, pneumothorax, pulmonary actinomycosis, monary alveolarproteinosis, pulmonary anthrax, pulmonary arteriovenous malformation,pulmonary fibrosis, pulmonary embolus, pulmonary histiocytosis X(eosinophilic granuloma), pulmonary hypertension, pulmonary edema,pulmonary hemorrhage, pulmonary nocardiosis, pulmonary tuberculosis,pulmonary veno-occlusive disease, rheumatoid lung disease, sarcoidosis,radiation fibrosis, hypersensitivity pneumonitis, acute respiratorydistress syndrome (ARDS), infant respiratory distress syndrome,idiopathic pulmonary fibrosis, idiopathic interstitial pneumonia,lymphangioleiomyomatosis, pulmonary Langerhans' cell histiocytosis,pulmonary alveolar proteinosis, sinusitis, tonsillitis, otitis media,pharyngitis, laryngitis, Pulmonary hamartoma, pulmonary sequestration,congenital cystic adenomatoid malformation (CCAM), and cystic fibrosis.

In another embodiment, a Compound of the Disclosure, or compositionthereof, is administered to a subject to treat a rheumatologic disorderin the subject, for example, a rheumatologic disorder selected from thegroup consisting of systemic lupus erythematosus, dermatomyositis,scleroderma, systemic necrotizing arteritis, cutaneous necrotizingvenulitis, rheumatoid arthritis, Sjogren's Syndrome, Raynaud'sphenomenon, Reiter's syndrome, arthritis, psoriatic arthritis,seronegative spondyloarthropathies, Sjogren's syndrome, systemicsclerosis, dermatomyositis/polymyositis, mixed connective tissuedisease, and ankylosing spondylitis.

In another embodiment, a Compound of the Disclosure, or compositionthereof, is administered a subject to treat an infectious disease in thesubject, for example, an infectious disease selected from the groupconsisting of fungal diseases such as dermatophytosis (e.g.,trichophytosis, ringworm or tinea infections), athletes foot,paronychia, pityriasis versicolor, erythrasma, intertrigo, fungal diaperrash, candida vulvitis, candida balanitis, otitis externa, candidiasis(cutaneous and mucocutaneous), chronic mucocandidiasis (e.g., thrush andvaginal candidiasis), cryptococcosis, geotrichosis, trichosporosis,aspergillosis, penicilliosis, fusariosis, zygomycosis, sporotrichosis,chromomycosis, coccidioidomycosis, histoplasmosis, blastomycosis,paracoccidioidomycosis, pseudallescheriosis, mycetoma, mycotickeratitis, otomycosis, pneumocystosis, and fungemia, Acinetobacterinfections, Actinomycosis, African sleeping sickness, AIDS (Acquiredimmune deficiency syndrome), Amebiasis, Anaplasmosis, Anthrax,Arcanobacterium haemolyticum infection, Argentine hemorrhagic fever,Ascariasis, Aspergillosis, atrovirus infection, Babesiosis, Bacilluscereus infection, Bacterial pneumonia, Bacterial vaginosis (BV),Bacteroides infection, Balantidiasis, Baylisascaris infection, BK virusinfection, Black piedra, Blastocystis hominis infection, Borreliainfection, Botulism (and Infant botulism), Brazilian hemorrhagic fever,Brucellosis, Burkholderia infection, Buruli ulcer, Calcivirus infection(Norovirus and Sapovirus), Candidiasis, Cat-scratch disease, Cellulitis,Chagas Disease (American trypanosomiasis), Chancroid, Chickenpox,Chlamydia, Cholera, Chromoblastomycosis, Clonorchiasis, Clostridiumdifficile, Coccidioidomycosis, Colorado tick fever (CTF), Common cold(Acute viral rhinopharyngitis; Acute coryza), Creutzfeldt-Jakob disease(CJD), Cryptococcosis, Cryptosporidiosis, ous larva migrans (CLM),Dengue fever, Dientamoebiasis, Diphtheria, Diphyllobothriasis,Diphyllobothriasis, Dracunculiasis, Ebola hemorrhagic fever,Echinococcosis, Ehrlichiosis, Enterobiasis (Pinworm infection),Enterococcus infection, Enterovirus infection, Epidemic typhus, Erythemainfectiosum, Exanthem subitum, Fasciolopsiasis, Fasciolosis, Fatalfamilial insomnia (FFI), Filariasis, Fusobacterium infection, Gasgangrene (Clostridial myonecrosis), Geotrichosis,Gerstmann-Straussler-Scheinker syndrome (GSS), Giardiasis Glanders,Gnathostomiasis, Gonorrhea, Granuloma inguinale (Donovanosis), Group Astreptococcal infection, Group B streptococcal infection, Haemophilusinfluenzae, Hand, foot and mouth disease (HFMD), Hantavirus PulmonarySyndrome (HPS) Helicobacter pylori infection, ic-uremic syndrome (HUS),Hemorrhagic fever with renal syndrome (HFRS), Hepatitis A, B, C, D, E,Herpes simplex, Histoplasmosis, Hookworm infection, n bocavirusinfection, Human ewingii ehrlichiosis, Human granulocytic anaplasmosis(HGA), Human granulocytic anaplasmosis (HGA), Human monocyticehrlichiosis, Human papillomavirus (HPV) infection, Human parainfluenzavirus infection, Hymenolepiasis, Epstein-Barr Virus InfectiousMononucleosis (Mono), Influenza (flu), Isosporiasis, Kawasaki disease,Keratitis, Kingella kingae infection, Kuru, Lassa fever, Legionellosis(Legionnaires' disease), Legionellosis (Pontiac fever), Leishmaniasis,Leprosy, Leptospirosis, Listeriosis, Lyme disease (Lyme borreliosis),Lymphatic filariasis (Elephantiasis), Lymphocytic choriomeningitis,Malaria, Marburg hemorrhagic fever (MHF), Measles, Melioidosis(Whitmore's disease), Meningitis, Meningococcal disease, Metagonimiasis,Microsporidiosis, Molluscum contagiosum (MC), Mumps, Murine typhus(Endemic typhus), Mycoplasma pneumonia, Mycetoma, Myiasis, Neonatalconjunctivitis (Ophthalmia neonatorum), (New) Variant Creutzfeldt-Jakobdisease (vCJD, nvCJD), Nocardiosis, Onchocerciasis (River blindness),Paracoccidioidomycosis (South American blastomycosis), Paragonimiasis,Pasteurellosis, Pediculosis capitis (Head lice), Pediculosis corporis(Body lice), Pediculosis pubis (Pubic lice, Crab lice), Pelvicinflammatory disease (PID), Pertussis (Whooping cough), Plague,Pneumococcal infection, Pneumocystis pneumonia (PCP), Pneumonia,Poliomyelitis, Poliomyelitis, Prevotella infection, mary amoebicmeningoencephalitis (PAM), Progressive multifocal leukoencephalopathy,Psittacosis, Q fever, Rabies, Rat-bite fever, Respiratory syncytialvirus infection, Rhinosporidiosis, inovirus infection, Rickettsialinfection, Rickettsialpox, Rift Valley fever (RVF), Rocky mountainspotted fever (RMSF), Rotavirus infection, Rubella, Salmonellosis, SARS(Severe Acute Respiratory Syndrome), Scabies, Schistosomiasis, Sepsis,Shigellosis (Bacillary dysentery), Shingles (Herpes zoster), Smallpox(Variola), Sporotrichosis, Staphylococcal food poisoning, Staphylococcalinfection, Strongyloidiasis, Syphilis, Taeniasis, tanus (Lockjaw), Tineabarbae (Barber's itch), Tinea capitis (Ringworm of the Scalp), Tineacorporis (Ringworm of the Body), Tinea cruris (Jock itch), Tinea manuum(Ringworm of the Hand), Tinea nigra, Tinea unguium (Onychomycosis),Tinea versicolor (Pityriasis versicolor), Toxocariasis (Visceral LarvaMigrans (VLM)), Toxoplasmosis, Trichinellosis, Trichomoniasis,Trichuriasis (Whipworm infection), Tuberculosis, Tularemia, Ureaplasmaurealyticum infection, Venezuelan equine encephalitis, Venezuelanhemorrhagic fever, viral pneumonia, West Nile Fever, White piedra (Tineablanca), Yersiniapseudotuberculosis infection, Yersiniosis, Yellowfever, and Zygomycosis.

In another embodiment, a Compound of the Disclosure, or compositionthereof, is administered to a subject to treat angioedema in thesubject. In another embodiment, the angioedema is hereditary angioedema.

In another embodiment, a Compound of the Disclosure, or compositionthereof, is administered to a subject treat a disease, condition ordisorder selected from the group consisting of sepsis,hypercoagulability, pulmonary dysfunction, hypoxemia, hemorrhagicpancreaitis, myocardial infarction, lung transplantation, trauma,thermal injury and vascular leak in the subject.

In another embodiment, a Compound of the Disclosure, or compositionthereof, is administered to a subject to treat a disease, condition ordisorder in which inhibition of kallikrein provides a therapeuticallybeneficial effect. Examples of such diseases, conditions or disordersinclude, but are not limited to, disease, conditions or disorders of thecontact system. See e.g., Shariat-Madar et al., Innate Immunity, vol.10, no. 1, 3-13 (2004) and Frick, et al., EMBO J., (2006) 25, 5569-5578(2006). In another embodiment, a Compound of the Disclosure, orcomposition thereof, is administered a subject to treat a disease,condition or disorder selected from the group consisting ofatherothrombosis, coronary artery disease, Alzheimer's Disease,inflammatory bowel disease (for example, Crohn's Disease), vascularleak, acute respiratory distress syndrome and bradykinin-mediatedinflammation in the subject.

In another embodiment, a Compound of the Disclosure, or compositionthereof, is administered to a subject to treat a disease, condition ordisorder in which inhibition of bradykinin B2 receptor provides atherapeutically beneficial effect. In another embodiment, a Compound ofthe Disclosure, or composition thereof, is administered to a subjecttreat a disease, condition or disorder selected from the groupconsisting of glomerulosclerosis, Alzheimer's Disease, cerebral edema,vascular leak, acute respiratory distress syndrome, pain, inflammation,trauma, burns, shock, allergy, and cardiovascular disease in thesubject.

In another embodiment, a Compound of the Disclosure, or compositionthereof, is administered to a subject to treat an infectious disease inthe subject, for example, an infectious disease selected from the groupconsisting of Bovine respiratory disease, Porcine respiratory disease,Avian influenza, Avian infectious bronchitis, Bovine spongiformencephalopathy, Canine leishmaniasis, Chronic wasting disease, humanimmune deficiency virus (HIV), hepatitis, hepatitis A, hepatitis B,hepatitis C, Classical swine fever, Echinococcus, Enzootic pneumonia,FIP, Foot-and-mouth disease, Jaagsiekte, Maedi-Visna, Mastitis inanimals, Microsporum canis, Orf (animal disease), Peste des petitsruminants, Pox diseases, Psittacine beak and feather disease, Rabies,Mediterranean fever (Brucellosis) or Bang's disease or undulant fever,Malta fever, contagious abortion, epizootic abortion, Salmonella foodpoisoning, enteric paratyphosis, Bacillary dysentery,Pseudotuberculosis, plague, pestilential fever, Tuberculosis, Vibrios,Circling disease, Weil's disease (Leptospirosis) or canicola fever,Hemorrhagic jaundice (Leptospira icterohaemorrhagiae), dairy workerfever (L. hardjo), Relapsing fever, tick-borne relapsing fever,spirochetal fever, vagabond fever, famine fever, Lyme arthritis,Bannworth's syndrome (lime disease), tick-borne meningopolyneuritis,erythema chronicum migrans, Vibriosis, Colibacteriosis, colitoxemia,white scours, gut edema of swine, enteric paratyphosis, Staphylococcalalimentary toxicosis, staphylococcal gastroenteritis, Canine CoronaVirus (CCV) or canine parvovirus enteritis, feline infectiousperitonitis virus, transmissible gastroenteritis (TGE) virus, HagermanRedmouth Disease (ERMD), Infectious Hematopoietic necrosis (IHN),porcine Actinobacillus (Haemophilus) pleuropneumonia, Hansen's disease,Streptotrichosis, Mycotic Dermatitis of Sheep, Pseudoglanders,Whitmore's disease, Francis' disease, deer-fly fever, rabbit fever,O'Hara disease, Streptobacillary fever, Haverhill fever, epidemicarthritic erythema, sodoku, Shipping or transport fever, hemorrhagicsepticemia, Ornithosis, Parrot Fever, Chlamydiosis, North Americanblastomycosis, Chicago disease, Gilchrist's disease, Cat Scratch Fever,Benign Lymphoreticulosis, Benign nonbacterial Lymphadenitis, BacillaryAngiomatosis, Bacillary Peliosis Hepatis, Query fever, Balkan influenza,Balkan grippe, abattoir fever, Tick-borne fever, pneumorickettsiosis,American Tick Typhus, Tick-borne Typhus Fever, Vesicular Rickettsiosis,Kew Gardens Spotted Fever, Flea-borne Typhus Fever, Endemic TyphusFever, Urban Typhus, Ringworm, Dermatophytosis, Tinea, Trichophytosis,Microsporosis, Jock Itch, Athlete's Foot, Sporothrix schenckii,dimorphic fungus, Cryptococcosis and histoplasmosis, Benign EpidermalMonkeypox, BEMP, Herpesvirus simiae, Simian B Disease, Venezuelan equineencephalitis, Type C lethargic encephalitis, Yellow fever, Black Vomit,hantavirus pulmonary syndrome, Korean Hemorrhagic Fever, NephropathiaEpidemica, Epidemic Hemorrhagic Fever, Hemorrhagic Nephrosonephritis,lymphocytic choriomeningitis, California encephalitis/La crosseencephalitis, African Hemorrhagic Fever, Green or Vervet Monkey Disease,Hydrophobia, Lyssa, Infectious hepatitis, Epidemic hepatitis, Epidemicjaundice, Rubeola, Morbilli, Swine and Equine Influenza, Fowl Plague,Newcastle disease, Piroplasmosis, toxoplasmosis, African SleepingSickness, Gambian Trypanosomiasis, Rhodesian Trypanosomiasis, Chagas'sDisease, Chagas-Mazza Disease, South American Trypanosomiasis, Entamoebahistolytica, Balantidial dysentery, cryptosporidiosis, giardiasis,Cutaneous leishmaniasis: Chiclero ulcer, espundia, pianbols, uta, andbuba (in the Americas); oriental sore, Aleppo boil (in the Old World);Bagdad boil, Delhi boil, Bauru ulcer, Visceral leishmaniasis: kala-azar,Microsporidiosis, Anisakiasis, Trichinosis, Angiostrongylosis,eosinophilic meningitis or meningoencephalitis (A. cantonensis),abdominal angiostrongylosis (A. costaricensis), Uncinariasis,Necatoriasis, Hookworm Disease, Capillariasis, Brugiasis, Toxocariasis,Oesophagostomiasis, Strongyloidiasis, Trichostrongylosis, Ascaridiasis,Diphyllobothriasis, Sparganosis, Hydatidosis, Hydatid Disease,Echinococcus granulosis, Cystic hydatid disease, Tapeworm Infection, andSchistosoma.

In another embodiment, a Compound of the Disclosure, or compositionthereof, is administered to a subject to treat chronic renal disease,osteoarthritis, oncology, viral upper respiratory infection, felineplasma cell stomatitis, feline eosinophillic granulomas, feline leukemiavirus infection, canine distemper infection, systemic fungal infections,cardiomyopathy, and mucopolysaccharidosis VII in the subject.

In the methods of the present disclosure, the gene switch regulates theexpression of a polynucleotide encoding a peptide, protein, orpolypeptide. In one embodiment, gene switch regulates the expression ofa polynucleotide encoding a peptide, protein, or polypeptide oftherapeutic interest for the treatment of a disease, condition, ordisorder in a subject, e.g., a human. In another embodiment, thepeptide, protein, or polypeptide of interest is selected from the groupconsisting of Her-2/neu (ERBB2/c-erbB-2), Osteocalcin, stromelysin-1,prostate specific antigen, human sodium-iodide symporter, H19, IF-1,IGF-2, thymosin β15, T cell factor, cartilage-derived retinoicacid-sensitive protein, Prostasin, telomerase catalytic subunit,cyclin-A, midkine; c-erbB-2, prostate-specific membrane antigen, p51,telomerase RNA, prostatic acid phosphatase, PCA3dd3, DF3/MUC1, hex II,cyclooxygenase-2, super PSA, skp2, PRL-3, CA125/M17S2, IAI.3B, CRG-L2,TRPM4, RTVP, TARP, telomere reverse transcriptase, A4 amyloid protein,amyloid β-protein precursor, precursor of the Alzheimer's Disease A4amyloid protein, neuropeptide FF, endoplasmic reticulum stress elements,urocortin II, tyrosine hydroxylase, complement factor 3; serum amyloidA3, tissue inhibitor of metalloproteinase-3 (TIMP-3), p75 tumor necrosisfactor receptor, tumor necrosis factor-α, TRPM4, RTVP, TARP, telomerereverse transcriptase, A4 amyloid protein, amyloid β-protein precursor,precursor of the Alzheimer's Disease A4 amyloid protein, neuropeptideFF, endoplasmic reticulum stress elements, urocortin II, tyrosinehydroxylase, complement factor 3; serum amyloid A3, tissue inhibitor ofmetalloproteinase-3 (TIMP-3), p75 tumor necrosis factor receptor, tumornecrosis factor-α, peroxisome proliferator activated receptor/IIA-1nonpancreatic secreted phospholipase A2, SOCS-3, SR-BI, Ob, site-1protease, TIGR, VL30, excitatory amino acid transporter-2, MDTS9, LIM,pyrroline 5-carboxylate reductase, SIM2, Bax, Fas, bbc3, PINK-1,troponin T, myoD, Actin, smooth muscle 22a, Utrophin, Myostatin, smoothmuscle myosin heavy chain, cardiac ankyrin repeat protein, MLP,Smoothelin, MYBPC3, Tα1 α-tubulin, intercellular adhesion molecule-4(ICAM-4), γ-aminobutyric acid type A receptor β1 subunit, neuronalnicotinic acetylcholine receptor β2-subunit, presenilin-1,calcium-calmodulin-dependent kinase IIα, CRF2α receptor, nerve growthfactor, GLP-2 receptor, type I transglutaminase, K14, stearoyl-CoAdesaturase, Megsin, Prolactin, GDF-9, PSP94, NRL, NGAL, long whey acidicprotein, mammary associated amyloid A, endothelin-1, Serglycin,platelet-endothelial cell adhesion molecule-1 (PECAM-1), Tie receptortyrosine kinase, KDR/flk-1, Endoglin, CCR5, CD11d, platelet glycoproteinIIb, preproendothelin-1, interleukin-18 binding protein, CD34, Tectyrosine kinase, MLH1, MSH2, MSH6, PMS1, APC, LEF-1, F2 receptor, TGF-βtype II receptor, EYA4, PCA3, K2, PROST 03, PCAM-1, PCADM-1, PCA3dd3,PCAV, PAcP, ATB₀, CSA-1, SYG972, Urb-ctf, BCU399, TBX2, Cyr61, DIAPH3,BEHAB, IL-8, BLSA, BP1, DAP-kinase, HOXA9, ARP, Nbk, CD43, β7-hcG,β36-hCG, β36e-hCG, β5-hCG, β8-hcG, β3-hCG, MTA1s, Old-35, Old-64,LAGE-1, CIF150/hTAFII150, P65 oncofetal protein, Telomerase, CYP1B1,14-3-3σ, NES1, CAR-1, HMGI, MAG, ELL2, Ephrin B2, WAF1, CIF130, C35,BMP2, BUB3, Polymerase kappa, EAG1, EAG2, HMG I, HLTF, Barx2, Pp 32r1,BMP4, TS10q23.3, Nuclear spindle-associating protein, PFTAIRE, SEMA3B,MOGp, Fortilin, IGFBP-3, Polyhomeotic 2, PNQALRE, SCN5A, miR15, miR16,Headpin, PAOh1/SMO, Hippo, Mst2, PSMA-like, JAB1, NF-AT, P28ING5, MTG16,ErbB-2, HDAC9, GPBP, MG20, KLF6, ARTS1, Dock 3, Annexin 8, MH15, DELTA-Np73, RapR6, StarD10, Ciz1, HLJ1, RapR7, A34, Sef, Killin, SGA-1M, TGFPβType II receptor, GCA-associated genes, PRV-1, Vezf1, MLP, VEGI, PRO256,AOP2, Remodelin, Phosphodiesterase 4D, Prostaglandin receptor subtypeEP3, CARP, HOP, PLTP, UCP-2, FLJ11011, Codanin-1, Resistin, Archipelin,Neuronatin, Ncb5or, 7B2, PTHrP, PEX, KChIP1, SLIT-3, CX3CR1, SMAP-2,IC-RFX, E2IG4, UCP2, Ob receptor, Ob, Dp1, NRG-1, Synapsin III, NRG1AG1,AL-2, Proline dehydrogenase, MNR2, ATM, Ho-1, CON202, Ataxin-1, NR3B,NIPA-1, DEPP, adrenomedullin, csdA, Inf-20, EOPA, SERT, FRP-1, Serumamyloid A, BMP2, BMPR1A, ACLP, Resistin-like molecule β, Dlg5, TRANCE,Matrilin-3, Synoviolin, HIV LTR, SHIVA, EBI 1, EBI 2, EBI 3, NM23, Eps8,Beta-10, Hair follicle growth factor, Comeodesmosin, GCR9, Bg, FGF23,BBSR, MIC-1, MIA-2, IL-17B, Formylglycine generating enzyme, LPLA2,CXCL1O, HFE2A, IL-1, IL-2, IL-3, IL-4, IL-5, IL-7, IL-8, IL-9, IL-10R DNor a subunit thereof, IL-15, IL-18, IL-21, IL-23, IL-24, IL-27, GM-CSF,IFN-alpha, IFN-gamma, IFN-alpha 1, IFN alpha 2, IL-15-R-alpha, CCL3(MIP-1a), CCL5 (RANTES), CCL7 (MCP3), XCL1 (lymphotactin), CXCL1(MGSA-alpha), CCR7, CCL19 (MIP-3b), CXCL9 (MIG), CXCL10 (IP-10), CXCL12(SDF-1), CCL21 (6Ckine), OX40L, 4-1BBL, CD40, CD70, GITRL, LIGHT,b-Defensin, HMGB1, Flt3L, IFN-beta, TNF-alpha, dnFADD, BCG, TGF-alpha,PD-L1 RNAi, a PD-L1 antisense oligonucleotide, TGFbRII DN, ICOS-L, S100,CD40L, p53, survivin, p53-survivin fusion, MAGE3, myelin basic protein,PSA and PSMA.

In another embodiment, the peptide, protein, or polypeptide of interestis ciliary neurotrophic factor, vasohibin, IL-10, Erythro-poietin, VEGFtrap, or PDGF.

In another embodiment, the peptide, protein, or polypeptide of interestis a JUN-kinase inhibitor, vasoinhibin, EPO, or CTNF.

In another embodiment, the gene switch regulates the expression of apolynucleotide encoding an IL-12 or a subunit thereof. In anotherembodiment, the IL-12 or subunit thereof is human IL-12 or subunitthereof.

In another embodiment, the gene switch regulates the expression of apolynucleotide encoding a C1 esterase inhibitor (for example, a human C1esterase inhibitor), a kallikrein inhibitor, or a bradykinin B2 receptorantagonist.

Examples of kallikrein inhibitors include, but are not limited to,ecallantide and those kallikrein inhibitors set forth U.S. PatentPublication Nos. 2010/0034805, 2009/0264350, 2009/0234009, 2008/0221031,2007/0213275, 2006/0264603 and 2005/0089515.

Examples of bradykinin B2 receptor inhibitors include, but are notlimited to, helokinestatin and anti-bradykinin B2 receptor antibodies.The amino acid sequence of helokinestatin is set forth in Kwok, H. F. etal., Peptides 29I 65-72 (2008). Nonlimiting examples of anti-bradykininB2 receptor antibodies are set forth in Alla, S. A. et al., J. Biol.Chem. 271: 1748-1755 (1996).

In another embodiment, the gene switch regulates the expression of apolynucleotide encoding an IL-12 or a subunit thereof for the treatmentof cancer, e.g., melanoma, in a subject, e.g., a human.

In another embodiment, a polynucleotide encodes (a) a gene switch thatcomprises a GAL4 DNA binding domain, the Choristoneura fumiferanaecdysone receptor ligand binding domain having the mutations V107I andY127E (relative to the Choristoneura fumifrana ecdysone receptorsequence set forth in U.S. Patent Publication No. 2006/0100416 A1), achimeric RXR ligand binding domain consisting of helices 1-8 of Homosapiens RXR and helices 9-12 of Locusta migratoria RXR, the VP16transactivation domain, and (b) human IL-12, and the gene switch encodedby the polynucleotide regulates the expression of human IL-12 when theecdysone receptor ligand binding domain in the gene switch binds aCompound of the Disclosure. In a further embodiment, the polynucleotideis administered to a subject having a cancer such as melanoma. Thepolynucleotide may be administered intratumorally either in apharmaceutically acceptable carrier, or contained by an immune cell suchas a dendritic cell. In one embodiment, the polynucleotide isadministered to a subject followed by administration of a Compound ofthe Disclosure, or composition thereof. In another embodiment, aCompound of the Disclosure, or composition thereof, is administered to asubject followed by administration of the polynucleotide. For example, aCompound of the Disclosure, or composition thereof, may be administeredto the subject on day −1, 0, +1, +2, +3, +4, +5, +6, +7, or more,relative to the day the polynucleotide is administered to the subject.

In another embodiment, the gene switch regulates the expression of apolynucleotide encoding a transcription factor, e.g., GATA-1, friend ofGATA (FOG-1), EKLF (a Kruppel-like transcription factor), p45/nuclearfactor-erythroid 2 (NF-E2), stem cell leukemia (SCL) or T-cell acutelymphocytic leukemia-1, OCT4, or Sry-related high-mobility group boxtranscription factor (Sox6), or growth factor, e.g., IGFII, bFGF, Flt3,stem cell factor (SCF), thrombopoietin (TPO), bone morphogenetic protein4 (BMP4), recombinant human vascular endothelial growth factor(VEGF-A165), interleukin-3 (IL-3) interleukin-6 (IL-6), orinterleukin-11 (IL-11), or erythropoietin, for use in regenerativemedicine, e.g., differentiation, trans-differentiation, reprogramming,self-renewal, or expansion of hematopoietic stem cells, haematopoieticprogenitor cells, or induced pluripotent stem cells in the process ofblood pharming, i.e., production of red blood cells or other bloodproducts, in a subject.

General Synthetic Methods

Compounds of the Disclosure are prepared using methods known to thoseskilled in the art in view of this disclosure (see, e.g., U.S. Pat. Nos.8,076,517, 7,456,315, 7,304,161, and 6,258,603), and/or by theillustrative methods shown in the General Schemes below.

Compounds of the Disclosure having Formula I, wherein R⁴ is R⁴-1 (when Jis CH) or R⁴-8 (when J is N), can be prepared as described in GeneralSchemes 2 and 3. Briefly, in General Scheme 2, the pinacolboranecompound of Formula A is converted to the boroxole of Formula B, and theboroxole is made to react with a hydrazine having Formula C to give theacylhydrazine having Formula D. The acylhydrazine is made to react withan acid chloride to give the diacylhydrazine having Formula E.

In General Scheme 3, a compound having Formula F is made to react withhydrazine having Formula C to give the acylhydrazine having Formula G.The acylhydrazine is made to react with an acid chloride to give thediacylhydrazine having Formula H. The bromo group of the compound havingFormula H is converted to pinacolborane having Formula J then convertedto a boronic acid which cyclizes to give diacylhydrazines having FormulaK.

Compounds of the Disclosure having Formula I, wherein R⁴ is R⁴-2, can beprepared as described in General Scheme 4. Briefly, the olefin of adiacylhydrazine having Formula L is converted to the pinacolboranehaving Formula M. The pinacolborane is converted the boronic acid havingFormula N, and the compound having Formula N is cyclized to givecompound O.

Compounds of the Disclosure having Formula I, wherein R⁴ is R⁴-3, R^(6c)is OH, and R^(7e) and R^(7f) are hydrogen, can be prepared as describedin General Scheme 5.

Compounds of the Disclosure having Formula I, wherein R⁴ is R⁴-4, R^(6d)is OH, and R^(7g) and R^(7h) are hydrogen, can be prepared as describedin General Schemes 6, 7, and 8.

Compounds of the Disclosure having Formula I, wherein R⁴ is R⁴-9, andR^(7a′) and R^(7b′) are each hydrogen, can be prepared as described inGeneral Scheme 9.

Compounds of the Disclosure having Formula I, wherein R⁴ is R⁴-10, X⁶ is—O—, and R^(7a′) and R^(7b′) are each hydrogen, can be prepared asdescribed in General Scheme 10. Compounds of the Disclosure havingFormula I, wherein R⁴ is R⁴-10, X⁶ is —N(R^(8l))—, and R^(7a′) andR^(7b′) are each hydrogen, can also be prepared as described in GeneralScheme 7.

EXAMPLES Example 1 Synthesis ofN′-(tert-butyl)-N′-(3,5-dimethylbenzoyl)-1-hydroxy-1,3-dihydrobenzo[c][1,2]oxaborole-6-carbohydrazide(Cpd. No. 50)

Step 1: Synthesis of 3-borono-4-methylbenzoic acid

3-Bromo-4-methylbenzoic acid (11.00 g, 51.2 mmol) was dissolved inanhydrous THF (150 ml) under argon in a 500 ml 3-necked round bottomflask fitted with two dropping funnels and argon inlet. The stirredsolution was cooled to −78° C. and n-BuLi (1.6M in hexane, 60.7 ml, 97.0mmol) was added drop wise from a dropping funnel (during 1 h). Aftercompletion of the addition, the solution was stirred at −78° C. foranother 1 h. To this, B(OMe)₃ (17.7 ml, 159.0 mmol) was added slowlyfrom a second dropping funnel. The mixture was stirred 1 h at −78° C.and then warmed up to room temperature overnight. The solvent wasevaporated under reduced pressure. The crude product was dissolved inether and poured into aqueous HCl (1N). The mixture was extracted withether (3×150 ml), and the combined organic layers were washed withbrine, dried over anhydrous MgSO₄, filtered, and evaporated to dryness.The crude product was purified using an ISCO system (220 g silicacolumn, hexane/EtOAc gradient and later DCM/MeOH gradient). Theimpurities washed off in hexane/EtOAc and the pure product eluted inMeOH/DCM (5:95) solvent mixture to give 3.3 g (33% yield) of pureSKC-01-126. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, Acetone-d₆) δ 12.10 (br s, 1H), 8.16 (s,1H), 7.90-7.63 (m, 1H), 7.11 (d, J=7.9 Hz, 1H), 2.42 (s, 3H).

Step 2: Synthesis of methyl4-methyl-3-(4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-1,3,2-dioxaborolan-2-yl)benzoate

To a stirred solution of SKC-01-126 (3.3 g, 18.3 mmol) in MeOH (100 ml)in a 250 ml round bottom flask fitted with a reflux condenser and dryingguard tube was added 3 ml concentrated H₂SO₄. The mixture was refluxedovernight. After cooling to room temperature, the solvent was evaporatedin vacuum. Water was added and the product was extracted with ethylacetate. The combined organic layers were washed with brine, dried overanhydrous MgSO₄, filtered, and evaporated to dryness to give the methylester SKC-01-127 as a white solid. Without further purification, themethyl ester (4.00 g, 20.6 mmol) was dissolved in dry toluene (100 ml)in a 250 ml round bottom flask fitted with a Dean-stark trap. To thestirred reaction mixture, 2,3-dimethylbutane-2,3-diol (3.66 g, 30.9mmol) was added followed by catalytic amount of p-TSOH.H₂O (0.196 g,1.03 mmol). The reaction mixture was heated to reflux overnight for 2days. Water was collected (˜2 ml) and removed. After cooling, thereaction mixture became solid. The crude product was purified using anISCO system (80 g silica column, hexane/EtOAc gradient) to giveSKC-01-138. LCMS (M+H) 277. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 8.32 (d, J=1.9 Hz,1H), 7.87 (dd, J=8.0, 2.0 Hz, 1H), 7.12 (d, J=8.0 Hz, 1H), 3.79 (s, 3H),2.48 (s, 3H), 1.25 (s, 12H).

Step 3: Synthesis of1-hydroxy-1,3-dihydrobenzo[c][1,2]oxaborole-6-carboxylic acid

To a solution of SKC-01-138 (1.50 g, 5.43 mmol) in anhydrous CCl₄ (30ml) was added N-bromosuccinimide (1.01 g, 5.70 mmol). To this stirredmixture, dicyclohexanecarbonitrile was added as a catalyst (0.07 g, 0.27mmol) in four portions during 1 h. The mixture was stirred at 70° C.overnight. LCMS showed a major peak at 5.75 min with the expected massof the benzyl bromide. After cooling, the solvent was evaporated invacuo. The crude product was dissolved in ether and filtered to removeany succinimide. The filtrate was extracted with KOH (15% w/v in H₂O,3×70 ml). The aqueous phase was stirred 1-2 h at room temperature(“rt”). The solution was cooled at 0° C. and HCl (6N in H₂O, ˜120 ml)was added slowly to reach pH <2. The white precipitate was collected byfiltration through a fritted glass funnel and air dried to afford the5-carboxybenzoboroxole SKC-01-150 (0.800 g, 83% yield) as a white solidpowder. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 12.91 (s, 1H), 9.35 (s, 1H), 8.38(s, 1H), 8.04 (dd, J=8.0, 1.5 Hz, 1H), 7.52 (d, J=8.0 Hz, 1H), 5.05 (s,2H).

Step 4: Synthesis ofN′-(tert-butyl)-1-hydroxy-1,3-dihydrobenzo[c][1,2]oxaborole-6-carbohyrazide

To a stirred solution of SKC-01-150 (150 mg, 0.84 mmol) in anhydrous DMF(1.5 ml) were added BOP (373 mg, 0.84 mmol), HOBt (129 mg, 0.84 mmol)and DIPEA (0.294 ml, 1.68 mmol) under argon at room temperature. Thereaction mixture was stirred for 5 min. To this was added tert-butylhydrazine hydrochloride (105 mg, 0.84 mmol) and the reaction mixture wasstirred at 40° C. for 1 h. LCMS showed complete conversion of theboroxozole carboxylic acid. The reaction mixture was transferred to ascintillation vial, and the DMF was removed using a Genevac. The stickycrude mixture was dissolved in 15% aqueous KOH and ether. The reactionmixture was extracted with ether and washed three times with aqueousKOH. The aqueous fractions containing the product were cooled on an icebath and 6N HCl was added slowly to make it to pH 1-2. The mixture wasextracted using ethyl acetate. The product stayed in aqueous fractionsand was evaporated to dryness under vacuum. The solid KCl was removedfrom the product by washing it with 5% MeOH in DCM and collecting thefiltrate to get 95% pure product. This was further purified using anISCO system after adsorbing the product on neutral alumina (24 g neutralalumina column, MeOH:DCM solvent mixture). The product eluted using ˜5%MeOH in DCM. The fractions were collected and dried to give (0.187 g,89% yield) the pure boroxazole carbohydrazide SKC-02-011. The viscousproduct was dissolved in water and small amount of THF, frozen andlyophilized to get light yellow powder. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, MeOD) δ 8.11(s, 1H), 7.93 (dd, J=8.0, 1.7 Hz, 1H), 7.52 (dd, J=8.0, 0.7 Hz, 1H),5.16 (s, 2H), 1.19 (s, 10H).

Using the procedure described above, the following reaction wasconducted to give SCK-02-021:

For the above reaction, SKC-01-150 (170 mg, 0.96 mmol) in anhydrous DMF(1.7 ml), BOP (423 mg, 0.96 mmol), HOBt (146 mg, 0.96 mmol), DIPEA(0.834 ml, 4.78 mmol) and hydrazine hydrochloride (105 mg, 0.84 mmol)were combined. The crude mixture was purified using an ISCO system (24 gneutral alumina, MeOH/DCM gradient). ¹H NMR (400 MHz, MeOD) δ 8.05 (s,1H), 7.87 (d, J=7.8 Hz, 1H), 7.50 (d, J=7.8 Hz, 1H), 5.12 (s, 1H),2.51-2.44 (m, 1H), 1.76-1.59 (m, 1H), 1.51-1.27 (m, 1H), 1.11 (t, J=7.4Hz, 3H), 1.02 (s, 9H).

With a slight modification to the procedure described above, thefollowing reaction was conducted to give(R)—N′-(2,2-dimethylpentan-3-yl)-7-fluoro-1-hydroxy-1,3-dihydrobenzo[c][1,2]oxaborole-6-carbohydrazide:

Step 4: Synthesis ofN′-(tert-butyl)-N′-(3,5-dimethylbenzoyl)-1-hydroxy-1,3-dihydrobenzo[c][1,2]oxaborole-6-carbohydrazide(Cpd. No. 50)

To a solution of the acid chloride (0.061 g, 0.363 mmol) in anhydrousDCM (2 ml) in a 100 ml round bottom flask under argon was added theboroxazole carbohydrazide SKC-02-011 (0.090 g, 0.363 mmol) followed bytriethyl amine (0.051 ml, 0.0363 mmol). The reaction mixture was stirredovernight at room temperature. LCMS showed several peaks together withthe expected product. Purification by prep HPLC gave 20 mg (14%) of Cpd.No. 50. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 10.63 (s, 1H), 7.89 (s, 1H), 7.54(dd, J=8.0, 1.5 Hz, 1H), 7.42 (d, J=8.0 Hz, 1H), 7.09 (s, 2H), 6.91 (s,1H), 4.99 (s, 2H), 2.20 (s, 6H), 1.49 (s, 9H).

Cpd. No. 50 was also prepared using a one pot procedure with SKC-01-150(100 mg, 0.56 mmol), BOP (249 mg, 0.56 mmol), HOBt (86 mg, 0.56 mmol),DIPEA (0.098 ml, 0.56 mmol). All the reagents except the hydrazide weremixed in a 100 ml round bottom flask and dissolved in anhydrous DMF (2ml) and stirred under argon for 5 min at room temperature. To this,N-(tert-butyl)-3,5-dimethylhydrazide (124 mg, 0.56 mmol) was added, andthe reaction mixture was heated at 75° C. overnight. LCMS showed twoclose peaks, one of the peaks showed the mass of the expected product(mwt. 380.24) in ES+ and ES-mode. The reaction mixture diluted withether and extracted with 10% w/v aqueous KOH. LCMS of the aqueousfractions showed a single peak with the expected product mass. Theaqueous layer was cooled to 0° C., treated with 6N HCL drop wise to makeit acidic (pH 1-2), and extracted with ethyl acetate. The organicfractions were collected, dried over anhydrous MgSO₄, filtered andconcentrated. The residue was purified using prep HPLC to get 20 mg (9%)of Cpd. No. 50.

Using the procedure described above, the following reaction wasconducted to give Cpd. No. 51.

The reaction was conducted using SKC-02-021 (70 mg, 0.24 mmol),3,5-dimethyl benzoyl chloride (40.7 mg, 0.24 mmol) and triethylamine(0.101 ml, 0.72 mmol) in 2 ml dichloromethane. The crude reactionmixture was purified using preparative HPLC to give Cpd. No. 51.

Using the procedure described above, the following reaction wasconducted to give(R)—N′-(3,5-dimethylbenzoyl)-N′-(2,2-dimethylpentan-3-yl)-7-fluoro-1-hydroxy-1,3-dihydrobenzo[c][1,2]oxaborole-6-carbohydrazide(Cpd. No. 59):

Cpd. No. 59: LCMS [MH+]=441. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO) δ 10.37 (d, J=54.9Hz, 1H), 9.39 (t, J=7.9 Hz, 1H), 7.34-6.93 (m, 4H), 6.75 (td, J=13.6,7.5 Hz, 1H), 5.16-4.87 (m, 2H), 4.54-4.17 (m, 1H), 3.17 (d, J=5.2 Hz,1H), 1.79-1.41 (m, 2H), 1.10-0.93 (m, 12H).

N′-(3,5-dimethylbenzoyl)-N′—((R)-2,2-dimethylpentan-3-yl)-7-fluoro-5′-oxo-3H-114-spiro[benzo[c][1,2]oxaborole-1,2′-[1,3,2]oxazaborolidine]-6-carbohydrazide(Cpd. No. 95) was prepared from Cpd. No. 59 as follows:

A solution of glycine (11.93 mg, 0.159 mmol) in 5.3 ml of dry tolueneand 1 ml of dimethylsulfoxide was placed into a 25 ml flask equippedwith a stirrer.(R)—N′-(3,5-dimethylbenzoyl)-N′-(2,2-dimethylpentan-3-yl)-7-fluoro-1-hydroxy-1,3-dihydrobenzo[c][1,2]oxaborole-6-carbohydrazide(70 mg, 0.159 mmol) was added and the mixture was kept under reflux for28 h. After removal of the toluene in vacuo, the solution of the productin DMSO was transferred unto a 15.5 g Teledyne ISCO C18 reverse phasecolumn and eluted with 0-100% CH₃CN—H₂O (30 min). The desired fractionswere pooled and lyophilized to give 19 mg (11.4% yield) of the spiroadduct as a white solid. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO) δ 10.43-10.18 (m,1H-mixture of NH rotamers), 7.19-6.72 (m, 5H), 6.41-6.37 (t, 0.46H,partial rotamer) 4.98-4.76 (m, 2H), 4.43-4.21 (two d, 1H, CH), 3.56-3.52(overlapping s, 2H), 3.32 (s, DMSO-d6 water peak), 2.50 (DMSO-d6), 2.32and 2.24 (s, 6H), 1.54-1.46 (m, 2H), 1.07-0.88 (m, 12H); MS (ESI) calcdfor C₂₆H₃₂BFN₃O₅ ⁻ ([M+2H]⁺) 498, found 498.

Using the procedure described above, the following reactions wereconducted to give(R)—N′-(3,5-dimethylbenzoyl)-N′-(2,2-dimethylpentan-3-yl)-4-fluoro-1-hydroxy-1,3-dihydrobenzo[c][1,2]oxaborole-5-carbohydrazide(Cpd. No. 67):

Methyl2-fluoro-3-methyl-4-(4,4,5,5,-tetramethyl-1,3,2-dioxaborolan-2-yl)benzoate

Mixed together methyl 4-bromo-2-fluoro-3-methylbenzoate (2.6 g, 10.52mmol), potassium acetate (3.61 g, 36.8 mmol), and the dimer4,4,4′,4′,5,5,5′,5′-octamethyl-2-2′bis(1,3,2-dioxaborolane (4.01 g,15.79 mmol) in anhydrous Dioxane (90 mL) in a RB flask. The mixture wasevacuated and backfilled with argon three times and stirred at roomtemperature. To this mixture, Pd(dppf)₂Cl₂.DCM was added and evacuatedand backfilled the mixture with argon three times and heated the mixtureat 80° C. overnight. The dark colored reaction mixture was cooled,filtered through a short pad of celite and removed the solvent. Waterand EtOAc were added and extracted the mixture. The organic fractionscollected, dried over anhy MgSO₄, filtered and removed the solvent. Thecrude mixture was adsorbed on silica and purified by columnchromatography to get the title compound SKC-09-031 (2.8 g, 90% yield).¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 7.81-7.60 (m, 1H), 7.54 (d, J=7.8 Hz, 1H),3.92 (s, 3H), 2.62-2.31 (m, 3H), 1.36 (s, 12H).

4-fluoro-1-hydroxy-1,3-dihydrobenzo[c][1,2]oxaborole-5-carboxylic acid

To a solution of the above ester (2.00 g, 6.80 mmol) in anhydrous CCl₄(80 mL) in 200 mL RB flask fitted with a reflux condenser was added NBS(1.20 g, 6.80 mmol) and(E)-1,1′-(diazene-1,2-diyl)dicyclohexanecarbonitrile (0.166 g, 0.68mmol) and stirred the reaction mixture at 80° C. overnight under argon.The total amount of NBS (1.2 g) and the catalyst (0.166 g) was added infour portions during 1 h. LCMS showed one major peak at 4.59. Cooled thereaction mixture, removed the solvent on a rotavapor under vacuum.Suspended the solid in ether and filtered to remove the solid. Thefiltrate was concentrated to remove the solvent; diluted with water andextracted with EtOAc. The organic fractions collected, dried over anhyMgSO₄, filtered and removed the solvent on a rotavapor. LCMS (M+2)374.60.

7% aqueous KOH (˜80 mL) was added to the crude intermediate and stirredat room temperature for 2 h. Extracted with ether, the product went inthe aqueous fraction (based on LCMS), discarded the ether layercontaining some impurities. Cooled the aqueous fractions and acidifiedslowly to pH 3 with 6N HCl. A white precipitate formed, collected theprecipitate by filtration and dried under vacuum. LCMS showed a singlepeak at 2.55. LCMS (M+1) 197.17. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO) δ 13.34 (s, 1H),9.58 (s, 1H), 8.00-7.69 (m, 1H), 7.61 (d, J=7.5 Hz, 1H), 5.11 (s, 2H).

General procedure for the two step coupling: In a scintillation vialmixed together4-fluoro-1-hydroxy-1,3-dihydrobenzo[c][1,2]oxaborole-5-carboxylic acid(1.0 equiv), PyBOP (1.0 equiv), DIEA (2.0 equiv) in DMF and stirred at40° C. for 3 minutes under argon. To this mixture, the hydrazine salt (1equiv) was added and stirred the mixture at 40° C. for 1-2 h. Reactionmonitored by LCMS. Removed the solvent using Genevac. Added 7% aqs KOH,stirred for 15 min and extracted with ether. The aqueous fractionscollected, cooled and acidified to pH 3 with 6N HCl. Immediatelyextracted with EtOAc, and collected the organic fractions, dried overanhy MgSO₄ and removed the solvent. The crude mixture was finallypurified using neutral alumina column (MeOH/DCM solvent gradient) orusing RediSep C18 column on ISCO (0.1% formic acid in water/acetonitrilesolvent gradient).

In the 2^(nd) step, to a stirred solution of the above intermediate (1.0equiv) in DCM was added TEA (1.2 equiv) and the acid chloride (1.0equiv) at room temperature under argon and stirred the mixture for 35minutes. Reaction monitored by LCMS. Removed the solvent and purifiedthe crude mixture using RediSep C18 column on ISCO (0.1% formic acid inwater/acetonitrile solvent gradient).

4-Fluoro-1-hydroxy-1,3-dihydrobenzo[c][1,2]oxaborole-5-carboxylic acid(1.0 g, 5.10 mmol), PyBOP (2.66 g, 5.10 mmol), DIEA (1.78 mL, 10.21mmol) were mixed together in DMF (15 mL) and(R)-(2,2-dimethyl-pentan-3-yl)hydrazine 4-methylbenzenesulfonate (1.54g, 5.10 mmol) was added. The reaction mixture was stirred at 40° C. for1.5 h. LCMS showed single peak with the expected product mass. After thegeneral work up procedure, the crude mixture was finally purified usinga RediSep C18 column (100 g column, 0.1% formic acid inwater/acetonitrile solvent gradient) on ISCO to isolate SKC-09-034(0.820 g, 52% yield) as a colorless solid. LCMS (M+1) 308.81. ¹H NMR(400 MHz, DMSO) δ 9.77 (s, 1H), 9.52 (s, 1H), 7.66-7.43 (m, 2H), 5.10(s, 2H), 4.20-3.58 (m, 1H), 1.56-1.53 (m, 1H), 1.31-1.22 (m, 1H),1.05-0.86 (m, 12H).

Cpd. No. 67 was synthesized using the intermediate SKC-09-034 (0.600 g,1.95 mmol), TEA (0.326 mL) in DCM (10 mL) and 3,5-dimethylbenzoylchloride (0.328 g, 1.95 mmol) at room temperature. The reaction wasstopped after 35 minutes with 3 peaks (based on LCMS), one major peakwith the expected product mass (441.91, M+1). After purification usingRedisep C18 column (C18 100 g, 0.1% formic acid in water/acetonitrilesolvent gradient), the final DAH was isolated as Cpd. No. 67 (0.575 g,67% yield). ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO) δ 10.48 (d, J=48.2 Hz, 1H), 9.53 (s,1H), 7.47 (d, J=7.3 Hz, 1H), 7.21-6.94 (m, 3H), 6.61 (t, J=6.3 Hz, 1H),5.06 (s, 2H), 4.34 (dd, J=72.7, 10.2 Hz, 1H), 2.25 (s, 6H), 1.74-1.39(m, 2H), 1.10-0.91 (m, 12H).

The above reaction was carried out using SKC-07-068 (0.200 g, 0.65mmol), TEA (0.109 mL, 0.779 mmol) and 3,5-bis(methyl-d₃)benzoyl chloride(0.136 g, 0.779 mmol) in DCM (2 mL) at room temperature under argon,overnight. LCMS showed a peak with the expected product mass of 447.14(M+1), together with two additional peaks. The product was isolated.

N′-(tert-butyl)-4-fluoro-1-hydroxy-1,3-dihydrobenzo[c][1,2]oxaborole-5-carbohydrazide

Following the general procedure, mixed together4-fluoro-1-hydroxy-1,3-dihydrobenzo[c][1,2]oxaborole-5-carboxylic acid(0.500 g, 2.55 mmol), PyBOP (1.34 g, 2.55 mmol), DIEA (0.89 mL, 5.10mmol) in DMF (6 mL) followed by the addition of tert-butyl hydrazinehydrochloride (0.318 g, 2.55 mmol) and stirred the mixture at 40° C. for1 h. LCMS showed a main peak at 2.43 with the expected product mass of267.01 (M+1). After the general work up procedure, the crude dry sample(SKC-07-069, 0.800 g, contains some DMF) was used for the next stepwithout further purification.

N′-(tert-butyl)-N′-(3,5-dimethylbenzoyl)-4-fluoro-1-hydroxy-1,3-dihydrobenzo[c][1,2]oxaborole-5-carbohydrazide

To a stirred solution of the above synthesized monoB (SKC-7-069, 0.400g, 1.50 mmol) in DCM (3 mL) was added TEA (0.210 mL, 1.50 mmol) and3,5-dimethylbenzoyl chloride (0.253 g, 1.50 mmol) at room temperatureunder argon overnight. LCMS showed several peaks, together with a sharppeak at 3.45 with the expected product mass of 399.09 (M+1). Removed thesolvent on a rotavapor and the crude mixture was purified using prepHPLC (0.1% formic acid in water/acetonitrile solvent gradient) to get0.080 g of the product Cpd. No. 65. LCMS: 399.09 (M+1). ¹H NMR (400 MHz,DMSO) δ 10.70 (s, 1H), 9.51 (s, 1H), 7.46 (d, J=7.3 Hz, 1H), 7.04 (d,J=7.2 Hz, 3H), 6.80-6.66 (m, 1H), 5.05 (s, 2H), 2.25 (s, 6H), 1.49 (s,9H).

N′-(3,5-bis(methyl-d₃)benzoyl)-N′-(tert-butyl)-4-fluoro-1-hydroxy-1,3-dihydrobenzo[c][1,2]oxaborole-5-carbohydrazide

The title compound was synthesized using the monoB (SKC-07-069 crude,0.400 g, 1.50 mmol), TEA (0.210 mL, 1.50 mmol) and3,5-bis(methyl-d₃)benzoyl chloride (0.263 g, 1.50 mmol) in DCM (3 mL) atroom temperature under argon, overnight. After purification by prep HPLC(0.1% formic acid in water/acetonitrile solvent gradient), 0.148 g ofthe pure product Cpd. No. 66 was isolated. LCMS: 405.07 (M+1). ¹H NMR(400 MHz, DMSO) δ 10.70 (s, 1H), 9.51 (s, 1H), 7.46 (d, J=7.3 Hz, 1H),7.04 (dd, J=8.4, 1.6 Hz, 3H), 6.83-6.41 (m, 1H), 5.05 (s, 2H), 2.54 (s,1H), 1.48 (d, J=5.4 Hz, 9H).

N′-(2,2-dimethyl-1-phenylpropyl)-4-fluoro-1-hydroxy-1,3-dihydrobenzo[c][1,2]oxaborole-5-carbohydrazide

Following the general procedure, mixed together4-fluoro-1-hydroxy-1,3-dihydrobenzo[c][1,2]oxaborole-5-carboxylic acid(0.500 g, 2.55 mmol), PyBOP (1.34 g, 2.55 mmol), DIEA (0.89 mL, 5.10mmol) in DMF (10 mL) followed by the addition of(2,2-dimethyl-1-phenylpropyl)hydrazide hydrochloride (0.548 g) andstirred the mixture at 40° C. for 1.5 h. LCMS showed single peak withthe expected product mass. After the general work up procedure, thecrude mixture was finally purified using RediSep C18 column on ISCO(0.1% formic acid in water/acetonitrile solvent gradient) and isolatedthe title compound SKC-09-041 (0.400 g, 44% yield) as a colorless solid.LCMS (M+1) 357.25.

N′-(2,2-dimethyl-1-phenylpropyl)-N′(3,5-dimethylbenzoyl)-4-fluoro-1-hydroxy-1,3-dihydrobenzo[c][1,2]oxaborole-5-carbohydrazide

To a stirred solution of the above synthesized monoB (SKC-09-041, 0.200g, 0.56 mmol) in DCM (5 mL) was added TEA (0.094 mL, 0.67 mmol) and3,5-dimethylbenzoyl chloride (0.095 g, 0.56 mmol) at room temperatureunder argon for 35 minutes. LCMS showed several peaks, together with asmall peak with the expected product mass and the unreacted startingmaterial. Removed the solvent on a rotavapor and the crude mixture waspurified using a RediSep Column (C18, 13 g, 0.1% formic acid inwater/acetonitrile gradient) and isolated Cpd. No. 89 (0.070 g, 25%yield). LCMS (M+1) 489.28. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO) δ 10.84 (s, 1H), 9.50(s, 1H), 7.58-7.00 (m, 9H), 6.58-6.45 (m, 1H), 5.69 (d, J=33.9 Hz, 1H),5.06 (s, 2H), 2.23 (s, 6H), 1.08 (s, 9H).

Example 2 Synthesis of(R)—N′-(3,5-dimethylbenzoyl)-N′-(2,2-dimethylhexan-3-yl)-2-hydroxy-9-methyl-2,3,4,5-tetrahydrobenzo[f][1,2]oxaborepine-8-carbohydrazide(Cpd. No. 70)

Step 1: Synthesis of methyl 3-hydroxy-2-methylbenzoate

To a IL 3-necked round bottom flask equipped with a condenser andmagnetic stirrer was added 3-Hhydroxy 2-methyl benzoic acid (15.2 g, 100mmol) and anhydrous MeOH (400 ml). To this, 7 ml of conc. H₂SO₄ wasadded and the mixture was refluxed overnight under argon. LCMS showedcomplete conversion to the product. The reaction mixture was collectedand the solvent was removed under vacuum. The crude mixture was dilutedwith ethyl acetate. After aqueous work up and extraction with ethylacetate, the mixture was purified using an ISCO system (120 g silica gelcolumn, hexane:ethyl acetate solvent mixture) to give the methylbenzoate derivative (major peak, eluted with ˜12% EtOAc in hexane) in84% isolated yield. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 7.57 (dd, J=7.8, 1.0 Hz,1H), 7.26 (t, J=7.9 Hz, 1H), 7.10 (dd, J=8.0, 0.9 Hz, 1H), 5.49 (s, 1H),4.06 (s, 3H), 2.62 (s, 3H).

Step 2: Synthesis of methyl 3-(allyloxy)-2-methylbenzoate

To a stirred solution of methyl 3-hydroxy-2-methyl benzoate (30 g, 180.0mmol) in acetone in a 1 L round bottom flask at room temperature underargon was added potassium carbonate (42.4 g, 30.6 mmol). To this allylbromide (39.3 g, 28.1 ml) was added, and the reaction mixture wasstirred overnight at room temperature. After aqueous work up andextraction with ethyl acetate, the crude product was purified using anISCO system (silica gel column, hexane:EtOAc solvent mixture) to get theproduct as an oil (89% yield). ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 7.41 (dd,J=7.8, 0.9 Hz, 1H), 7.22-7.08 (m, 1H), 6.97 (d, J=7.9 Hz, 1H), 6.10-6.03(m, 1H), 5.43 (dq, J=17.3, 1.7 Hz, 1H), 5.29 (dq, J=10.6, 1.5 Hz, 1H),4.55 (dt, J=5.0, 1.6 Hz, 2H), 3.89 (s, 3H), 2.47 (s, 3H).

Step 3: Synthesis of methyl 4-allyl-3-hydroxy-2-methylbenzoate

Methyl 4-allyl-3-hydroxy-2-methylbenzoate (3.5 g, 16.97 mmol) wasdissolved in 1-methyl pyrrolidine-2-one (4 ml) in a microwave vial,closed with a cap and subjected to microwave irradiation (CEM discover)with stirring at 220° C., maximum pressure 300 psi, run time 5 min, holdtime 50 min. After cooling the crude mixture was directly loaded on asilica gel column (220 g) and purified using ISCO system (hexane:EtOAcsolvent mixture, product eluted ˜12% EtOAc in hexane) to give 2.1 g(major peak, 60% yield) of the product SKC-03-012 as a light yellowsolid. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 7.40 (d, J=8.0 Hz, 1H), 7.00 (d, J=8.1Hz, 1H), 6.04-5.95 (m, 1H), 5.21-5.16 (m, 3H), 3.88 (s, 3H), 3.44-3.43(d, 2H), 2.47 (s, 3H).

Step 4: Synthesis of 4-allyl-3-hydroxy-2-methylbenzoic acid

To a stirred solution of the methyl 4-allyl-3-hydroxy-2-methylbenzoate(6.5 g, 31.6 mmol) in a mixture of THF:MeOH (3:1 ratio, 80 ml) at roomtemperature was added 25.3 g (316 mmol) of 50 w/w % aqueous NaOHsolution, and the reaction mixture was stirred at 50° C. for 4 h. LCMSshowed it as a clean reaction. The reaction mixture was cooled to roomtemperature and the methanol was removed on a rotovapor and diluted withethyl acetate. The crude reaction mixture was acidified with 1N HCl.Some of the product precipitated out. It was diluted with water andextracted using ethyl acetate. The organic fractions were collected,dried over anhydrous MgSO₄, filtered, and concentrated. The crudeproduct was purified using an ISCO system (80 g silica column,hexane/EtOAc gradient. The product eluted ˜30% EtOAc in hexane, and theproduct fractions were collected and concentrated. ¹H NMR (400 MHz,CDCl₃) δ 7.58 (d, J=8.0 Hz, 1H), 7.03 (d, J=8.0 Hz, 1H), 6.12-5.78 (m,1H), 5.30-5.08 (m, 2H), 3.45 (d, J=6.3 Hz, 2H), 2.54 (d, J=3.7 Hz, 3H).

Step 5: Synthesis of 3-acetoxy-4-allyl-2-methylbenzoic acid

4-Allyl-3-hydroxy-2-methylbenzoic acid (2.0 g, 10.4 mmol) was slurriedin 6 ml water in a 500 ml round bottom flask, cooled in an ice bath, andstirred. Aqueous NaOH solution (4.2 g of 50% NaOH in 6 ml water) wasadded slowly. The mixture was stirred for few minutes until the solutionwas clear. Acetic anhydride was added drop wise until pH 6 was obtained,by that time the reaction mixture become a thick slurry with an offwhite color. The mixture was stirred overnight at room temperature. Thereaction mixture became a thick white slurry. The pH was adjusted to 2with conc. HCl. A precipitate formed, and was filtered under vacuum anddried. The combined dried product was dissolved in DCM and purified onan ISCO system using 40 g silica column and hexane/EtOAc solventgradient. The product eluted ˜30% EtOAc in hexane, and the fractionswere collected and dried under vacuum to give (2.4 g, 98%) SKC-01-116.¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 12.0 (br s, 1H), 7.92 (d, J=8.1 Hz, 1H), 7.18(d, J=8.1 Hz, 1H), 6.03-5.67 (m, 1H), 5.26-4.89 (m, 2H), 3.31 (d, J=6.6Hz, 2H), 2.44 (s, 3H), 2.37 (s, 3H).

Step 6: Synthesis of(R)-6-allyl-3-(2-(3,5-dimethylbenzoyl)-2-(2,2-dimethylhexan-3-yl)hydrazinecarbonyl)-2-methylphenylacetate

To a solution of 3-acetoxy-4-allyl-2-methylbenzoic acid (1.5 g, 6.40mmol) in a 250 ml round bottom flask closed with a drying tube was addedanhydrous DCM (10 ml), and the reaction mixture was stirred at roomtemperature. To this was added excess thionyl chloride (2 ml) and a dropof anhydrous DMF, and the reaction mixture was stirred overnight at roomtemperature. The excess thionyl chloride was removed under vacuum at 40°C. on a water bath after cooling the trap with dry ice. Anhydrous DCMwas added and removed under vacuum to make the product dry. This wasused as such for the next step.

The above acid chloride (1.55 g, 6.15 mmol) was dissolved in anhydrousDCM (6 ml) and was added to a stirred solution of previously synthesized(R)—N-(2,2-dimethylhexan-3-yl)-3,5-dimethylbenzohydrazide (1.7 g, 6.15mmol, 95% ee) in 6 ml of anhydrous DCM at room temperature under argon.Anhydrous triethylamine (0.86 ml, 6.15 mmol) was added and the reactionmixture was stirred overnight at room temperature. LCMS showed a majorpeak with the expected product mass. The crude mixture was adsorbed onsilica and dried under vacuum. The dry powder was loaded on a cartridgeand purified using an ISCO system (40 g silica column, hexane/EtOAcgradient). The product eluted ˜20% EtOAc in hexane, and the productfractions were collected and concentrated to give SKC-03-019 (2.8 g,93%). This was used as such for the next deacetylation step. ¹H NMR (400MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 10.38 (d, J=63.8 Hz, 1H), 7.22-6.93 (m, 4H), 6.72 (dd,J=45.7, 7.8 Hz, 1H), 6.02-5.60 (m, 1H), 5.25-4.91 (m, 2H), 4.45 (dd,J=67.4, 10.2 Hz, 1H), 3.19 (d, J=6.7 Hz, 2H), 2.30 (s, 3H), 2.24 (m,2H), 1.99 (s, 6H), 1.15-1.41 (m, 5H), 1.04 (s, 9H), 0.88-0.79 (m, 3H).

Similarly, the reaction below was conducted using the acid chloride (400mg, 1.58 mmol), N-(tert-butyl)-3,5-dimethylbenzohydrazide (291 mg, 1.32mmol), TEA (0.184 ml, 1.32 mmol) in anhydrous ether (25 ml). LCMS showedthe main peak with the expected product mass, and the crude mixture waspurified using an ISCO system (24 g silica column, hexane/EtOAcgradient). The product eluted with ˜35% EtOAc in hexane. The productfractions were collected and dried under vacuum to give SKC-01-120 (260mg, 45%). ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 7.64 (s, 1H), 7.06 (s, 2H), 7.00 (s,1H), 6.93 (d, J=7.7 Hz, 1H), 5.93-5.66 (m, 1H), 5.14-4.96 (m, 2H), 3.20(d, J=6.6 Hz, 2H), 2.29 (d, J=12.3 Hz, 9H), 1.81 (br s, 3H), 1.58 (s,9H).

Step 7: Synthesis of(R)-4-allyl-N′-(3,5-dimethylbenzoyl)-N′(2,2-dimethylhexan-3-yl)-3-hydroxy-2-methylbenzohydrazide

SKC-03-019 (2.7 g, 5.48 mmol) was dissolved in a mixture of MeOH:H₂O(3:1 ratio, 40 ml) in a 250 ml round bottom flask. To this, excesssodium bicarbonate (6.91 g, 82 mmol) was added, and the reaction mixturewas stirred overnight at 60° C. LCMS showed a single peak with theexpected product mass. The reaction mixture was cooled and the MeOH wasremoved on a rotavapor under vacuum. After aqueous work up andextraction with ethyl acetate, the organic fractions were dried overanhydrous MgSO₄, filtered, and concentrated. The crude mixture wasdissolved in DCM, adsorbed on silica, and dried until it was freeflowing. This was loaded on to a cartridge and purified using an ISCOsystem (40 g silica gel column, hexane/EtOAc gradient). The producteluted with 30% EtOAc in hexane, and the fractions were collected anddried under vacuum to give 2.2 g (89%) of SKC-03-023. ¹H NMR (400 MHz,DMSO-d₆) δ 10.17 (d, J=65.5 Hz, 1H), 8.37 (s, 1H), 7.10-7.03 (m, 3H),6.87-6.84 (m, 1H), 6.24-6.23 (m, 1H), 5.90-5.83 (m, 1H), 5.20-4.87 (m,2H), 4.52-4.42 (m, 1H), 3.64-3.60 (m, 2H), 2.24 (d, J=4.7 Hz, 6H),1.61-1.78 (m, 4H), 1.41 (br s, 3H), 1.03 (d, J=7.2 Hz, 9H), 0.85 (t,J=6.9 Hz, 3H).

Similarly, the following reaction was conducted using SKC-01-120 (710mg, 1.63 mmol) and sodium bicarbonate (1.37 g, 16.26 mmol) in a mixtureof MeOH:H₂O (3:1 ratio, 12 ml), and stirred the mixture at 45° C.overnight. After aqueous work up and extraction with EtOAc, the crudemixture was purified using an ISCO system (24 g silica column,hexane/EtOAc gradient). The product eluted with ˜38% EtOAc in hexane togive SKC-01-135 (320 mg, 50%). ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃+DMSO-d₆) δ 9.49(s, 1H), 6.49 (d, J=4.7 Hz, 2H), 6.36 (d, J=3.6 Hz, 1H), 6.17 (t, J=6.8Hz, 1H), 5.82-5.48 (m, 1H), 5.38-5.11 (m, 1H), 5.40-5.15 (m, 1H),4.53-4.15 (m, 2H), 3.57-3.09 (m, 1H), 2.72 (d, J=5.0 Hz, 2H), 1.66 (s,6H), 1.25 (d, J=6.2 Hz, 3H), 0.95 (dd, J=8.7, 6.9 Hz, 9H).

Step 8: Synthesis of(R)—N′-(3,5-dimethylbenzoyl)-N′-(2,2-dimethylhexan-3-yl)-3-hydroxy-2-methyl-4-(3-(4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-1,3,2-dioxaborolan-2-yl)propyl benzohydrazide

An oven dried, 100 ml two-necked round bottom flask was equipped with ateflon coated magnetic stir bar, and two rubber septum with one of theseptum with a needle connected to an argon/vacuum manifold. This argonflushed round bottom flask was charged with SKC-01-140 (510 mg, 1.13mmol), anhydrous THF (5 ml) and modified Wilkinson's catalyst (40 mg,0.057 mmol). After three vacuum/argon purge cycles, the mixture wasstirred at room temperature until all of the reagents dissolved (<2min). To this stirred clear reaction mixture was added4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-1,3,2-dioxaborolane (Bpin-H) (0.494 ml, 3.40 mmol)via syringe, followed by another argon/vacuum/argon purge. The reactionmixture was stirred at room temperature for overnight. The color of thereaction mixture changed from a light yellow to a dark brown solution.After overnight stirring, LCMS showed complete conversion to theproduct. The reaction mixture was quenched by carefully adding few dropsof water (<1 ml) and MeOH (5 ml) and the solvent was under vacuum on arotavapor. The dry crude product was dissolved in DCM and adsorbed onsilica, and dried under vacuum. Once it was free flowing, it was loadedon an empty cartridge and purified using an ISCO system (12 g silicacolumn, hexane/EtOAc gradient). The product fractions were collected (at10% EtoAc/hexane) and dried under vacuum (630 mg, 96% yield). ¹H NMR(400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 10.16 (d, J=64.4 Hz, 1H), 8.21 (s, 1H), 7.92 (s,1H), 7.11 (s, 1H), 7.03 (s, 1H), 6.83 (d, J=7.6 Hz, 1H), 6.42-6.16 (m,1H), 4.62-4.24 (m, 1H), 2.25 (d, J=4.5 Hz, 5H), 2.00 (s, 6H), 1.60 (s,2H), 1.55-1.38 (m, 4H), 1.17 (s, 9H), 1.08 (s, 9H), 1.05-0.99 (m, 3H),0.88-0.78 (m, 2H).

Using the same procedure as described above, the following reaction wasconducted.

An oven dried, 100 ml, two necked, round bottom flask was equipped witha teflon coated magnetic stir bar, and two rubber septum with one of theseptum with a needle connected to an argon/vacuum manifold. This argonflushed round bottom flask is charged with 4-allyl-3-hydroxy-DAH (320mg, 0.811 mmol), modified Wilkinson's catalyst (28 mg, 0.041 mmol) andanhydrous THF (5 ml). After three vacuum/argon purge cycles, the mixturewas stirred at room temperature until all of the reagents dissolved (<2min). To this stirred clear reaction mixture was added4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-1,3,2-dioxaborolane (Bpin-H) (0.354 ml, 2.43 mmol)via syringe, followed by another argon/vacuum/argon purge. The reactionmixture was stirred at room temperature overnight. After stirringovernight, LCMS showed complete conversion to the product. The reactionmixture was quenched by carefully adding few drops of water (<1 ml) andMeOH (5 ml) and the solvent was removed under vacuum on a rotavapor. Thedry crude product was dissolved in DCM and adsorbed on silica and driedunder vacuum. Once it was free flowing, it was loaded on an emptycartridge and purified using an ISCO system (12 g silica column,hexane/EtOAc gradient). The product eluted with ˜30% EtOAc in hexane.The product fractions were collected and dried under vacuum (310 mg, 73%yield). This experiment was repeated. (SKC-01-128, 63% yield andSKC-01-134, 73% yield). ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 10.34 (s, 1H), 8.24(s, 1H), 7.13-6.96 (m, 3H), 6.80 (d, J=7.7 Hz, 1H), 6.14 (d, J=7.7 Hz,1H), 2.26 (s, 6H), 1.74 (s, 3H), 1.51-1.47 (m, 11H), 1.17 (s, 12H),1.12-1.00 (m, 2H), 0.65 (t, J=7.9 Hz, 2H).

Step 9: Synthesis of Cpd. No. 70

The above Bpin-DAH (630 mg, 1.09 mmol) was mixed with THF:water mixture(4:1, 20 ml) and sodium periodate (1.4 g, 6.53 mmol), and a 2.0 Msolution of HCl in THF (1.09 ml, 2.18 mmol) was added. The reactionmixture was stirred at room temperature overnight. LCMS showed one mainpeak. The solvent was removed on a rotavapor, and the residue wasdiluted with EtOAc and extracted. The organic fractions were dried overanhydrous MgSO₄, filtered and concentrated. The crude product wasadsorbed on neutral alumina and purified using an ISCO system (8 gneutral alumina column, DCM/MeOH solvent mixture). The product elutedwith ˜5% MeOH in DCM and was collected and dried. ¹H NMR spectrum inDMSO-d₆ showed a mixture of at least three products. D₂O was added. ¹HNMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆+D₂O) δ 7.23-7.00 (m, 3H), 6.98-6.79 (m, 1H),6.55-6.17 (m, 1H), 4.72-4.17 (m, 1H), 2.30 (s, 6H), 1.91-1.69 (m, 2H),1.72-1.31 (m, 9H), 1.08 (s, 9H), 0.94-0.83 (m, 3H), 0.67 (t, J=7.8 Hz,2H).

In a similar fashion, Cpd. No. 69 was prepared as follows:

The above Bpin-DAH (75 mg, 0.11 mmol) was mixed with THF:H₂O mixture(4:1, 10 ml) and sodium periodate (184 mg, 0.861 mmol), and a 2.0 Msolution of HCl in THF (0.144 ml, 0.287 mmol) was added. The mixture wasstirred at room temperature overnight. LCMS showed single peak. Thesolvent was removed on a rotavapor under vacuum, and the residue wasdiluted with EtOAc and extracted. The organic fractions were dried overanhydrous MgSO₄, filtered and concentrated. The crude product wasadsorbed on neutral alumina and purified using an ISCO system (8 gneutral alumina column, DCM/MeOH solvent mixture). The single producteluted with ˜5% MeOH in DCM was collected and dried. The product was notsoluble in CDCl₃, so it was dissolved in DMSO-d₆ for ¹H NMR analysis.The ¹H NMR spectrum in DMSO-d₆ showed a mixture of at least threeproducts. A few drops of D₂O was added to deuterate any exchangeableprotons. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆+D₂O) δ 7.01 (s, 3H), 6.87-6.72 (m,1H), 6.13 (d, J=7.7 Hz, 1H), 2.47-2.37 (m, 2H), 2.22 (s, 6H), 1.72 (s,3H), 1.47 (d, J=3.5 Hz, 11H), 0.58 (t, J=7.9 Hz, 2H).

Example 3 Synthesis of(R)-(3-(4-(2-(3,5-dimethylbenzoyl)-2-(2,2-dimethylhexan-3-yl)hydrazinecarbonyl)-2-methoxy-3-methylphenyl)propyl)boronicacid (Cpd. No. 27)

Step 1: Synthesis of(R)-4-allyl-N′-(3,5-dimethylbenzoyl)-N′(2,2-dimethylhexan-3-yl)-3-methoxy-2-methylbenzohydrazide

To a solution of SKC-03-023 (500 mg, 1.11 mmol) in anhydrous acetone (5ml) in a 1-neck 100 ml round bottom flask fitted with a refluxcondenser, at room temperature under argon was added anhydrous K₂CO₃(169 mg, 1.22 mmol). The reaction mixture was stirred at 50° C. for 30min. To this, MeI (0.104 ml, 1.66 mmol) was added, and the reactionmixture was stirred overnight at 50° C. LCMS showed it to be a cleanreaction. The reaction mixture was diluted with EtOAc and filtered toremove K₂CO₃. The filtrate was dried under vacuum. The crude mixture wasadsorbed on silica, dried to make it free flowing, loaded on acartridge, and purified using an ISCO system (24 g silica column,hexane/EtOAc gradient). The product eluted with ˜15% EtOAc in hexane.The product fractions were collected and concentrated to give themethylated product SKC-03-036 (270 mg, 52%). ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ7.16-6.83 (m, 4H), 6.48 (d, J=7.8 Hz, 1H), 5.92 (m, 1H), 5.08 (m, 2H),4.66 (t, J=25.6 Hz, 1H), 3.663 (s, 3H), 3.38 (d, J=6.5 Hz, 2H), 2.27 (s,6H), 1.85-1.76 (m, 4H), 1.54-1.34 (m, 3H), 1.11 (d, J=19.7 Hz, 9H),0.94-0.86 (m, 3H).

Step 2: Synthesis of(R)—N′-(3,5-dimethylbenzoyl)-N′-(2,2-dimethylhexan-3-yl)-3-methoxy-2-methyl-4-(3-(4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-1,3,2-dioxaborolan-2-yl)propylbenzohydrazide

An oven dried, 100 ml, two necked, round bottom flask was equipped witha teflon coated magnetic stir bar, and two rubber septum with one of theseptum with a needle connected to an argon/vacuum manifold. This argonflushed round bottom flask was charged with 4-allyl-3-hydroxy-DAH(SKC-03-036, 270 mg, 0.58 mmol) in anhydrous THF (2 ml) and modifiedWilkinson's catalyst (20.08 mg, 0.029 mmol), and three vacuum/argonpurge cycles were performed. The mixture was stirred at room temperatureuntil all of the reagents dissolved (<2 min). To this stirred clearreaction mixture was added 4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-1,3,2-dioxaborolane(Bpin-H) (0.254 ml, 1.74 mmol) via syringe, another argon/vacuum/argonpurge was performed, and the reaction mixture was stirred for 5 h. Thecolor of the reaction mixture turned from light yellow to dark brown.LCMS showed that the reaction completed in 5 h but it was allowed tostir overnight. A few drops of water were slowly added. Once theeffervescence ceased, MeOH was added and the reaction mixture wasconcentrated. The crude mixture was purified on an ISCO system (12 gsilica column, hexane/EtOAc gradient). The product eluted with 20%EtOAc/hexane. The product fraction was collected and dried under vacuumto give 230 mg (67%) of Cpd. No. 29. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 10.15(s, 1H), 7.11 (s, 1H), 7.08-6.91 (m, 3H), 6.48 (d, J=7.8 Hz, 1H),4.53-4.28 (m, 1H), 3.55 (d, J=4.2 Hz, 3H), 2.25 (d, J=4.5 Hz, 6H),1.79-1.74 (m, 2H), 1.66)_(s). 3H), 1.7-1.39 (m, 6H), 1.17 (s, 12H), 1.03(d, J=5.8 Hz, 9H), 0.93 (t, J=7.1 Hz, 1H), 0.85 (t, J=6.9 Hz, 3H), 0.69(t, J=7.6 Hz, 2H).

Step 3: Synthesis of(R)-(3-(4-(2-(3,5-dimethylbenzoyl)-2-(2,2-dimethylhexan-3-yl)hydrazinecarbonyl)-2-methoxy-3-methylphenyl)propyl)boronicacid (Cpd. No. 27)

To a solution of Cpd. No. 29 (230 mg, 0.388 mmol) in THF/water mixture(4:1 ratio, 5 ml) was added sodium periodate (498 mg, 2.33 mmol) andthen 2M HCl in ether (0.388 ml, 0.776 mmol). The reaction mixture wasstirred at room temperature for few hours, the LCMS checked, and thereaction was allowed to continue to stir overnight. The reaction mixturewas filtered to remove the solid, washed with DCM, and dried undervacuum. The crude reaction mixture was adsorbed on neutral alumina anddried. Once it was free flowing it was loaded on an ISCO cartridge andpurified (24 g neutral alumina column, MeOH-DCM solvent mixture). Theproduct eluted with 2% MeOH in DCM) to give 130 mg of Cpd. No. 27 (66%)in >95% ee. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 10.43-9.78 (m, 1H), 8.35-8.03(m, 1H), 7.18-6.89 (m, 4H), 6.66-6.38 (m, 1H), 4.67-4.36 (m, 1H),3.60-3.51 (m, 3H), 3.30 (s, 3H), 3.18 (d, J=5.3 Hz, 2H), 2.64-2.51 (m,2H), 2.25 (d, J=4.3 Hz, 6H), 1.88-1.16 (m, 8H), 1.03 (d, J=5.9 Hz, 9H),0.89-0.80 (m, 3H).

Example 4 Synthesis of(R)-(3-(2-difluoromethoxy)-4-(2-(3,5-dimethylbenzoyl)-2-(2,2-dimethylhexan-3-yl)hydrazinecarbonyl)-3-methylphenyl)propyl)boronicacid (Cpd. No. 28)

Step 1: Synthesis of(R)-4-allyl-3-(difluoromethoxy)-N′-(3,5-dimethylbenzoyl)-N′-(2,2-dimethylhexan-3-yl)-2-methylbenzohydrazide

The 3-hydroxy-4-allyl DAH (2.8 g, 6.21 mmol) was dissolved in DMF/watermixture (6:1 ratio, 11.6 ml) in a round bottom flask fitted with areflux condenser. To this, cesium carbonate (4.05 g, 12.43 mmol) and thedifluoroacetate sodium salt (1.42 g, 9.3 mmol) was added. The reactionmixture was stirred at 130° C. (condenser open to air) for 2 h 30 min.LCMS showed a conversion of 67% of product and 33% of starting material.After aqueous work up and extraction with EtOAc, the crude product waspurified using an ISCO system (24 g silica column, hexane/EtOAcgradient). The product eluted with ˜18% EtOAc in hexane and the startingmaterial eluted with 25% EtOAc in hexane. The product fractions werecollected and dried to give 1.13 g of pure product as a colorless solid(64% yield based on reacted SM). 1.2 g of the starting material wasrecovered. The product structure was assigned based on LCMS data.

Step 2: Synthesis of(R)-3-(difluoromethoxy)-N′-(3,5-dimethylbenzoyl)-N′-(2,2-dimethylhexan-3-yl)-2-methyl-4-(3-(4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-1,3,2-dioxaborolan-2-yl)propylbenzohydrazide

To a solution of the above synthesized 4-allyl-3-(difluoromethoxy)-DAH(600 mg, 1.2 mmol) in anhydrous THF (6 ml) in a 100 ml 2-neck roundbottom flask at room temperature under argon was added the catalyst(41.4 mg, 0.06 mmol). After 3-cycles of vacuum/argon purging, Bpin-H(0.523 ml, 3.60 mmol) was added via syringe and another 2 purge cyclesof vacuum/argon were performed. The reaction mixture was stirred for 4hrs while refluxing under argon. In 20 min, the color of the reactionmixture turned to light brown. LCMS after 2 h showed a ˜46% conversionto product. The temperature was lowered to 76° C. and the reactionmixture was stirred overnight. LCMS showed additional two less polarpeaks together with the unreacted starting material and the expectedproduct. After the reaction, 2 ml of MeOH and few drops of water wasadded to the reaction mixture, the solvents were removed on a rotavaporunder vacuum, and the crude mixture was dissolved in DCM and adsorbed onsilica. Once it was dried and free flowing, it was loaded on a cartridgeand purified using an ISCO system (12 g silica column, hexane/EtOAcgradient). 660 mg of the mixture (eluted with ˜15% EtOAc in hexane,SM+product, 36:62 ratio) was collected after ISCO column and used assuch for the next step.

Step 3: Synthesis of(R)-(3-(2-difluoromethoxy)-4-(2-(3,5-dimethylbenzoyl)-2-(2,2-dimethylhexan-3-yl)hydrazinecarbonyl)-3-methylphenyl)propyl)boronicacid (Cpd. No. 28)

The above mixture (660 mg) was dissolved in a mixture of THF:water (4:1,30 ml) and sodium periodate (1.35 g, 6.30 mmol), and 2.0 M HCl in THF(1.05 ml, 2.10 mmol) was added. The reaction mixture was stirred at 40°C. for 1 h. LCMS showed a major peak for the expected product. Thereaction was allowed to continue to stir at 40° C. for another 30 minand at room temperature overnight. After aqueous work up and extractionwith ethyl acetate, the organic fractions collected, dried overanhydrous MgSO₄, filtered, and concentrated. The crude mixture waspurified using preparative HPLC to give Cpd. No. 28 based on LCMS data.(>95% ee).

Example 5 Synthesis ofN′-(tert-butyl)-N-(3,5-dimethylbenzoyl)-1-hydroxy-6-methyl-3,4-dihydro-1H-benzo[c][1,5,2]dioxaborepine-7-carbohydrazide(Cpd. No. 75)

Step 1: Synthesis of methyl 3-hydroxy-2-methylbenzoate

Experimental procedure as described in EXAMPLE 1.

Step 2: Synthesis of methyl 4-bromo-3-hydroxy-2-methylbenzoate

A 500 ml 3-neck round bottom flask was fitted with two dropping funnels.To this was added a solution of the tert-butyl amine (4.4 g, 60.2 mmol)in CH2Cl2 (140 ml) and the flask was cooled to −78° C. A solution ofbromine (9.6 g, 60.2 mmol) in CH2Cl2 (60 ml) was added drop wise over 30minutes from the dropping funnel. The mixture was stirred at −78° C. foranother 1 h. A solution of methyl 3-hydroxy-2-methyl benzoate (10.0 g,60.2 mmol) in CH2Cl2 (25 ml) was added from the second dropping funnelduring 1 h. (US 2005110979). The reaction mixture was allowed to warm toroom temperature and stir for overnight. LCMS showed 3 peaks. Aqueouswork up and extraction with DCM followed by flash column chromatographyusing an ISCO system (2×80 g silica gel column, hexane/EtOAc solventmixture) gave the product (1st peak, fractions 4-5, 3.3 g, 22% yield).The side products isolated and characterized as dibromo and 5-bromoderivatives. 1H NMR (CDCl3): 7.29-7.21 (dd, 2H), 5.64 (s, 1H), 3.81 (s,3H), 2.45 (s, 3H).

Step 2: Synthesis of methyl4-bromo-2-methyl-3-2((tetrahydro-2H-pyran-2-yl)oxy) ethoxy)benzoate

To a solution of methyl 4-bromo-3-hydroxy-2-methylbenzoate (1.0 g, 4.08mmol) in anhydrous DMF (20 ml) under argon was added anhydrous K₂CO₃(1.12 g, 8.16 mmol), and the reaction mixture was stirred at roomtemperature for 2 h. To this stirred mixture was added 2-(2-bromoethoxy)tetrahydro-2H-pyran (1.28 g, 6.12 mmol). The reaction mixture was heatedat 60° C. for 4 h. LCMS showed a single peak with the expected productmass. The heating was stopped and stirring was continued overnight atroom temperature. After aqueous work up and extraction with EtOAc, theorganic fractions dried over anhydrous MgSO₄, filtered, andconcentrated. The crude product was purified using an ISCO system (40 gsilica column, hexane/EtOAc gradient). The product eluted with ˜10%EtOAc in hexane. The product fractions were collected and concentratedto give 1.48 g (97% yield) of SKC-02-034. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 7.53(d, J=8.5 Hz, 1H), 7.46 (d, J=8.5 Hz, 1H), 4.78 (t, J=3.5 Hz, 1H),4.22-4.03 (m, 3H), 4.07-3.76 (m, 5H), 3.60-3.52 (m, 1H), 2.61 (s, 3H),1.98-1.38 (m, 6H).

Step 3: Synthesis of4-bromo-2-methyl-3-2-((tetrahydro-2H-pyran-2-yl)oxy)ethoxy) benzoic acid

To the above methyl ester (330 mg, 0.884 mmol) in 2 ml of MeOH was addedaqueous KOH (1.0 g of KOH in 10 ml water), and the reaction stirred atroom temperature for 6 h. LCMS indicated ˜5% product formation. Added 3ml of MeOH to the reaction mixture, and heated to 60° C. LCMS showed asingle peak. Added saturated NaHCO₃ to a pH of 9. Tried to extract theproduct in EtOAc but it stayed in aqueous fraction. Cooled the reactionmixture in an ice bath and added IN HCl slowly to make it to pH 4.Extracted the product using EtOAc and LCMS of both the fractions showedalmost same amount of the product. The aqueous fraction again acidifiedto pH 0-1, LCMS showed additional peak (minor) in addition to the majorpeak. The organic fractions were dried over anhydrous MgSO₄, filtered,and concentrated. The crude product was purified using an ISCO system(12 g silica gel column, hexane/EtOAc gradient). The product eluted with25% EtOAc in hexane to give 220 mg (70% yield) of the product.

The experiment was repeated in 2.2 g scale in a mixture of 30 ml of MeOHand 50 ml of 10% KOH aqueous. The reaction was completed in 6 h at 55°C. Saturated NaHCO₃ added and the mixture stirred at room temperatureovernight. The mixture was cooled in an ice bath 1N HCl was slowly addedto make it to pH 3-4. Extracted using EtOAc and then acidified theaqueous fractions again with 1N HCl to pH 1-2. Extracted a second time.The combined organic fractions were concentrated and purified using anISCO system (40 g silica gold column, hexane/EtOAc gradient). The mainpeak eluted with 35% EtOAc in hexane to give SKC-02-042. ¹H NMR (400MHz, CDCl₃) δ 7.67 (d, J=8.5 Hz, 1H), 7.48 (d, J=8.5 Hz, 1H), 4.77 (t,J=3.5 Hz, 1H), 4.26-4.02 (m, 3H), 3.91-3.80 (m, 2H), 3.69-3.40 (m, 1H),2.65 (s, 3H), 2.01-1.39 (m, 6H).

Step 4: Synthesis ofperfluorophenyl-4-bromo-2-methyl-3-(2-((tetrahydro-2H-pyran-2-yl)oxy)ethoxy)benzoate

The above acid (SKC-02-042, 770 mg, 2.14 mmol) was dissolved inanhydrous ethyl acetate (9 ml) in a 200 ml round bottom flask underargon and stirred at room temperature. To this was addedpentafluorophenol (434 mg, 2.36 mmol) and 1M DCC in DCM (2.36 ml, 2.36mmol). The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature overnight. 5ml of water was added with stirring for another 10 min. The precipitatewas filtered off. The filtrate was diluted with EtOAc and water andextracted with ethyl acetate. The organic fractions were collected,dried over anhydrous MgSO₄ filtered, and concentrated. The crude mixturewas adsorbed on silica and purified using an ISCO system (12 g silicacolumn, hexane/EtOAc gradient). The product eluted with ˜8% EtOAc inhexane. The product fractions were collected and dried to giveSKC-02-044 (1.1 g, 98% yield). ¹H NMR (400 MHz, MeOD) δ 7.93 (d, J=8.5Hz, 1H), 7.74 (t, J=11.3 Hz, 1H), 4.84 (t, J=3.3 Hz, 1H), 4.26-4.10 (m,3H), 4.06-3.87 (m, 2H), 3.72-3.55 (m, 1H), 2.74 (s, 3H), 2.03-1.70 (m,6H).

Step 5: Synthesis of4-bromo-N′-(tert-butyl)-2-methyl-3-(2-((tetrahydro-2H-pyran-2-yl)oxy)ethoxy)benzohydrazide

EtOAc (4 ml) was added to a stirred solution of aqueous K₂CO₃ solution(25 wt %, 600 mg K₂CO₃ in 3.4 ml water) in a 200 ml round bottom flaskat room temperature. To this was added tert-butyl hydrazinehydrochloride (267 mg, 2.14 mmol) followed by the Pf ester derivative(750 mg, 1.43 mmol) dissolved in EtOAc (3 ml). The reaction mixture wasstirred at room temperature overnight. For checking the LCMS, a smallamount of the sample was mixed with slightly acidic buffer solution (pH6.5 from Aldrich) in order to quench any unreacted free hydrazine. Thecrude mixture was diluted with buffer solution (pH 6.5) and stirred forfew minutes. LCMS showed two peaks, the major one with the expectedproduct mass. After usual aqueous work up and extraction with ethylacetate, the organic fractions were dried over anhydrous MgSO₄, filteredand concentrated. The crude mixture was redissolved in DCM, adsorbed onsilica, and purified using an ISCO system (12 g silica column,hexane/EtOAc gradient). The product eluted with ˜45% EtOAc in hexane.The product fractions were collected to give 490 mg, 80% yield of thehydrazide product SKC-02-050. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 7.38 (d, J=8.2Hz, 1H), 7.26 (s, 1H), 6.96 (d, J=8.2 Hz, 1H), 4.89 (s, 1H), 4.72 (d,J=2.8 Hz, 1H), 4.15-4.03 (m, 3H), 3.97-3.73 (m, 2H), 3.51-3.49 (m, 1H),2.41 (s, 3H), 1.91-1.44 (m, 6H), 1.13 (s, 9H).

Step 6: Synthesis of4-bromo-N′-(tert-butyl)-N′-(3,5-dimethylbenzoyl)-2-methyl-3-(2-((tetrahydro-2H-pyran-2-yl)oxy)ethoxy)benzohydrazide

To a stirred solution of the SKC-02-045 (500 mg, 1.16 mmol) in DCM (2ml) in a 100 ml round bottom flask was added 3,5-dimethyl benzoylchloride (196 mg, 1.16 mmol). The solution became clear. To this, TEA(0.162 ml, 1.16 mmol) was added drop wise. The reaction mixture wasstirred under argon at room temperature overnight. LCMS showed twopeaks, the major one showed the expected product mass. The crude mixturewas adsorbed on silica and purified using an ISCO system (12 g silicagel column, hexane/EtOAc gradient). The product eluted with ˜40% EtOAcin hexane. The product fractions were collected to give 560 mg (86%yield) of the solid product SKC-02-047. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ10.55 (s, 1H), 7.45 (d, J=8.1 Hz, 1H), 7.03 (d, J=4.2 Hz, 3H), 6.42 (dd,J=8.2, 1.9 Hz, 1H), 4.65 (t, J=3.1 Hz, 1H), 4.14-3.58 (m, 5H), 3.55-3.37(m, 1H), 2.24 (s, 6H), 1.79 (s, 3H), 1.77-1.37 (m, 15H).

Step 7: Synthesis ofN′-(tert-butyl)-N′-(3,5-dimethylbenzoyl)-2-methyl-3-(2-((tetrahydro-2H-pyran-2-yl)oxy)ethoxy)-4-(4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-1,3,2-dioxaborolan-2-yl)benzohydrazide

To a stirred solution of the above synthesized 4-bromo-DAH (200 mg, 0.36mmol) in anhydrous 1,4-dioxane (2 ml) in a 100 ml 2-necked round bottomflask at room temperature under argon was added palladium (II) acetate(4.0 mg, 0.018 mmol), phosphine ligand (25.0 mg, 0.071 mmol) andtriethylamine (0.15 ml, 1.069 mmol). After 3-cycles of vacuum/argonpurging, Bpin-H (0.16 ml, 1.069 mmol) was added via syringe followed byanother 2 purge cycles of vacuum/argon. The reaction mixture was stirredat room temperature for 10 min and then heated to 40° C. and stirred for4 h. LCMS showed product peak. After the reaction, 2 ml of MeOH and fewdrops of water were added to the reaction mixture and the solvents wereremoved on a rotavapor. The crude mixture was redissolved in DCM andadsorbed on silica. Once it was dried and free flowing, it was loaded ona cartridge and purified using an ISCO system (12 g silica column,hexane/EtOAc gradient) to give 50 mg of SKC-02-048.

Step 8: Synthesis ofN′-(tert-butyl)-N′-(3,5-dimethylbenzoyl)-1-hydroxy-6-methyl-3,4-dihydro-1H-benzo[c][1,5,2]dioxaborepine-7-carbohydrazide

50 mg of SKC-02-048 was stirred in 2 ml of a 1:1 mixture ofwater/acetonitrile containing 0.1% formic acid at 40° C. overnight, andchecked by LCMS. After the reaction was complete, the solvent wasremoved on a rotavapor under vacuum and the crude product was purifiedby preparative HPLC and lyophilized to give 17 mg of Cpd. No. 75 as apure dry powder. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 10.49 (s, 1H), 8.39 (s,1H), 7.57 (d, J=7.8 Hz, 1H), 7.04 (s, 3H), 6.19 (d, J=7.9 Hz, 1H),4.41-4.18 (m, 2H), 4.16-3.96 (m, 2H), 2.25 (s, 6H), 1.70 (s, 3H), 1.49(s, 9H).

Example 6 Synthesis of(R)—N′-(3,5-dimethylbenzoyl)-N′-(2,2-dimethylpentan-3-yl)-1-hydroxy-6-methyl-3,4-dihydro-1H-benzo[c][1,5,2]dioxaborepine-7-carbohydrazide(Cpd. No. 79)

Step 1: Synthesis of4-bromo-N′—((R)-2,2-dimethylpentan-3-yl)-2-methyl-3-(2-((tetrahydro-2H-pyran-2-yl)oxy)ethoxy)benzohydrazide

EtOAc (6 ml) was added to a stirred solution of 25 wt % aqueous K₂CO₃solution (800 mg K₂CO₃ in 3.2 ml water) in a round bottom flask at roomtemperature. To this was added tert-butyl hydrazine followed by the Pfester compound (1.0 g, 1.904 mmol) dissolved in EtOAc (4 ml). Thereaction mixture was stirred at room temperature overnight. LCMS showeda single peak. The crude mixture was diluted with MeOH, concentrated,dissolved in DCM, adsorbed on silica, and purified using an ISCO system(40 g silica gel column, hexane/EtOAc gradient). The product eluted with˜35% EtOAc in hexane to give 610 mg (68%) of the product. ¹H NMR (400MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 9.66 (s, 1H), 7.52 (d, J=8.1 Hz, 1H), 6.97 (d, J=8.2 Hz,1H), 4.85 (s, 1H), 4.70 (t, J=3.3 Hz, 1H), 4.06-4.01 (m, 2H), 3.97-3.89(m, 1H), 3.84-3.70 (m, 2H), 3.51-3.40 (m, 1H), 2.32 (s, 3H), 1.82-1.35(m, 8H), 1.04 (t, J=7.5 Hz, 3H), 0.93 (s, 9H).

Step 2: Synthesis of4-bromo-N′-(3,5-dimethylbenzoyl)-N′—((R)-2,2-dimethylpentan-3-yl)-2-methyl-3-(2-((tetrahydro-2H-pyran-2-yl)oxy)ethoxy)benzohydrazide

To a solution of SKC-03-034 (310 mg, 0.658 mmol) in 2 ml DCM was addedthe acid chloride (111 mg, 0.658 mmol). The solution became clear. TEA(66.5 mg, 0.092 ml) was added drop wise, and the reaction mixture wasstirred under argon at room temperature for 2 hours. The reactionmixture became a colorless thick slurry, and it was stirred overnight.LCMS showed a single peak with the expected product mass. The reactionmixture was adsorbed on silica gel and purified using an ISCO system (12g silica gel column, hexane/EtOAc gradient). The product eluted with˜20% EtOAc in hexane to give 380 mg (96%) of SKC-03-037. ¹H NMR (400MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 10.33 (d, J=57.6 Hz, 1H), 7.47 (d, J=8.1 Hz, 1H), 7.10(s, 1H), 7.06-6.97 (m, 2H), 6.62-6.41 (m, 1H), 4.70-4.60 (m, 1H), 4.33(dd, J=82.0, 10.4 Hz, 1H), 3.99-3.82 (m, 3H), 3.82-3.71 (m, 1H),3.71-3.58 (m, 1H), 3.52-3.34 (m, 1H), 2.24 (d, J=4.9 Hz, 6H), 1.83-1.28(m, 11H), 1.12-0.99 (m, 12H).

Step 3: Synthesis of(R)—N′-(3,5-dimethylbenzoyl)-N′-(2,2-dimethylpentan-3-yl)-1-hydroxy-6-methyl-3,4-dihydro-1H-benzo[c][1,5,2]dioxaborepine-7-carbohydrazide(Cpd. No. 79)

To a solution of SKC-03-037 (380 mg, 0.630 mmol) in anhydrous1,4-dioxane (3 ml) in a 100 ml 2-necked round bottom flask at roomtemperature under argon was added palladium (II)acetate (7.07 mg, 0.031mmol), phosphine ligand (44.1 mg, 0.126 mmol) and triethylamine ((0.263ml, 1.889 mmol). After 3-cycles of vacuum/argon purging, Bpin-H (0.273ml, 1.889 mmol) was added via syringe followed by another 2 purge cyclesof vacuum/argon. The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperaturefor 10 min and then warmed to 40° C. and stirred for 4 h. LCMS showedthe product peak and a more polar peak corresponding to the protonatedproduct (SKC-03-040-1). After the reaction, 2 ml of MeOH and few dropsof water were added to the reaction mixture and it was concentratedunder vacuum. The crude mixture was redissolved in DCM and adsorbed onsilica. Once it was dried and free flowing, it was loaded on a cartridgeand purified using an ISCO system (12 g silica column, hexane/EtOAcgradient). The main fraction (Cpd. No. 70) eluted with 20% EtOAc inhexane. The second peak (SKC-03-040-1) eluted with 25% EtOAc in hexane.The two product peaks were separated. ¹H NMR of SKC-03-040 (400 MHz,DMSO-d₆) δ 10.33 (d, J=58.0 Hz, 1H), 7.48 (d, J=8.2 Hz, 1H), 7.07 (d,J=25.0 Hz, 3H), 6.70-6.23 (m, 1H), 4.78-4.60 (m, 1H), 4.43 (d, J=9.9 Hz,1H), 3.99-3.80 (m, 3H), 3.84-3.71 (m, 1H), 3.68 (d, J=3.2 Hz, 1H),3.50-3.39 (m, 1H), 2.24 (d, J=4.9 Hz, 6H), 1.80-1.34 (m, 8H), 1.09-0.92(m, 24H).

The Bpinlated product (SKC-03-040) obtained was stirred with 2 ml of a1:1 mixture of water/acetonitrile containing 0.1% formic acid at 40° C.overnight. LCMS showed it as a clean reaction. The solvent was removedand the residue was purified by preparative HPLC and lyophilized to giveCpd. No. 79 (83 mg; >95% ee) as a dry powder.

The protonated product obtained from the first step was also stirredwith 2 ml of 1:1 mixture of water/acetonitrile containing 0.1% formicacid at 40° C. overnight to give 41 mg of SKC-03-040-2 (>95% ee) as adry powder.

Using the procedure described above, Cpd. No. 82 was prepared fromSKC-06-005:

Cpd. No. 82 LCMS [MH+]=443.

Example 7 Synthesis of(R)-(4-(2-(3,5-dimethylbenzoyl)-2-(2,2-dimethylpentan-3-yl)hydrazinecarbonyl)-2-(2-methoxyethoxy)-3-methylphenyl)boronic acid (Cpd.No. 26)

Step 1: Synthesis of methyl 4-bromo-3-(2-methoxyethoxy)-2-methylbenzoate

2-Methyl-3-hydroxyl-4-Bromo methyl ester (2.0 g, 8.16 mmol) wasdissolved in anhydrous DMF (20 ml) in a 100 ml round bottom flask fittedwith a reflux condenser, and anhydrous potassium carbonate (2.26 g,16.32 mmol) was added to it. The reaction mixture was stirred at roomtemperature under argon for 15 min. To this, 1-bromo-2-methoxyethane(1.70 g, 12.24 mmol) was added and the reaction mixture was heated to90° C. and stirred overnight under argon. LCMS showed single peak. Thereaction mixture was cooled. After aqueous work up and extraction withEtOAc, the organic fractions were collected, dried over anhydrous MgSO₄,filtered, and concentrated. It was used in the next step without furtherpurification.

Step 2: Synthesis of 4-bromo-3-(2-methoxyethoxy)-2-methylbenzoic acid

To a MeOH (25 ml) solution of the above methyl ester SKC-04-011, (crudewt of 3.1 g, but calculated for 2.0 g of pure compound) was added 50 mlof 10% KOH aqueous solution. The reaction mixture was stirred at 50° C.overnight. LCMS showed that reaction is only 75% complete. The reactionwas heated for another 7 hours, and then stirred overnight at roomtemperature. LCMS showed a single peak with expected product mass.Removed all MeOH under vacuum. The aqueous reaction mixture was cooledin an ice bath 1N HCl was slowly added to pH 4-5. A white productprecipitated out. It was filtered and dried under vacuum at 40° C.overnight to give 1.34 g (70%) of the acid SKC-04-012 as colorlesspowder. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 13.15 (br s, 3H), 7.54 (d, J=8.4 Hz,1H), 7.46 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 1H), 4.09-3.90 (m, 2H), 3.73-3.63 (m, 2H), 3.33(s, 3H), 2.47 (s, 3H).

Step 3: Synthesis of perfluorophenyl4-bromo-3-(2-methoxyethoxy)-2-methylbenzoate

4-Bromo-3-(2-methoxyethoxy)-2-methylbenzoic acid (SKC-04-012, 1.37 g,4.74 mmol) was dissolved in anhydrous EtOAc (20 ml) in a 250 ml roundbottom flask under argon and stirred at room temperature. To this wasadded pentafluorophenol (0.959 g, 5.21 mmol) and 1M DCC in DCM (5.21 ml,5.21 mmol). The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperatureovernight. 2 ml of water was added with stirring for another 10 min. Theprecipitate was filtered off. The filtrate was diluted with EtOAc andextracted. After aqueous work up, the organic fractions collected, driedover anhydrous MgSO₄, filtered and concentrated. The crude mixture wasadsorbed on silica and purified using an ISCO system (24 g silicacolumn, hexane/EtOAc gradient). The product fractions eluted with 5%EtOAc in hexane to give 1.79 g (83% yield) of the Pf ester derivativeSKC-04-017 as a colorless solid.

Step 4: Synthesis of(R)-4-bromo-N′-(2,2-dimethylpentan-3-yl)-3-(2-methoxyethoxy)-2-methylbenzohydrazide

EtOAc (12 ml) was added to a stirred solution of 25 wt % aqueous K₂CO₃solution (1.63 g K₂CO₃ in 6.5 ml water) in a round bottom flask at roomtemperature. To this was added tert-butyl hydrazine salt (1.784 g, 5.90mmol) followed by the above Pf ester derivative (1.79 g, 3.93 mmol)dissolved in EtOAc (8 ml). The reaction mixture was stirred at roomtemperature overnight. LCMS showed a main peak with the expected productmass. The crude mixture was diluted with acidic buffer solution(Aldrich, pH 6.5) and extracted with EtOAc. The organic fractionscollected, dried over anhydrous MgSO₄, filtered and concentrated. Thecrude product was redissolved in DCM, adsorbed onto silica, and purifiedusing an ISCO system (40 g silica gel column, hexane/EtOAc gradient).The product eluted ˜30% EtOAc in hexane mixture to give 1.6 g (99%) ofSKC-04-026. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 9.66 (d, J=6.5 Hz, 1H), 7.51 (d,J=8.2 Hz, 1H), 6.96 (d, J=8.2 Hz, 1H), 4.84 (dd, J=6.5, 3.3 Hz, 1H),4.01-3.96 (m, 2H), 3.72-3.63 (m, 2H), 3.34 (s, 3H), 2.38-2.31 (m, 1H),2.29 (s, 3H), 1.60-1.49 (m, 1H), 1.34-1.21 (m, 1H), 1.03 (t, J=7.5 Hz,3H), 0.93 (s, 9H).

Step 5: Synthesis of(R)-4-bromo-N′-(2,2-dimethylpentan-3-yl)-3-(2-methoxyethoxy)-2-methylbenzohydrazide

To a solution of(R)-4-bromo-N′-(2,2-dimethylpentan-3-yl)-3-(2-methoxyethoxy)-2-methylbenzohydrazide(SKC-04-026, 750 mg, 1.869 mmol) in anhydrous DCM (2 ml) was added3,5-dimethylbenzoyl chloride (315 mg, 1.869 mmol) and triethylamine(0.260 ml, 1.869 mmol). The reaction mixture was stirred at roomtemperature under argon overnight. LCMS showed two major peaks. Thecrude mixture was dissolved in DCM and adsorbed on silica, and purifiedusing an ISCO system (40 g silica gel column, hexane/EtOAc gradient).The product fraction eluted with 30% EtOAc in hexane to giveSKC-04-028-3. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 10.57-10.08 (m, 1H), 7.48 (d,J=8.1 Hz, 1H), 7.19-6.96 (m, 3H), 6.49 (dd, J=50.2, 8.2 Hz, 1H), 4.33(dd, J=82.0, 10.2 Hz, 1H), 3.96-3.78 (m, 2H), 3.62 (t, J=4.6 Hz, 2H),3.31 (s, 3H), 2.25 (s, 6H), 1.78-1.29 (m, 5H), 1.12-0.92 (m, 12H).

Step 6: Synthesis of(R)-(4-(2-(3,5-dimethylbenzoyl)-2-(2,2-dimethylpentan-3-yl)hydrazinecarbonyl)-2-(2-methoxyethoxy)-3-methylphenyl)boronic acid (Cpd.No. 26)

To a solution of the above synthesized 4-bromo-DAH (SKC-04-028-3, 400mg, 0.750 mmol) in anhydrous 1,4-dioxane (4 ml) in a 100 ml 2-neckedround bottom flask at room temperature under argon was added palladium(II) acetate (8.42 mg, 0.037 mmol), phosphine ligand (52.6 mg, 0.150mmol) and triethylamine (0.314 ml, 2.249 mmol) After 3-cycles ofvacuum/argon purging, Bpin-H (0.327 ml, 2.249 mmol) was added viasyringe followed by another 2 purge cycles of vacuum/argon. The reactionmixture was stirred at room temperature for 10 min and then warmed to40° C. and stirred overnight. LCMS showed Bpinlated product peak and amore polar peak with a mass corresponding to the protonated product.After the reaction, 2 ml of MeOH and few drops of water were added tothe reaction mixture. The solvents were removed on a rotavapor undervacuum and the crude mixture was redissolved in DCM and adsorbed onsilica. Once it was dried and free flowing, it was loaded on a cartridgeand purified using an ISCO system (24 g silica column, hexane/EtOAcgradient). The two products eluted together The fractions were combinedand purified using preparative HPLC. SKC-04-032 Pk1 was isolated (31mg, >95% ee). During HPLC purification, the Bpinlated product hydrolyzedslowly to the boronic acid derivative. After stirring overnight in theHPLC solvent mixture (0.1% HCO₂H in water/ACN mixture, 2 ml) at 40° C.,the material was re-purified by prep HPLC to give Cpd. No. 26 (9 mg)(>95% ee).

Example 8 Synthesis of(R)-(3-(1-(2,2-dimethylpentan-3-yl)-2-(3-methoxy-2-methylbenzoyl)hydrazinecarbonyl)-5-methylphenyl)boronic acid (Cpd. No. 33)

Step 1: Synthesis of3-methyl-5-(4,4,5,5,-tetramethyl-1,3,2-dioxaborolan-2-yl)benzoylchloride

3-Methyl-5-(4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-[1,3,2]dioxaborolan-2-yl)-benzoic acid(700 mg, 2.67 mmol) was placed into 100 ml round bottom flask equippedwith a stir bar. 3.0 ml of anhydrous chloroform was added to the flaskfollowed by 2.0 ml of thionyl chloride and 1 drop of anhydrous DMF. Thereaction mixture was stirred at 35° C. for 3 hours and then at roomtemperature overnight. LCMS of the sample after quenching a small amountwith MeOH showed that no acid left. The solvent and excess thionylchloride was removed under vacuum to give SKC-03-071. SKC-03-071 wasused in the next step without further purification.

Step 2: Synthesis of(R)—N′-2,2-dimethylpentan-3-yl)-3-methoxy-2-methyl-N′-(3-methyl-5-(4,4,5,5,-tetramethyl-1,3,2-dioxaborolan-2-yl)benzoyl)benzohydrazide

The above acid chloride (SKC-03-071, 403 mg, 1.437 mmol) was dissolvedin anhydrous DCM (2 ml) and was added to a stirred solution ofpreviously synthesized(R)—N′-(2,2-dimethylpentan-3-yl)-3-methoxy-2-methylbenzohydrazide (400mg, 1.437 mmol, >95% ee) in 3 ml of anhydrous DCM at room temperatureunder argon. Anhydrous triethylamine (0.200 ml, 1.437 mmol) was addedand the reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 3 hours.LCMS showed a major peak with the expected product mass together withsome other minor peaks. The crude mixture was adsorbed on neutralalumina and dried under vacuum. The dry powder was loaded on a cartridgeand purified using an ISCO system (24 g neutral alumina column,hexane/EtOAc gradient). At ˜15% EtOAc in hexane, the product elutedtogether with the hydrolysis product to give SKC-03-072 (270 mg) as amixture. This was used as such for the next hydrolysis step.

Step 3: Synthesis of(R)-(3-(1-(2,2-dimethylpentan-3-yl)-2-(3-methoxy-2-methylbenzoyl)hydrazinecarbonyl)-5-methylphenyl)boronicacid (Cpd. No. 33)

The above mixture, SKC-03-072 (270 mg, 0.517 mmol) was mixed withTHF:H₂O mixture (4:1, 15 ml) and sodium periodate (221 mg, 1.034 mmol),and 2.0 M solution of HCl in THF (1.55 ml, 3.10 mmol) was added. Thereaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 2 hours. LCMSshowed single peak with the expected mass of the boronic acid. Thesolvent was removed on a rotavapor under vacuum. After aqueous work upand extraction with EtOAc, the organic fractions were dried overanhydrous MgSO₄, filtered and concentrated. The crude product waspurified using prep HPLC to give 32 mg (14%) of Cpd. No. 33. ¹H NMR (400MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 10.51-9.87 (m, 1H), 7.99 (br s, 1H), 7.64 (dd, J=20.2,11.7 Hz, 2H), 7.40-7.25 (m, 1H), 7.13-7.03 (m, 1H), 6.98-6.89 (m, 1H),6.48-6.17 (m, 1H), 4.58-4.12 (m, 1H), 3.76-3.68 (m, 3H), 2.28 (d, J=6.5Hz, 3H), 1.49 (d, J=31.9 Hz, 5H), 1.16-0.92 (m, 12H).

Using the method described above,(R)-(4-(2-(3,5-dimethylbenzoyl)-2-(2,2-dimethylhexan-3-yl)hydrazinecarbonyl)-3-fluorophenyl)boronicacid (Cpd. No. 13) was prepared from SKC-07-018:

Cpd. No. 13 LCMS [MH+]=443.

Potassium(R)-(4-(2-(3,5-dimethylbenzoyl-2(2,2-dimethylhexan-3-yl)hydrazine-1-carbonyl)-3-fluorophenyl)trifluoroborate(Cpd. No. 93) was prepared from Cpd. No. 13 as follows:

A solution of potassium hydrogen fluoride (1.81 ml, 5.43 mmol, 3.0 M inH₂O from Aldrich) was added to a stirring solution of Cpd. No. 13 (0.300g, 0.68 mmol) at room temperature (J. Org. Chem. 77:6384-6393 (2012)).The colorless clear solution starts to precipitate slowly in 5 minutesand resulted in a thick white precipitate in 20 min. The mixture wasstirred for 2.5 h at room temperature and then concentrated underreduced pressure to get a white solid. Acetone was added to the whitesolid and filtered through a filter funnel. The filtrate wasconcentrated under reduced pressure on a rotavapor until a small amountof precipitation was observed. Diethyl ether was added to the resultingwhite solid to encourage precipitation. The precipitate was collected byfiltration, washed with ether and dried to get the white borate saltCpd. No. 93 (0.276 g, 81% yield). ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO) δ 10.18 (d,J=56.9 Hz, 1H), 7.00-6.92 (m, 5H), 6.52 (dd, J=14.2, 7.1 Hz, 1H), 4.43(dd, J=58.4, 8.6 Hz, 1H), 2.24 (s, 6H), 1.79-1.34 (m, 4H), 1.02 (d,J=3.2 Hz, 9H), 0.88 (dt, J=31.9, 6.9 Hz, 3H).

Using the method described above,(R)-(4-(2-(3,5-dimethylbenzoyl)-2-(2,2-dimethylhexan-3-yl)hydrazinecarbonyl)-2-fluorophenyl)boronicacid (Cpd. No. 22) was prepared from SKC-07-055A:

Cpd. No. 22 LCMS [MH+]=443.

Using the method described above,(4-(2-(tert-butyl)-2-(3,5-dimethylbenzoyl)hydrazinecarbonyl)-2-fluorophenyl)boronic acid (Cpd. No. 23) wasprepared from SKC-07-055B:

Using the method described above,(R)-(4-(2-(3,5-dimethylbenzoyl)-2-(2,2-dimethylhexan-3-yl)hydrazinecarbonyl)-3,5-difluorophenyl)boronicacid (Cpd. No. 24) was prepared from SKC-07-043A:

Cpd. No. 24 LCMS [MH+]=461.

Using the method described above,(4-(2-(tert-butyl)-2-(3,5-dimethylbenzoyl)hydrazinecarbonyl)-3,5-difluorophenyl)boronic acid (Cpd. No. 25) wasprepared from SKC-07-043B:

Example 9 Preparation of Synthetic Intermediates

Step 1: Synthesis of methyl 3-hydroxy-2-methyl-4-(prop-1-en-1yl)benzoate

In a round bottom flask fitted with a dropping funnel was added methyl4-allyl-3-hydroxy-2-methylbenzoate (4.12 g, 20 mmol) in anhydrous DMSO(20 ml) at room temperature under argon. t-BuOK in 1.0 M THF (5.61 g, 50mmol) was added drop wise to the stirred solution. After the addition,the reaction mixture was heated at 55° C. overnight. The reaction wasmonitored using LCMS. After the reaction was complete, it is cooled,acidified with 1N HCl and stirred for 30 min. Aqueous work up andextraction with ethyl acetate gave the crude mixture which was purifiedusing an ISCO system (40 g silica gel column, hexane/EtOAc solventgradient) to give 4.12 g (77%) of the product. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ7.42 (d, J=8.2 Hz, 1H), 7.18 (d, J=8.2 Hz, 1H), 6.61 (dd, J=15.9, 1.7Hz, 1H), 6.37-6.13 (m, 1H), 3.90 (s, 3H), 2.50 (s, 3H), 1.96 (dd, J=6.6,1.7 Hz, 3H).

Step 2: Synthesis of methyl 4-formyl-3-hydroxy-2-methylbenzoate

To a solution of methyl 3-hydroxy-2-methyl-4-(prop-1-en-1yl)benzoate(1.66 g, 8.05 mmol) in dioxane/water (280 ml, 2.5/1 ratio) was addedsodium periodate (3.96 g, 18.51 mmol) and 2.5 wt % solution of osmiumtetroxide in tert-butanol (3.3 ml, 2.66 mmol). The reaction mixture wasstirred overnight at room temperature. LCMS showed a single peak withthe expected product mass. After aqueous work up and extraction withEtOAc, the crude product was purified on ISCO system (40 g silica gelcolumn, hexane/EtOAc gradient) to get 1.2 g (77% yield) of the aldehyde.¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 11.39 (s, 1H), 9.93 (s, 1H), 7.45 (d, J=8.1Hz, 1H), 7.38 (d, J=8.1 Hz, 1H), 3.93 (s, 3H), 2.44 (s, 3H).

Step 3: Synthesis of methyl4-formyl-2-methyl-3-(((trifluoromethyl)sulfonyl) oxy)benzoate

To a stirred solution of methyl 4-formyl-3-hydroxy-2-methylbenzoate (1.1g, 5.66 mmol) in anhydrous DCM (22 ml) at −78° C. under argon was addedtriflic anhydride (1.6 g, 5.66 mmol) drop wise followed by triethylamine(0.79 ml, 5.66 mmol). The reaction mixture was stirred overnight andallowed to warm to room temperature. The reaction mixture turnedcolorless to yellow during addition and then light brown overnight. LCMSovernight stirring showed single peak. After regular aqueous work up andextraction with DCM, the organic fractions were collected, dried overanhydrous MgSO₄, filtered and concentrated. The crude mixture wasadsorbed on silica gel and dried. This was loaded on the cartridge andpurified using an ISCO system (24 g silica gel column, hexane/EtOAcgradient). The product fractions were collected and dried under vacuumto give 1.58 g (85% of the final product). ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ10.26 (s, 1H), 7.99 (d, J=8.1 Hz, 1H), 7.89 (d, J=8.1 Hz, 1H), 3.96 (s,3H), 2.63 (s, 3H).

Step 4: Synthesis of methyl4-(hydroxymethyl)-2-methyl-3-(((trifluoromethyl) sulfonyl)oxy)benzoate

To a stirred solution of the above compound (1.58 g, 4.84 mmol) in MeOH(10 ml) at ice temperature under argon was added sodiumborohydride(0.183 g, 4.84 mmol). LCMS after 2 hours showed a new main peak. Thereaction was quenched by adding water (˜2 ml). The MeOH was removed on arotavapor. The reaction mixture was extracted with EtOAc, dried overanhydrous MgSO₄, filtered, concentrated, and purified using an ISCOsystem (24 g silica column, hexane-EtOAc gradient). The productfractions were collected to give 970 mg (61%) of the final alcohol. ¹HNMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 7.93 (d, J=8.1 Hz, 1H), 7.56 (d, 1H), 4.84 (d,J=6.2 Hz, 2H), 3.92 (s, 3H), 2.59 (s, 3H), 2.14 (t, J=6.2 Hz, 1H).

Step 5: Synthesis of methyl2-methyl-4-(((tetrahydro-2H-pyran-2-yl)oxy)methyl)-3-(((trifluoromethyl)sulfonyl)oxy)benzoate

To a stirred solution of the above alcohol (970 mg, 2.95 mmol) inanhydrous DCM (35 ml) in a round bottom flask was added3,4-dihydro-2H-pyran (2.48 g, 29.5 mmol) and pyridiniump-toluenesulfonate (371 mg, 1.47 mmol). The reaction mixture was stirredovernight at room temperature under argon. LCMS showed a single peak.After aqueous work up and extraction with DCM, the crude reactionmixture was purified using an ISCO system-silica gel column, (24 g,hexane/EtOAc gradient) to give 780 mg (64%) of the final product. ¹H NMR(400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 7.90 (d, J=8.1 Hz, 1H), 7.55 (d, J=8.2 Hz, 1H), 4.90(d, J=13.9 Hz, 1H), 4.75-4.56 (m, 2H), 3.91 (s, 3H), 3.89-3.82 (m, 1H),3.60-3.48 (m, 1H), 2.59 (s, 3H), 1.93-1.50 (m, 6H).

Step 1: Synthesis of 2-(trimethylsilyl)ethyl 3-acetoxy-2-methylbenzoate

To a solution of the above benzoic acid (15.54 g, 80.00 mmol) inanhydrous DCM (100 ml) in a 500 ml round bottom flask was added 10 ml ofthionyl chloride and 1 drop of anhydrous DMF. The reaction mixture wasstirred overnight at room temperature. The solvent and excess thionylchloride were removed under vacuum to give the product SKC-01-048.SKC-01-048 was used without further purification in the next step.

To a stirred solution of the above acid chloride (13.61 g, 64.00 mmol)in anhydrous DCM (100 ml) in a 500 ml round bottom flask fitted with adrying tube was added the silyl alcohol (11.35 g, 96.00 mmol). To thismixture, triethylamine was added dropwise. The reaction mixture wasstirred at room temperature for 4 hours. LCMS showed a new major peak.The reaction was allowed to stir at room temperature to 48 h. Afteraqueous work up and extraction with DCM, the organic fractions weredried over anhydrous MgSO₄, filtered, and concentrated. The crudemixture was purified using an ISCO system (120 g silica column,hexane/EtOAc gradient). The product eluted with 5% EtOAc in hexane togive 18.84 g (77%) of SKC-01-049. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 7.73-7.57(m, 1H), 7.25-6.98 (m, 2H), 4.37-4.23 (m, 2H), 2.31 (s, 3H), 2.26 (s,3H), 1.09-1.00 (m, 2H), −0.00 (s, 9H).

Step 2: Synthesis of 2-(trimethylsilyl)ethyl 3-hydroxy-2-methylbenzoate

The above silyl ester (SKC-01-049, 14.43 g, 49.00 mmol) was mixed withMeOH:water (1:4, 100 ml) and sodium bicarbonate (20.57 g, 245.00 mmol)and stirred at room temperature overnight. LCMS showed a single peak.The methanol was removed and the reaction mixture was extracted withDCM. The organic fractions were collected, dried over anhydrous MgSO₄,filtered, and concentrated. The crude mixture was purified using an ISCOsystem (120 g silica column, hexane/EtOAc gradient) to give 12.0 (99%)of SKC-01-053. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 7.56 (dd, J=7.8, 1.1 Hz, 1H),7.26 (t, J=7.9 Hz, 1H), 7.11 (dd, J=8.0, 0.9 Hz, 1H), 5.47 (s, 1H),4.61-4.53 (m, 2H), 2.63 (s, 3H), 1.38-1.18 (m, 2H), 0.25 (s, 9H).

Step 3: Synthesis of 2-(trimethylsilyl)ethyl3-(allyloxy)-2-methylbenzoate

To a stirred solution of the silyl ester (SKC-01-053, 290 mg, 1.15 mmol)in anhydrous acetone (20 ml) in a 100 ml round bottom flask was addedanhydrous potassium carbonate (318 mg, 2.30 mmol) followed by allylbromide (0.15 ml, 1.73 mmol). The reaction mixture was stirred at roomtemperature overnight. LCMS showed a single peak with the expectedproduct mass. The solvent was removed on a rotavapor and the reactionmixture was extracted with DCM. The crude product was purified using anISCO system (12 g silica column, hexane/EtOAc gradient). The producteluted with ˜5% EtOAc in hexane to give 180 mg (54%) of the productSKC-01-055. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 7.31 (dd, J=7.8, 0.9 Hz, 1H), 7.08(t, J=8.0 Hz, 1H), 6.88 (d, J=8.0 Hz, 1H), 6.08-5.88 (m, 1H), 5.40-5.29(m, 1H), 5.26-5.15 (m, 1H), 4.50-4.41 (m, 2H), 4.35-4.24 (m, 2H), 2.38(s, 3H), 1.10-0.99 (m, 2H), −0.00 (s, 9H).

Step 4: Synthesis of 2-(trimethylsilyl)ethyl4-allyl-3-hydroxy-2-methylbenzoate

2-(Trimethylsilyl)ethyl 3-(allyloxy)-2-methylbenzoate (500 mg, 1.70mmol) was dissolved in 1-methyl pyrrolidine-2-one (1 ml) in a microwavevial, closed with a cap and subjected to microwave irradiation (CEMdiscover) with stirring at 220° C., maximum pressure 300 psi, run time 5min, hold time 15 min. LCMS showed 3 peaks including a major peak withthe expected product mass. After cooling, the crude mixture was directlyloaded on a silica gel column (12 g) and purified using an ISCO system(hexane:EtOAc solvent mixture, product eluted ˜5% EtOAc in hexane) togive SKC-01-056. The above experiment was repeated several times in 1-2g scale Total wt of the product isolated was 3.6 g.

Step 5: Synthesis of2-(trimethylsilyl)ethyl-3-hydroxy-2-methyl-4-(3-(4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-1,3,2-dioxaborolan-2-yl)propyl)benzoate

An oven dried, 100 ml, two necked, round bottom flask was equipped witha teflon coated magnetic stir bar, and two rubber septum with of theseptum with a needle connected to an argon/vacuum manifold. This argonflushed round bottom flask was charged with 2-(trimethylsilyl)ethyl4-allyl-3-hydroxy-2-methylbenzoate (1.2 g, 4.10 mmol), modifiedWilkinson's catalyst (129 mg, 0.129 mmol) and anhydrous THF (13 ml).Three vacuum/argon purge cycles were performed, and the mixture wasstirred at room temperature until all of the reagents dissolved (<2min). To this stirred clear reaction mixture was added4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-1,3,2-dioxaborolane (Bpin-H) (1.790 ml, 12.31 mmol)via syringe followed by another argon/vacuum/argon purge. After stirringovernight, LCMS showed complete conversion to the product. The reactionmixture was quenched by carefully adding few drops of water (<1 ml) andMeOH (5 ml) and the solvent was removed under vacuum on a rotavapor. Thedry crude product was dissolved in DCM, adsorbed on silica and driedunder vacuum. Once it was free flowing, it was loaded on an emptycartridge and purified using an ISCO system (40 g silica column,hexane/EtOAc gradient). The product eluted with ˜5% EtOAc in hexane togive SKC-02-014 (1.32 g, 77% yield). ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 7.32 (d,1H), 6.95 (d, J=7.9 Hz, 1H), 6.60 (s, 1H), 4.48-4.30 (m, 2H), 2.69-2.54(m, 2H), 2.50 (s, 3H), 1.76-1.60 (m, 2H), 1.33 (s, 12H), 1.19-1.07 (m,2H), 1.05-0.83 (m, 2H), 0.14-0.04 (m, 8H).

Step 6: Synthesis of(3-(2-hydroxy-3-methyl-4-((2-(trimethylsilyl)ethoxy)carbonyl)phenyl)propyl)boronic acid

To a solution of SKC-02-014 (1.32 g, 3.14 mmol) in a THF/water mixture(4:1 ratio, 90 ml) was added sodium periodate (4.03 g, 18.84 mmol) andthen 2M HCl in ether (3.14 ml, 6.28 mmol). The reaction mixture wasstirred at room temperature overnight. The reaction mixture was dilutedwith water and extracted with EtOAc. The crude reaction mixture wasadsorbed on silica gel and dried. Once it was free flowing, it wasloaded on ISCO cartridge (40 g silica column, hexane/EtOAc solventmixture). The product eluted with ˜32% EtOAc in hexane to give 700 mg(66%) of SKC-02-016. The most preferred structure is the closed formbased on ¹H NMR. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 7.50 (d, J=7.9 Hz, 1H), 7.00(d, J=7.9 Hz, 1H), 4.44-4.31 (m, 2H), 2.74-2.59 (m, 2H), 2.46 (s, 3H),2.01-1.82 (m, 2H), 1.21-1.05 (m, 2H), 1.00-0.75 (m, 2H), 0.08 (s, 9H).

Step 7: Synthesis of2-hydroxy-9-methyl-2,3,4,5-tetrahydrobenzo[f][1,2]oxaborepine-8-carboxylicacid

SKC-02-16 (150 mg, 0.443 mmol) was dissolved in anhydrous toluene in around bottom flask fitted with a dropping funnel containing some 5Amolecular sieves and a condenser under argon. To this p-toluene sulfonicacid mono hydrate (56.2 mg, 0.296) was added. The reaction mixture wasrefluxed for 1 h and cooled. LCMS showed complete conversion. Thetoluene was removed under vacuum and the crude product adsorbed onsilica gel and purified on an ISCO system (using 4 g silica column andhexane/EtOAc solvent gradient). The product eluted with 30% EtOAc inhexane to give the product. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, Acetone) δ 7.57 (d, J=7.9Hz, 1H), 7.09 (d, J=7.9 Hz, 1H), 2.69 (t, J=6.8 Hz, 2H), 2.46 (s, 3H),1.95-1.83 (m, 2H), 0.85-0.71 (m, 2H).

Example 10 Synthesis of IXS-1-54-1

Step 1:2-Methyl-3-(4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-[1,3,2]dioxaborolan-2-yl)-benzoic acid

To a 300 ml round bottom three neck flask equipped with condenser,magnetic stirrer and an inert-gas outlet, were added3-iodo-2-Methyl-Benzoic acid (10 g, 38.2 mmol), Bis(pinacolato)diboron(11.64 g, 46.0 mmol), potassium acetate (11.23 g, 112.0 mmol) and 100 mlof anhydrous DMSO. The flask was purged with nitrogen for 15-20 min. Thecatalyst dichloro [1, 1′-bis(diphenylphosphino)ferrocene]palladiumdichloromethane (0.85 g, 1.1 mmol) was added through an open neck underslight positive nitrogen flow. The reaction mixture was stirred at 80°C. overnight. The reaction mixture was allowed to cool then poured into500 ml of water. After 1 hour of stirring at room temperature, abrownish precipitant was filtered onto fritted filter funnel and washedwith water. The precipitant was redissolved in 200 ml of ether andfiltered through a 1″ thick layer of celite to remove traces of Pd. Thefilter cake was washed with 100 ml ether. The combined etherial solutionwas washed with 4×200 ml of 2N NaOH. The water phases were combined andacidified with 6N HCl until pH=5-6 (approx 100 ml). A white precipitantwas filtered onto fritted filter, washed with 200 ml of water, and driedin a vacuum oven at 60° C. for 2 hours. The filtrate was placed intofridge for overnight, and a second crop of white precipitant wasisolated via filtration. Overall amount of product obtained was 5.5 g(55% yield). ¹H NMR (CDCl₃, 300 MHz) δ 8.05 (d, 1H), 7.9 (d, 1H), 7.25(t, 1H), 2.6 (s, 3H), 1.4 (s, 12H).

Step 2:2-Methyl-3-(4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-[1,3,2]dioxaborolan-2-yl)-benzoylchloride

2-Methyl-3-(4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-[1,3,2]dioxaborolan-2-yl)-benzoic acid(1.2 g, 46.0 mmol) was placed into 40 ml scintillation vial equippedwith a small stir bar. 10.0 ml of anhydrous chloroform was addedfollowing by 1.8 ml of thionyl chloride and 2 drops of anhydrous DMF.After 3 hours, the solvent and excess thionyl chloride were evaporatedunder vacuum. The brown residue was treated with 40 ml of hexane,filtered, and concentrated to give 985 mg (Yield=70.5%) of the productas a greenish oil. ¹H NMR (CDCl₃, 400 MHz) δ 8.15 (d, 1H), 7.95 (d, 1H),7.3 (t, 1H), 2.75 (s, 3H), 1.4 (s, 12H). The reaction was run severaltimes and the yield was ranging from 60 to 99%.

Step 2: 3-Methoxy-2-methyl-benzoic acidN′-(1-ethyl-2,2-dimethyl-propyl)-hydrazide

The reaction was carried out in a 20 ml scintillation vial with amini-stir bar. To a stirred suspension of 2,2-di-me-pentylhydrazinechloride (0.181 g, 1.0 mol) in anhydrous ether (10 ml) at roomtemperature was added2-methyl-3-(4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-[1,3,2]dioxaborolan-2-yl)-benzoylchloride (0.281 g, 1.0 mmol) and excess of triethylamine (0.28 ml, 2.0mmol). A precipitate formed right away. The reaction mixture was stirredat room temperature for 2 hours, and the precipitate was filtered offand washed with methylene chloride (20 ml). The solvent was evaporatedand the residue was redissolved in 20 ml of pentane with a few drops ofether. The flask was cooled for 2 hours to give a precipitant that wasfiltered and dried under vacuum for 1 hour. W₁=0.05 g. ¹H NMR and MSshowed to this to IXS-1-52-1. The filtrate was evaporated, redissolvedin 1 ml of methylene chloride and purified on a 24 g ISCO column with ahexane/ethyl acetate gradient. The product fractions were combined, togive 0.110 g (yield=44%) of IXS-1-52-2. ¹H NMR (CDCl₃, 400 MHz) δ 7.85(d, 1H), 7.4 (d, 1H), 7.25 (t, 1H), 7.05 (s, 1H), 4.9 (m, 1H), 2.65 (s,3H), 2.05 (d, 1H), 1.8 (m, 1H), 1.6 (m, 2H), 1.4 (s, 12H), 1.35 (s, 3H),1.15 (m, 1H), 1.05 (s, 9H). MS: [MH+]=389mv.

Step 3:2-Methyl-3-(4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-[1,3,2]dioxaborolan-2-yl)-benzoic acidN′-(1-tert-butyl-butyl)-hydrazide

The reaction was carried out in a 20 ml scintillation vial with amini-stir bar. To a stirred suspension of2-methyl-3-(4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-[1,3,2]dioxaborolan-2-yl)-benzoic acidN′-(1-tert-butyl-butyl)-hydrazide (IXS-1-44-1, 0.194 g, 0.5 mmol) inether (5 ml) was added 3,5-dimethyl-benzoyl chloride (0.084 g, 0.0005mol) followed by triethylamine (0.07 ml, 0.5 mmol). A precipitate formedright away. The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 2hours then the precipitate was filtered off and washed with some ether(10-20 ml). TLC of ether solution in 50:50=hexane: ethyl acetate showsthat the major spot is a mono-substituted product with Rf=0.6. Thesolvent was evaporated till almost dryness and redissolved in 20 ml ofhexane. A precipitate formed, and it was washed with cold hexane anddried in vacuum for 2 hours to give 0.177 g of IXS-1-54-1 (Yield=68%).The structure was confirmed by ¹H NMR (CDCl₃, 400 MHz) and MS:([MH+]=521mv)

Example 11 Synthesis of Cpd. No. 58

Step 1: Synthesis of 2-Fluoro-3-iodo-4-methyl-benzonitrile

An oven-dried, 3-necked 500 ml round bottom flask with magnetic stirrer,thermometer, addition funnel, and nitrogen inlet was purged with N₂ for20 min. 2,2,6,6-tetramethylpiperidine (41.84 ml, 241 mmol) wasintroduced into flask via syringe, followed by 100 ml of anhydrous THF.The reaction mixture was cooled to −78° C., and n-BuLi (2.5M solution inhexane, 102 ml, 254 mmol) was introduced via cannula. The addition wasdone slowly, drop-wise, making sure that temperature stayed in the −70°C. to −80° C. range. (˜40 min). The addition flask was washed with 100ml of anhydrous THF and the reaction mixture warmed to −50° C. for 30min. during which time the clear solution became turbid. The reactionmixture was cooled to −78° C. again and 2-fluoro-4-methylbenzonitrile(30 g, 222 mmol) dissolved in 80 ml of anhydrous THF was added drop wiseto the stirred solution while the internal temperature was maintainedbelow −70° C. (approx 20 min). The addition funnel was washed once with100 ml portion of THF and the reaction mixture was warmed up to −50° C.for 60 min. The reaction mixture was cooled again to −78° C. and asaturated solution of iodine (62 g, 244 mmol) in 100 ml of THF wasintroduced into the addition funnel. The quench was done stepwise, andthe resulting yellow mixture was kept at an internal temperature below−60° C. (approx 20 min). The addition funnel was washed twice with 50 mlof THF and then the mixture was allowed to warm-up to room temperature.After stirring overnight, the entire mixture was added to a solution of20 g thiosulfite in 1000 ml of water, stirred for 1 hour, and washedwith ethyl acetate 3×250 ml. The combined organic layers were dried overmagnesium sulfate, filtered and concentrated. The residue was purifiedusing an ISCO system. The product fractions were combined andconcentrated. The product was re-crystallized from ether/hexane to give33 g (57%) of the product. ¹H NMR (CDCl₃, 400 MHz) δ 7.50 (dd, 1H), 7.16(d, 1H), 2.50 (s, 3H). LC-MS (M+1)=262 M/Z.

Step 2: Synthesis of 2-Fluoro-3-Iodo-4-Methyl benzoic acid

To a 500 ml round bottom, three neck flask equipped with a condenser andmagnetic stirrer, was added 2-fluoro-3-iodo-4-methyl-benzonitrile (33 g,126.4 mmol), 70 ml of methanol, and 70 ml of 60% aqueous sulfuric acid.The flask was sealed and temperature was raised to 115° C. The reactionmixture was stirred at this temperature overnight. The precipitate thatformed was filtered onto fritted filter, washed with 1 L of water, anddried under vacuum for 2 h and then in vacuum oven at 60° C. for 3 h togive 31.5 g of IXS-4-95-1. ¹H NMR (DMSO-d₆, 400 MHz) δ 13.2 (broad s,1H), 7.74 (t, 1H), 7.26 (d, 1H), 2.47 (s, 3H), and MS [MH+]=280).

Step 3: Synthesis of 2-Fluoro-3-Iodo-4-Methyl-benzoic acid methyl ester

In a 500 ml one-neck flask equipped with a magnetic stir-bar andcondenser was added 2-fluoro-3-Iodo-4-methyl-benzoic acid (31.5 g, 112.5mmol), 250 ml of methanol and 10 ml of sulfuric acid. The reaction washeated at 90° C. overnight. LCMS showed that the reaction was 90%complete. The methanol was evaporated and residue was dissolved in ethylacetate and washed and water. The organic phase was slowly basifieduntil pH=9 with 25% NaOH solution in water. The organic phase was washedwith 2×200 ml of water. The separated water washes were extracted with100 ml of ethyl acetate twice. All of the organic phases were combinedand concentrated to give an oily residue that re-crystallized fromether/hexane. The crystals were isolated in two batches, washed withpure hexane, and dried under vacuum for 2 hours to give 31 g (94%) ofthe product. ¹H NMR (CDCl₃, 400 MHz) δ 7.78 (t, 1H), 7.08 (d, 1H), 3.90(s, 3H), 2.50 (s, 3H) and MS: [MH+]=295)

Step 4: Synthesis of Methyl2-fluoro-4-methyl-3-(4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-1,3,2-dioxaborolan-2-yl)benzoate

In a 100 ml 3-neck round bottom flask equipped with a condenser,magnetic stirrer and nitrogen outlet was placed methyl2-fluoro-3-iodo-4-methylbenzoate (2.0 g, 6.80 mmol), 10.0 ml ofanhydrous 1,4-dioxane, diacetoxypalladium (0.076 g, 0.340 mmol) and[1,1′-biphenyl]-2-yldicyclohexylphosphine (0.477 g, 1.360 mmol) undernitrogen. 4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-1,3,2-dioxaborolane (2.96 ml, 20.40 mmol)was added drop wise via syringe. The reaction mixture was heated at 60°C. for 2 hours and stirred at room temperature overnight. LCMS showedalmost 100% conversion. The dioxane was removed and the residue waspurified on 80 g ISCO silica column using ethyl acetate/hexane gradientand then switched to methanol/DCM gradient to give 1.25 g (62.5%) ofIXS-5-48-1, 1.25 g (62.5%). ¹H NMR (DMSO-d₆, 400 MHz) δ 7.81 (t, 1H),7.16 (d, 1H), 3.83 (s, 3H), 2.42 (s, 3H), 1.33 (s, 12H), and MS:[MH+]=295).

Step 5: Synthesis of7-fluoro-1-hydroxy-1,3-dihydrobenzo[c][1,2]oxaborole-6-carboxylic acid

To a solution of methyl2-fluoro-4-methyl-3-(4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-1,3,2-dioxaborolan-2-yl)benzoate (0.6 g, 2.040 mmol) in 40 ml CCl₄ was added N-Bromosuccinimide(0.363 g, 2.040 mmol) and(E)-1,1′-(diazene-1,2-diyl)dicyclohexanecarbonitrile (0.050 g, 0.204mmol). The mixture was stirred at 80° C. overnight. The reaction mixturewas extracted with 5% KOH in water (3×20 ml). The water phase stirredfor 1 hour and then the solution was cooled to 0° C. and slowlyacidified to pH <1 with 1N HCl. The precipitant that formed was filteredonto fritted filter and dried in vacuum for overnight to give 0.137 g ofIXS-5-49-1, ¹H NMR in DMSO-d₆ is consistent with desired product. MS[MH+]=196.

Step 6: Synthesis ofN′-(tert-butyl)-7-fluoro-1-hydroxy-1,3-dihydrobenzo[c][1,2]oxaborole-6-carbohydrazide

To a stirred solution of the boroxozole carboxylic (INX-5-49-1, 130.0mg, 0.663 mmol) in anhydrous DMF (1.5 ml) in a 20 ml scintillation vialpurged with nitrogen were added BOP (197.0 mg, 0.663 mmol), HOBt (90.0mg, 0.663 mmol) and DIPEA (0.579 ml, 3.32 mmol) at room temperature. Thereaction mixture was stirred for 5 min. To this was added tert-butylhydrazine hydrochloride (105 mg, 0.84 mmol), and the reaction mixturewas stirred at room temperature overnight. LCMS showed completeconversion of the boroxozole carboxylic acid a new peak. The DMF wasremoved using a Genevac. The sticky crude mixture was dissolved in 5%aqueous KOH (50 ml) and EtOAc (50 ml) and extracted. The combinedaqueous fractions containing the product was neutralized with 0.1N HCland then water was removed on a rotavapor. The residue washed with 10%MeOH in DCM and purified using an ISCO system. The product eluted in ˜2%MeOH in DCM give 100 mg (57%) of the boroxazole carbohydrazideINX-5-57-1 which was used for the next step. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ9.69 (d, J=6.2 Hz, 1H), 7.67 (t, J=7.1 Hz, 1H), 7.27 (d, J=22.8 Hz, 1H),5.03 (s, 2H), 4.92 (d, J=7.9 Hz, 1H), 1.06 (s, 9H).

Step 7: Synthesis ofN′-(tert-butyl)-N′-(3,5-dimethylbenzoyl)-7-fluoro-1-hydroxy-1,3-dihydrobenzo[c][1,2]oxaborole-6-carbohydrazide(Cpd. No. 58)

3,5-dimethylbenzoyl chloride (0.076 g, 0.451 mmol) in a round bottomflask was dissolved in diethyl ether (2.0 ml). To this,N′-(tert-butyl)-7-fluoro-1-hydroxy-1,3-dihydrobenzo[c][1,2]oxaborole-6-carbohydrazide(0.100 g, 0.376 mmol) was added following by TEA (0.105 ml, 0.752 mmol).After triethyl amine addition a precipitant came out of solution. After90 min of stirring, another equivalent of TEA was added and reaction wasallowed to stir for 60 min at room temperature. The solvent wasevaporated and the residue was purified by using preparative HPLC togive Cpd. No. 58. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 10.39 (s, 1H), 6.97 (d,J=7.7 Hz, 1H), 6.89-6.83 (m, 3H), 6.72-6.64 (m, 1H), 4.76 (s, 2H), 2.04(d, J=4.5 Hz, 6H), 1.29 (s, 9H).

Example 12 Synthesis of 4-hydroxymethyl-2-fluoro-benzoic acid

Step 1: Synthesis of 2-fluoro-4-methyl-benzoic acid

To a 1 L three-neck round bottom flask, equipped with a magnetic stirbar, addition funnel and nitrogen inlet was added1-bromo-2-fluoro-4-methyl-benzene (43.0 g, 227.47 mmol) and 300 ml ofanhydrous THF. The flask was purged with nitrogen for 30 min and thencooled to −78° C. using acetone-dry-ice bath. T-BuLi, 2.5 M solution inhexanes (100.00 ml, 250.00 mmol) was added drop-wise over 30 min. Theaddition funnel was washed with 100 ml of anhydrous THF into thereaction flask. The resulting slightly-yellow reaction mixture wasstirred at −78° C. for 1 hour. The entire mixture poured onto 200 g ofdry-ice in 150 ml of THF via cannula transfer. The mixture was allowedto warm-up to room temperature while stirring, diluted with 500 ml ofwater, transferred into separatory funnel, and extracted with ether(2×500 ml). The ether phase was discarded. The aqueous phase wasacidified with 1N HCl until pH <<2 (then extracted with ether again(2×500 ml) and ethyl acetate (2×200 ml). The combined organic phaseswere dried over magnesium sulfate and concentrated at reduced pressure.The white crystalline residue thus obtained was dried in vacuum for 1hour to yield 35.06 g IXS-4-49-crude. ¹H NMR (DMSO-d₆, 400 MHz) δ 13.04(bs, 1H), 7.76 (t, 1H), 7.15 (t, 2H), 2.36 (s, 3H). Overall yield is89.55%.

Step 2: Synthesis of 2-Methyl-3-hydroxy-benzoic acid methyl ester

In a 500 ml one-neck round bottom flask, equipped with a magneticstir-bar and condenser was added 2-fluoro-4-methyl-benzoic acid (10.0 g,64.88 mmol), 250 ml of methanol and 5 ml of sulfuric acid. The reactionwas heated at 90° C. overnight. The methanol was evaporated and residuewas purified on 125 g Filter Silica ISCO column using a hexane/ethylacetate gradient to give 10.01 g of IXS-4-52-1. Overall yield is 91.75%.¹H NMR (CDCl₃, 400 MHz) δ 7.80 (t, 1H), 6.95 (2d, 2H), 3.89 (s, 3H),2.37 (s, 3H).

Step 3: Synthesis of 4-Bromomethyl-2-fluoro-methyl-benzoate

To a 250 ml three-neck round bottom flask, equipped with a magnetic stirbar and condenser and glass-stopper was added 2-fluoro-4-methyl methylbenzoate (10.01 g, 59.52 mmol), 100 ml of carbon tetrachloride,N-bromosuccinimide (10.70 g, 60.12 mmol), and2,2′-azobisisobutyronitrile (AIBN, 0.39 g, 2.38 mmol). The reaction washeated at 100° C. for 6 hours then stirred at room temperatureovernight. The flask was cooled in ice for 30 min and the resultingprecipitant was collected by filtration and washed with hexane. Thefiltrate was set aside. The precipitant was redissolved in ethyl acetateand hexane added until a solid started form. The flask was left standingfor 1 hour. The precipitated solid was collected by filtration anddried. The solid was placed into Erlenmeyer flask and stirred with 100ml of water for 3 hours. The solid was re-isolated by filtration, washedwith hexane, and dried in vacuum oven at 60° C. for 2 hours to give 4.36g of 4-bromomethyl-2-fluoro-methyl-benzoate (IXS-4-53-1) as indicated by¹H NMR (CDCl₃, 400 MHz) δ 7.89 (t, 1H), 7.18 (2d, 2H), 4.42 (s, 2H) 3.91(s, 3H).

Step 4: Synthesis of 4-Hydroxyomethyl-2-fluoro-benzoic acid

In a 250 ml one-neck round bottom flask, equipped with a magnetic stirbar and condenser was added 2-fluoro-4-bromomethyl methyl benzoate (5.94g, 24.04 mmol), 70 ml of acetic anhydride and sodium acetate (2.56 g,31.26 mmol). The reaction was heated at 150° C. overnight. The reactionwas cooled to room temperature and checked by TLC. 200 ml of water wasadded carefully, and the reaction mixture was transferred to separatoryfunnel. The aqueous phase was extracted with ether 2×100 ml and ethylacetate 3×100 ml. The organic fractions were combined and concentrated.The residue was dissolved in 50 ml of methanol and transferred into 250ml one-neck flask equipped with a magnetic stir bar. Potassium hydroxide(6.75 g, 120 mmol) was dissolved in 20 ml methanol and added into thereaction flask, and the reaction mixture was heated at 90° C. forovernight. The reaction was cooled to room temperature and checked byTLC. 100 ml of water was added carefully and the reaction mixture wascarefully acidified with 3M HCl solution until pH <2. The aqueous phasewas extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic phase was concentrated andpurified on an ISCO system using an ethyl acetate/hexane gradient togive 2.32 g of IXS-4-60-2. ¹H NMR (CDCl₃, 400 MHz) Overall yield is57.0%. ¹H NMR (CDCl₃, 400 MHz) δ 13.02 (bs, 1H), 7.80 (t, 1H), 7.21 (t,2H), 5.44 (bs, 1H), 4.45 (s, 2H).

Example 13 Synthesis ofN′-benzoyl-N′-(tert-butyl)-1-butyl-7-fluoro-1,3-dihydrobenzo[c][1,2]oxaborole-6-carbohydrazide(Cpd. No. 64)

Step 1: Synthesis of 2-fluoro-4-methylbenzoic acid

An oven dried 1 L 3-necked round bottom flask fitted with a withmagnetic stirrer, addition funnel, reflux condenser, and nitrogen inletwas purged with nitrogen for 45 min. The flask was charged with1-bromo-2-fluoro-4-methyl benzene (43.0 g, 227.47 mmol) and anhydrousTHF (250 ml). The mixture was cooled to −78° C. in a dry ice-acetonebath and n-BuLi (2.5M solution in hexane, 100.09 ml, 250.22 mmol) wasadded drop wise to the stirred reaction while the temperature wasmaintained at around −78° C. The addition funnel was washed with two 10ml portion of anhydrous THF and then the reaction stirred at −78° C. for1 h. The entire mixture was poured onto solid carbon dioxide in THF (50ml) and allowed to warm to room temperature. 300 ml of water was addedand everything dissolved. The resulting mixture was transferred into aseparation funnel and extracted with ether (2×500 ml). The ether phasewas discarded. The combined aqueous phase was acidified with 3N HCl topH <3 and a white precipitate formed. The water phase was extracted withether (2×500 ml) and ethyl acetate (3×500 ml). The combined organicphase was dried over anhydrous MgSO₄, filtered and concentrated to give31.4 g of IXS-3-48 as a pinkish white crystalline powder. ¹H NMR (CDCl₃,400 MHz) δ 12.99 (s, 1H), 7.77-7.73 (t, 1H), 7.14-7.09 (m, 2H), 2.30 (s,3H).

Step 2: Synthesis of 4-(bromomethyl)-2-fluorobenzoic acid

4-Fluoro-4-methyl benzoic acid (10.0 g, 64.88 mmol) was added to a 500ml 3-neck round bottom flask flitted with a reflux condenser, magneticstir bar drying tube. 100 ml of CCl₄ was added the reaction mixture washeated to 80° C. NBS was weighed into 20 ml scintillation vial and addedin 8 portions using a spatula during 4 hour period. Similarly AIBN wasadded in 8 portions. The resulting mixture was stirred for another 3 hat 80° C. then cooled to room temperature and stirred overnight. Thelight yellow suspension was filtered onto a filter funnel with about 1.5inch layer of silica gel then washed with 1 L of dichloromethane. Someprecipitate came out of filtrate so ethyl acetate was added to make itclear. The filtrate was collected into 100 ml aliquots in smallErlenmeyer flasks that were analyzed by TLC. Aliquots containingstarting material and other impurities were discarded. The productaliquots were combined and concentrated. The residue was triturated with50 ml of ether, filtered onto fritted filter, and dried under vacuum for1 h to give 14.98 g of crude product. ¹H NMR showed it as a 1:2 mixtureof product and succinimide byproduct. The product was transferred intofritted funnel, washed with water and hexane, and dried under vacuum for2 hours. ¹H NMR showed that it still contained 20% of the succinimideside product. The mixture was purified using an ISCO system (40 g silicacolumn, hexane/EtOAc gradient) to give IXS-2-56-3 (800 mg). ¹H NMR(CDCl₃, 400 MHz) δ 12.25 (s, 1H), 6.87-6.83 (t, 1H), 6.42-6.36 (m, 2H),3.73 (s, 2H).

Step 3: Synthesis ofN′-benzoyl-4-(bromomethyl)-N′-(tert-butyl)-2-fluorobenzohydrazide

The above benzoic acid (IXS-3-56-3, 8.0 g, 0.034 mmol) was added to a250 ml 1-neck round bottom flask fitted with a drying tube. 50 mlanhydrous chloroform was added and the reaction mixture was stirred. Tothis stirred mixture, thionyl chloride 12.49 ml, 0.17 mmol) was addedfollowed by 3 drops of anhydrous DMF. After stirring overnight, thesolvent and excess thionyl chloride were removed under vacuum andresultant residue was washed several times with anhydrousdichloromethane, evaporated and dried under vacuum. 40 ml hexane wasadded and the resulting mixture was filtered through a fritted filterfunnel to give 8.0 g of a greenish colored oil that was used in the nextstep without further purification.

For the next step, hydrazine (4.89 g, 25.45 mmol), acid chloride (8.0 g,31.81 mmol) and 100 ml of ether were added into a 250 ml 1-necked roundbottom flask, and the reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature.To this triethylamine (4.43 ml, 31.81 mmol) was added. After stirringovernight, TLC showed complete conversion to the product.Dichloromethane was added to dissolve all the precipitate and theproduct was purified using and ISCO system (2×80 g silica column,hexane/EtOAc gradient) to give 8.75 g of IXS-3-58. H NMR (DMSO-d₆, 400MHz) δ 10.72 (s, 1H), 7.53-7.28 (m, 6H), 7.23-7.21 (d, 1H), 6.84-6.75(t, 1H), 4.60 (s, 2H), 1.50 (s, 9H).

Step 4: Synthesis ofN′-benzoyl-N′-(tert-butyl)-2-fluoro-4-(hydroxymethyl) benzohydrazide

To a 250 ml 1-neck round bottom flask the above 4-bromomethyl DAHderivative (8.75 g, 21.48 mmol), CaCO₃ (1.08 g, 10.74 mmol) and a 1:1mixture of dioxane and water (140 ml) were added, and the mixture wasstirred overnight at 85° C. Most of the dioxane was removed on arotavapor. After aqueous work up and extraction with EtOAc, the organicphases were combined, dried over anhydrous MgSO₄, filtered, andconcentrated. The residue was purified using an ISCO system (80 g silicacolumn, hexane/EtOAc gradient to give IXS-3-59-2 (6.35 g, 86%) ¹H NMR(DMSO-d₆, 400 MHz) δ 10.56 (s, 1H), 7.41-7.26 (m, 5H), 7.18-7.04 (m,2H), 6.73-6.69 (m, 1H), 5.37-5.32 (t, 1h) 4.47-4.46 (d, 2H), 1.54 (s,9H).

Step 5: Synthesis ofN′-benzoyl-N′-(tert-butyl)-1-butyl-7-fluoro-1,3-dihydrobenzo[c][1,2]oxaborole-6-carbohydrazide(Cpd. No. 64)

An oven dried 3-neck 250 ml round bottom flask with magnetic stirrer,thermometer, graduated pressure-equalized addition funnel and nitrogeninlet was purged with nitrogen for 20 min. The flask was charged with2,2,6,6-tetramethylpiperidine (3.65 ml, 21.48 mmol) and anhydrous THF(40 ml) and cooled to −30° C. in a dryice-acetone bath. n-BuLi (13.07ml, 20.91 mmol) was added drop wise to the stirred reaction while thetemperature was maintained between −30° C. and −35° C. (˜10 min). Theaddition funnel was washed twice with 10 ml portions of anhydrous THFand the reaction mixture cooled to −76° C. Triisopropyl borate (5.34 ml,23.23 mmol) was added drop wise to the stirred creamy-yellow solutionwhile the internal temperature was maintained below −73° C. (˜10 min).IXS-3-59-2 (2.0 g, 5.81 mmol) was dissolved in anhydrous THF (10 ml) wasadded drop wise to the reaction mixture over 10 min. The addition funnelwas washed twice with 10 ml portions of anhydrous THF, the reactionmixture cooled to −76° C. for 3.5 hours, and slowly allowed to warm toroom temperature. After 1 h at room temperature, the reaction mixturewas quenched with 20 ml of 2M H₂SO₄ in water. The resulting mixturestirred for 1 h at room temperature then diluted with water and ether.The organic phase was separated and the aqueous phase was washed withether (2×100 ml) and EtOAc (2×100 ml). The organic fractions werecombined, concentrated, and purified using an ISCO system (80 g silicacolumn, hexane/EtOAc gradient) to give 71 mg of Cpd. No. 69. ¹H NMR(DMSO-d₆ 400 MHz) δ 10.55 (s, 1H), 7.42-7.39 (m, 2H), 7.34-7.30 (m, 3H),7.14-7.12 (m, 1H), 6.76-6.66 (m, 1H), 5.10 (s, 2H), 1.55 (s, 9H),1.40-1.29 (m, 4H), 1.25-1.09 (m, 2H), 0.88-0.83 (m, 3H).

Example 14 Synthesis ofN′-(tert-butyl)-N′-(3,5-dimethylbenzoyl)-1-hydroxy-6-methyl-1,2,3,4-tetrahydrobenzo[f][1,4,5]oxazaborepine-7-carbohydrazide(Cpd. No. 91) and(R)—N′-(3,5-dimethylbenzoyl)-N′(2,2-dimethylpentan-3-yl)-1-hydroxy-6-methyl-1,2,3,4-tetrahydrobenzo[f][1,4,5]oxazaborepine-7-carbohydrazide(Cpd. No. 92)

3-Acetoxy-4-bromo-2-methylbenzoic acid

Water (12 mL) was added to 4-bromo-3-hydroxy-2-methylbenzoic acid (5 g,21.6 mmol) in an Erlenmeyer flask and cooled in an ice bath. 50% AqueousNaOH solution (8.06 g mixed with 12 mL water, 108 mmol) was added andthe mixture stirred for few minutes until the solution was clear. Aceticanhydride (2.04 mL, 21.6 mmol) was added drop wise until pH 5 wasreached; by that time the reaction mixture became a thick slurry havingan off white color. The mixture was stirred overnight at roomtemperature. LCMS showed a major peak with the expected product mass anda minor polar peak of the starting material. The pH was adjusted to 2and the precipitate was filtered. LCMS of the precipitate showed it as a3:1 mixture of the expected acetate and the starting phenol. Thefiltrate also contained some product, so combined everything, dried andadsorbed on silica and subjected to silica gel column chromatographyusing ISCO. The main peak was collected, the solvent was removed and theproduct dried under vacuum. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO) δ 13.27 (s, 1H),7.81-7.33 (m, 2H), 2.37 (s, 6H), 2.34 (s, 3H).

To a solution of the above acid SKC-09-060 (3.3 g, 12.1 mmol) inanhydrous chloroform (12 mL) was added oxalyl chloride (2.12 mL, 24.2mmol) and 1 drop of DMF. The reaction mixture was stirred at 40° C. for1 h. LCMS showed complete conversion to the acid chloride. Removed thesolvent under vacuum on a rotavapor and dried to get6-bromo-3-(chlorocarbonyl)-2-methylphenyl acetate (SKC-09-062) as asolid.

(R)-6-bromo-3-(2-(3,5-dimethylbenzoyl)-2-(2,2-dimethylpentan-3-yl)hydrazine-1-carbonyl)-2-methylphenylacetate

To a stirred solution of(R)—N-(2,2-dimethylpentan-3-yl)-3,5-dimethylbenzohydrazide (2.86 g, 10.9mmol, >95% ee) in anhydrous DCM (10 mL) was added TEA (2.288 mL, 16.4mmol) at room temperature under argon. To this, a DCM solution (5 mL) ofthe acid chloride (3.5 g, 12.0 mmol) was added and stirred at roomtemperature. LCMS after 30 min showed that the reaction is complete. Thecrude mixture was adsorbed on silica and purified by silica gel columnchromatography using ISCO (hexane/EtOAc gradient). The main fractionswere collected and dried to get a colorless solid product SKC-09-063(2.2 g, 39%). ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO) δ 10.47 (d, J=61.1 Hz, 1H), 7.60(d, J=8.2 Hz, 1H), 7.06 (t, J=15.3 Hz, 3H), 6.70 (dd, J=45.3, 8.0 Hz,1H), 4.33 (dd, J=80.7, 9.5 Hz, 1H), 2.34 (s, 3H), 2.24 (d, J=5.5 Hz,6H), 1.48 (d, J=24.5 Hz, 4H), 1.11-1.02 (m, 12H), 0.91 (dt, J=42.5, 7.2Hz, 5H).

6-bromo-3-(2-(tert-butyl)-2-(3,5-dimethylbenzoyl)hydrazine-1-carbonyl)-2-methylphenylacetate

Following the same procedure, the title compound was made in 77% yield(2.29 g) starting with N-(tert-butyl)-3,5-dimethylbenzohydrazide (1.37g, 6.2 mmol), TEA (1.3 mL, 9.4 mmol) and the acid chloride (2.0 g, 6.9mmol) in DCM (10 mL). ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO) δ 10.68 (s, 1H), 7.56 (d,J=8.2 Hz, 1H), 7.04 (s, 3H), 6.56 (d, J=8.2 Hz, 1H), 2.34 (s, 3H), 2.24(s, 6H), 1.65 (s, 3H), 1.49 (s, 9H).

(R)-4-bromo-N′-(3,5-dimethylbenzoyl)-N′-(2,2-dimethylpentan-3-yl)-3-hydroxy-2-methylbenzohydrazide

K₂CO₃ (1.76 g, 12.8 mmol) was added to a colorless suspension ofSKC-09-063 (2.2 g, 4.3 mmol) in 20 ml of MeOH at room temperature. Infew minutes, the color of the reaction mixture turned light yellow andthe acetate start to dissolve. The reaction was completed in 30 minbased on LCMS. Filtered to remove the solid, rinsed with EtOAc andremoved the solvent under vacuum and the crude mixture was purified bysilica gel column chromatography on ISCO (hexane/EtOAc gradient) to geta white powder of SKC-09-066 (1.8 g, 89%). LCMS: 477.19 (M+1).

4-Bromo-N′-(tert-butyl)-N′-(3,5-dimethylbenzoyl)-3-hydroxy-2-methylbenzohydrazide

Following the above procedure with SKC-09-015 (2.29 g, 4.8 mml) andK₂CO₃ (1.99 g, 14.5 mmol), in 20 mL MeOH for 30 min, SKC-09-021 wasisolated after triturating in pentane/ether solvent mixture (1.83 g, 88%yield). ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO) δ 10.47 (s, 1H), 9.32 (s, 1H), 7.30 (d,J=8.2 Hz, 1H), 7.03 (s, 3H), 6.09 (d, J=8.2 Hz, 1H), 2.24 (s, 6H), 1.73(s, 3H), 1.48 (s, 9H). ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO+2 drops of D₂O) δ 7.27 (d,J=8.2 Hz, 1H), 7.01 (d, J=7.1 Hz, 3H), 6.09 (d, J=8.2 Hz, 1H), 2.22 (s,6H), 1.70 (s, 3H), 1.46 (s, 9H).

(R)-4-bromo-3-(cyanomethoxy)-N′(3,5-dimethylbenzoyl)-N′-(2,2-dimethylpentan-3-yl)-2-methylbenzohydrazide

Mixed together SKC-09-066 (1.35 g, 2.8 mmol), K₂CO₃ (0.510 g, 3.7 mmol)and 2-bromoacetonitrile (0.24 mL, 3.4 mmol) in anhydrous DMF (10 mL) inaround bottom flask under argon and heated at 50° C. The reactioncompleted in 10′ (based on LCMS), the colorless RM turned yellow incolor. Diluted with water, extracted in EtOAc and dried over anhy.MgSO₄, filtered and removed the solvent. The crude mixture was adsorbedon silica and purified using ISCO (12 g silica column, hexane/EtOAcgradient). A white solid product SKC-09-068 (1.53 g) was isolated inquantitative yield. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO) δ 10.40 (d, J=59.5 Hz, 1H),7.95 (s, 1H), 7.56 (d, J=8.2 Hz, 1H), 7.16-6.95 (m, 3H), 6.58 (dd,J=46.5, 8.2 Hz, 1H), 5.01-4.91 (m, 2H), 4.50-4.17 (m, 1H), 2.89 (s, 1H),2.73 (s, 1H), 2.25 (d, J=5.1 Hz, 6H), 1.99 (s, 1H), 1.76-1.62 (m, 4H),1.62-1.33 (m, 2H), 1.12-0.82 (m, 14H).

4-Bromo-N′-(tert-butyl)-3-(cyanomethoxy)-N′-(3,5-dimethylbenzoyl)-2-methylbenzohydrazide

Followed the above procedure using SKC-09-021 (1.8 g, 4.2 mmol), K₂CO₃(0.750 g, 5.4 mmol) and 2-bromoacetonitrile (0.35 mL, 4.9 mmol) inanhydrous DMF (7 mL) at 50° C. Reaction completed in 2 hr. Afterchromatography, 1.67 g of the product SKC-09-023 was isolated in 85%yield (LCMS: 473, M+1).

(R)-3-(cyanomethoxy)-N′-(3,5-dimethylbenzoyl)-N′-(2,2-dimethylpentan-3-yl)-2-methyl-4-(4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-1,3,2-dioxaborolan-2-yl)benzohydrazide

To a solution of SKC-09-068 (1.53 g, 2.9 mmol) in 1,4-dioxane (10 mL)were added KOAc (0.876 g, 8.9 mmol), Pin₂B₂ (1.13 g, 4.5 mmol). Themixture was evacuated and backfilled with argon, this process repeatedthree times. PdCl₂[dppf].DCM (0.097 g, 0.119 mmol) was added. The RM wasquickly evaluated and backfilled with argon three times total and thereaction was stirred under argon at 80° C. overnight, cooled, filteredand evaporated. Water was added to the crude mixture and extracted withethyl acetate. The residue was purified by column chromatography oversilica gel using ISCO, hexane/EtOAc solvent gradient and isolatedSKC-09-071 (0.600 g, 36% yield). ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO) δ 10.39 (dd,J=62.5, 11.4 Hz, 1H), 7.64-7.38 (m, 1H), 7.15-6.97 (m, 3H), 6.57 (dd,1H), 4.95-4.68 (m, 2H), 4.33 (dd, J=82.4, 10.3 Hz, 1H), 2.25 (d, J=5.9Hz, 6H), 1.71-1.62 (m, 3H), 1.29 (s, 12H), 1.14-0.91 (m, 15H).

N′-(tert-butyl)-3-(cyanomethoxy)-N′-(3,5-dimethylbenzoyl)-2-methyl-4-(4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-1,3,2-dioxaborolan-2-yl)benzohydrazide

To a solution of SKC-09-023 (1.20 g, 2.5 mmol) in 1,4-dioxane (8 mL)were added KOAc (0.748 g, 7.6 mmol), Pin₂B₂ (0.968 g, 3.8 mmol). Themixture was evacuated and backfilled with argon, this process repeatedthree times. PdCl₂[dppf].DCM (0.062 g, 0.076 mmol) was added. The RM wasquickly evaluated and backfilled with argon three times total and thereaction was stirred under argon at 80° C. overnight, cooled, filteredand evaporated. Water was added to the crude mixture and extracted withethyl acetate. The residue was purified by column chromatography oversilica gel using ISCO, hexane/EtOAc solvent gradient and isolatedSKC-09-071 (0.650 g, 49% yield, LCMS: 520.41, M+1).

To an ice cold MeOH (8 mL) solution of the methoxy nitrile (SKC-09-028,0.200 g, 0.39 mmol) in a 100 ml 2-necked round bottom flask under argonwas added Boc-anhydride and NiCl₂.hexahydrate. The RM was quicklyevaluated and backfilled with argon three times total and stirred 0° C.for 5 min. To this sodium borohydride was added in 3 portions. The clearcolorless solution turned black in color in few minutes, lots of bubblesformation also noticed. Continued to stir the reaction mixture overnightallowing it to warm to RT. LCMS showed 3 peaks, the less polar peak withthe expected product mass. Quenched the reaction by adding few drops ofwater. Removed MeOH under vacuum. After aqueous work up and extractionwith EtOAc, the organic fractions collected, dried over anhy MgSO₄,filtered and removed the solvent on a rotavapor. The crude mixture wasfinally purified using C18 RediSep column (100 g) using aacetonitrile/water solvent gradient. Three peaks isolated and the lesspolar peak is characterized as the expected N-Boc protected amine(SKC-09-035; 0.040 g) based on ¹H NMR and LCMS. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO) δ10.60-10.35 (m, 1H), 7.47-7.26 (m, 1H), 7.01 (d, J=20.0 Hz, 3H),6.46-6.31 (m, 1H), 3.82-3.58 (m, 2H), 3.24 (dt, J=14.4, 5.6 Hz, 2H),2.25 (s, 5H), 1.72 (d, J=7.5 Hz, 3H), 1.48 (d, J=6.4 Hz, 9H), 1.38 (s,9H), 1.33-1.25 (m, 12H).

(R)—N′-(3,5-dimethylbenzoyl)-N′(2,2-dimethylpentan-3-yl)-1-hydroxy-6-methyl-1,2,3,4-tetrahydrobenzo[f][1,4,5]oxazaborepine-7-carbohydrazide(Cpd. No. 92)

To a solution of SKC-09-071 (0.500 g, 0.89 mmol) in MeOH (20 mL) in ahydrogenation bottle was added a spec of Raney-Ni (after rinsingcommercially available sample of Raney-Ni in water with MeOH few times).The mixture was hydrogenated in a Parr shaker for 24 hrs (H₂, 50 psi).LCMS checked, it showed two major peaks, one with the expected productmass and the second one was the phenol compound as shown in the scheme.The crude mixture (pH 8.0) was filtered through a short pad of celiteand removed the solvent under vacuum. Diluted with water and extractedthe reaction mixture with ethyl acetate. The product went into theaqueous fractions while the side product (phenol derivative) remained inthe organic fraction. The aqueous fraction was acidified to pH ˜3 on anice bath, immediately extracted with ethyl acetate. The product came inthe EtOAc fractions, dried over anhydrous MgSO₄, filtered and removedthe solvent under vacuum. Finally the crude mixture was purified usingreverse phase column by ISCO (C18 column, CH₃CN/water solvent gradient)to give Cpd. No. 92 (0.233 g, 56% yield). LCMS: 466.3 (M+1).

The ¹H NMR spectrum suggested that the compound is a mixture; it couldbe different tautomers and/or the equilibrium with the open and closedform. After adding 2 drops of D₂O to the same sample another ¹H NMR wastaken. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO) δ 10.49-9.90 (m, 1H), 8.35-7.51 (m, 1H),7.37-6.87 (m, 4H), 6.66-5.99 (m, 2H), 4.52-3.83 (m, 4H), 3.29-2.76 (m,2H), 2.26 (dd, J=19.3, 14.3 Hz, 6H), 1.76-1.33 (m, 5H), 1.15-0.90 (m,12H). ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO+2 drops of D₂O) δ 8.37-7.15 (m, 2H),7.15-6.94 (m, 3H), 6.59-6.22 (m, 1H), 4.29 (dd, J=79.9, 10.3 Hz, 1H),4.07 (s, 1H), 3.89 (d, J=4.8 Hz, 1H), 3.19-2.88 (m, 2H), 2.44-2.11 (m,6H), 1.79-1.27 (m, 5H), 1.14-0.72 (m, 12H).

N′-(tert-butyl)-N′-(3,5-dimethylbenzoyl)-1-hydroxy-6-methyl-1,2,3,4-tetrahydrobenzo[f][1,4,5]oxazaborepine-7-carbohydrazide(Cpd. No. 91)

Following the above procedure, the Cpd. No. 91 (0.040 g) was preparedstarting with SKC-09-028 (240 mg), Raney-Ni under hydrogen (50 psi) in aParr shaker. LCMS: 424 (M+1). The ¹H NMR spectrum suggested that thecompound is a mixture; it could be different tautomers and/or theequilibrium with the open and closed form. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO) δ10.54-10.09 (m, 1H), 7.81 (dt, J=26.6, 11.2 Hz, 1H), 7.29-6.94 (m, 4H),6.52-6.03 (m, 1H), 4.11 (s, 2H), 2.95 (d, J=26.1 Hz, 3H), 2.28-2.14 (m,6H), 1.78-1.68 (m, 3H), 1.48 (d, J=4.2 Hz, 9H).

Example 15 Synthesis ofN′-(tert-butyl)-N′-(3,5-dimethylbenzoyl)-2-fluoro-4-(methoxymethyl)-3-(4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-1,3,2-dioxaborolan-2-yl)benzohydrazide(Cpd. No. 94); (3-(2-tert-butyl)-2-(3,5-dimethylbenzoyl)hydrazine-1-carbonyl)-2-fluoro-6-(methoxymethyl)phenyl)boronicacid (Cpd. No. 88);(R)—N′-(3,5-dimethylbenzoyl)-N′-(2,2-dimethylpentan-3-yl)-2-fluoro-4-(methoxymethyl)-3-(4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-1,3,2-dioxaborolan-2-yl)benzohydrazide(Cpd. No. 87) and(R)-(3-(2-(3,5-dimethylbenzoyl)-2-(2,2-dimethylpentan-3-yl)hydrazine-1-carbonyl)-2-fluoro-6-(methoxymethyl)phenyl)boronicacid (Cpd. No. 86)

Methyl2-fluoro-4-(methoxymethyl)-3-(4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-1,3,2-dioxaborolan-2-yl)benzoate

To a stirred solution of SKC-10-014 (2 g, 5.4 mmol) in DCM (40 mL) wasadded 100 mL of a cold solution of NH₃ in MeOH (from Aldrich) at rt.LCMS showed that the reaction is completed in 15 min. Removed thesolvent under vacuum on a rotavapor, diluted with water and EtOAc,cooled the reaction mixture on an ice bath and acidified with 6N HClslowly. Immediately extracted the cold mixture with EtOAc, dried overanhydrous MgSO₄, filtered and removed the solvent. Purified the crudemixture using a RediSep C18 column (acetonitrile/water gradient). The ¹HNMR of the major product isolated confirmed it as the methoxymethylderivative (SKC-10-015-Pk2, 1.34 g, 74% yield) and not the benzyl aminecompound as expected. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 7.89 (t, J=7.8 Hz, 1H),7.11 (d, J=8.0 Hz, 1H), 4.55 (s, 2H), 3.89 (s, 3H), 3.33 (s, 3H), 1.37(s, 12H). ¹³C NMR (101 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 166.34, 164.98, 150.36, 150.27,133.42, 122.36, 122.33, 84.28, 77.36, 77.05, 76.73, 73.51, 58.17, 52.21,24.85.

2-fluoro-4-(methoxymethyl)-3-(4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-1,3,2-dioxaborolan-2-yl)benzoicacid

To a stirred suspension of the above ester SKC-10-015-Pk2 (620 mg, 1.9mmol) in water (2 ml) in an ice bath, was added 10 mL of 7% aqueous KOH.LCMS after 5 min showed that all the starting material reacted and a newpolar peak with the expected product mass observed. 6N HCl was addedslowly to the stirred reaction mixture at 0° C., adjusted the pH ˜2, awhite precipitate formed. Immediately filtered it through a filterfunnel and collected the precipitate, rinsed with water and thenpentane, dried under vacuum to get SKC-10-016 (460 mg, 78% yield) aswhite powder.

The corresponding acid chloride (SKC-10-017) was made by the reaction ofSKC-10-016 (350 mg, 1.1 mmol), oxalyl chloride (0.19 mL, 2.3 mmol) in 2mL of chloroform and 1 drop of DMF at 0° C. The reaction is completed in<30 min. Removed the solvent under vacuum on a rotavapor, dried underhigh vacuum and used as such for the next step. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO) δ13.15 (s, 1H), 7.84 (t, J=7.9 Hz, 1H), 7.20 (d, J=7.9 Hz, 1H), 4.49 (s,2H), 3.26 (s, 3H), 1.31 (s, 12H). ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO+2 drops of D₂O)δ 7.82 (s, 1H), 7.19 (d, J=7.9 Hz, 1H), 4.46 (s, 2H), 3.24 (s, 3H), 1.29(s, 12H).

N′-(tert-butyl)-N′-(3,5-dimethylbenzoyl)-2-fluoro-4-(methoxymethyl)-3-(4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-1,3,2-dioxaborolan-2-yl)benzohydrazide(Cpd. No. 94) and (3-(2-tert-butyl)-2-(3,5-dimethylbenzoyl)hydrazine-1-carbonyl)-2-fluoro-6-(methoxymethyl)phenyl)boronicacid (Cpd. No. 88)

To a stirred solution of N-(tert-butyl)-3,5-dimethylbenzohydrazide(0.300 g, 0.83 mmol) in anhydrous DCM (2 mL) was added TEA (0.17 mL,1.25 mmol) under argon. The reaction mixture is cooled on an ice waterbath. To this the above prepared acid chloride (SKC-10-019) was addedand stirred the mixture for few minutes. LCMS after 5 minutes showed amajor peak at 4.02 min. with the expected product mass of 513 (M+1), aminor peak at 2.98 with a mass corresponds to the corresponding boronicacid mass of 431 (M+1) and all the starting materials consumed. Removedthe solvent under vacuum, adsorbed on silica and purified by columnchromatography (RediSep Column, silica 24 g), the Bpin product Cpd. No.94 eluted first in hexane/EtOAc gradient and later changed the solventto DCM/MeOH containing 2% NH₄OH to isolate the 2^(nd) product (Cpd. No.88). The fractions were collected, removed the solvent under vacuum on arotavapor and finally lyophilized to get Cpd. No. 94 (0.220 g, 52%yield) and Cpd. No. 88 (0.120 g, 34% yield) as a powder. Cpd. No. 94: ¹HNMR (400 MHz, DMSO) δ 10.58 (s, 1H), 7.05 (dd, J=26.3, 13.0 Hz, 4H),6.86 (t, J=7.5 Hz, 1H), 4.41 (s, 2H), 3.21 (s, 3H), 2.24 (s, 6H), 1.47(s, 9H), 1.29 (s, 12H). ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO+2 drops of D₂O) δ 7.03(dd, J=24.9, 10.3 Hz, 4H), 6.84 (t, J=7.5 Hz, 1H), 4.39 (s, 2H), 3.19(s, 3H), 2.22 (s, 6H), 1.46 (s, 9H), 1.27 (s, 12H). Cpd. No. 88: ¹H NMR(400 MHz, DMSO) δ 10.49 (s, 1H), 8.22 (s, 2H), 7.14-6.89 (m, 4H), 6.72(t, J=7.5 Hz, 1H), 4.38 (s, 2H), 3.22 (s, 3H), 2.24 (s, 6H), 1.48 (s,9H).

(R)—N′-(3,5-dimethylbenzoyl)-N′-(2,2-dimethylpentan-3-yl)-2-fluoro-4-(methoxymethyl)-3-(4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-1,3,2-dioxaborolan-2-yl)benzohydrazide(Cpd. No. 87) and(R)-(3-(2-(3,5-dimethylbenzoyl)-2-(2,2-dimethylpentan-3-yl)hydrazine-1-carbonyl)-2-fluoro-6-(methoxymethyl)phenyl)boronic acid(Cpd. No. 86)

Following the above procedure, mixed together(R)—N-(2,2-dimethylpentan-3-yl)-3,5-dimethylbenzohydrazide (0.254 g,0.97 mmol, >96% ee), TEA (0.202 mL, 1.45 mmol) in DCM (2 mL) followed bythe acid chloride, SKC-10-017 (0.350 g, 1.07 mmol) and stirred for 10minutes, finally purified using column chromatography to get Cpd. No. 87(0.070 g) and Cpd. No. 86 (0.100 g) after a 2^(nd) purification onRedeisepC18 column (water/acetonitrile, with 0.1% Formic acid) assolvent mixture. Cpd. No. 87: ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO) δ 10.36 (d, J=60.2Hz, 1H), 7.20-6.92 (m, 4H), 6.64 (t, J=7.4 Hz, 1H), 4.48-4.20 (m, 3H),3.21 (s, 3H), 2.24 (s, 6H), 1.75-1.50 (m, 2H), 1.29 (s, 12H), 1.04-0.84(m, 12H). ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO+D₂O) δ 7.13-6.94 (m, 4H), 6.63 (t, J=7.3Hz, 1H), 4.44-4.00 (m, 3H), 3.18 (s, 3H), 2.22 (s, 6H), 1.68-1.51 (m,2H), 1.28 (d, J=12.5 Hz, 12H), 1.03-0.81 (m, 12H). Cpd. No. 86: ¹H NMR(400 MHz, DMSO) δ 10.29 (d, J=54.2 Hz, 1H), 8.21 (d, J=23.6 Hz, 2H),7.22-6.92 (m, 4H), 6.54 (dd, J=13.1, 5.7 Hz, 1H), 4.43-4.34 (m 3H), 3.22(s, 3H), 2.25 (s, 6H), 1.76-1.38 (m, 2H), 1.09-0.95 (m, 12H). ¹H NMR(400 MHz, DMSO+2 drops of D₂O) δ 7.14-6.86 (m, 4H), 6.55 (t, J=7.5 Hz,1H), 4.44-4.15 (m, 3H), 3.20 (s, 3H), 2.23 (s, 6H), 1.68-1.48 (m, 2H),1.06-0.91 (m, 12H).

Example 16 Synthesis of(R)-(4-(2-(3,5-dimethylbenzoyl)-2-(2,2-dimethylpentan-3-yl)hydrazine-1-carbonyl)-3-fluorophenyl)boronicacid (Cpd. No. 85)

Step 1

In a 25 mL round bottom flask equipped with a magnetic stir bar wereadded (R)—N-(2,2-dimethylpentan-3-yl)-3,5-dimethylbenzohydrazide (1.317g, 5.02 mmol) in 7 mL CH₂Cl₂ and a solution of potassium carbonate(1.388 g, 10.04 mmol) in distilled water (4 mL) were cooled in an icebath at 0-4° C. and stirred for 10 min. The 2-fluoro-4-(4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-1,3,2-dioxaborolan-2-yl)benzoyl chloride (1.714 g, 6.02mmol) was added as a solution in 3.5 mL dichloromethane. The reactionwas stirred at 0-4° C. for 30 min., the ice bath was removed and themixture was stirred for 16 h at room temperature. The reaction wasanalyzed by LCMS and shows the reaction was complete. The organic layerwas separated using a Biotage phase separator column and was transferredto a 40 g Redisep SiO₂ column on the ISCO HPLC system. The compound waseluted with 0-100% EtOAc-hexanes and then with 10% MeOH—CH₂Cl₂. Thedesired fractions were combined and concentrated on a rotary evaporatorto give the desired compound as an off-white foam (1.518 g, 59% yield).MS (ESI) calcd for C₂₉H₄₀BFN₂O₄ ([M+H]⁺) 511, found 511.

Step 2

A solution of((R)—N′-(3,5-dimethylbenzoyl)-N′-(2,2-dimethylpentan-3-yl)-2-fluoro-4-(4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-1,3,2-dioxaborolan-2-yl)benzohydrazide(1.518 g, 2.97 mmol) in THF (24 mL) and water (6 mL) was treated withsodium periodate (2.148 g, 10.04 mmol) and HCl (2.0 M) (3.77 ml, 7.53mmol) and the resulting yellow mixture was stirred at room temperaturefor 16 h. The mixture was filtered and the solids were washed withEtOAc. The filtrate was diluted with 10 ml H₂O and extracted with EtOAc(2×20 mL). The combined organic layers were dried over MgSO₄ filteredand concentrated on a rotary evaporator. The resulting residue waseluted with 0-100% EtOAc-hexanes and then with 10% MeOH—CH₂Cl₂ on anISCO HPLC system. The desired fractions were combined and concentratedunder reduced pressure on a rotary evaporator to afford Cpd. No. 85 as awhite powder (1.25 g, 58% yield). ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO) δ 10.47-10.30(d, 1H), 8.33 (s, 2H), 7.57-7.49 (m, 2H), 7.17-7.00 (m, 3H), 6.63-6.60(t, 1H), 4.44-4.24 (d, 1H), 2.26 (s, 6H), 1.66-1.46 (br m, 2H),1.11-0.96 (m, 12H); MS (ESI) calcd for C₂₃H₃₀BFN₂O₄ ([M+H]⁺) 429, found429.

Example 17 Synthesis ofN′-(2,2-dimethyl-1-phenylpropyl)-N′-(3,5-dimethylbenzoyl)-1-hydroxy-6-methyl-3,4-dihydro-1H-benzo[c][1,5,2]dioxaborepine-7-carbohydrazide(Cpd. No. 83)

4-Bromo-N′-(2,2-dimethyl-1-phenylpropyl)-2-methyl-3-(2-((tetrahydro-2H-pyran-2-yl)oxy)ethoxy)benzohydrazide

EtOAc (6 ml) was added to a stirred solution of 25 wt % aqueous K₂CO₃solution (0.947 g K₂CO₃ in 6 mL water) in a round bottom flask at roomtemperature. To this was added (2,2-dimethyl-1-phenylpropyl)hydrazinehydrochloride (0.736 g, 3.43 mmol), followed by the Pf ester compound(SKC-05-069, 1.20 g, 2.28 mmol) dissolved in EtOAc (6 ml). The reactionmixture was stirred at room temperature overnight. LCMS showed a majorpeak at 4.77 with a mass of 521.14. After aqs work up and extractionwith EtOAc, the organic fractions dried over anhydrous MgSO4, filteredand removed the solvent on a rotavapor under vacuum. Finally purified bycolumn chromatography using RediSep Column (silica 40 g, hexane/EtOAcsolvent gradient) and isolated the expected product in 1.15 g SKC-06-023(1.15 g, 97% yield). ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO) δ 9.43 (d, J=5.8 Hz, 1H),7.54-7.13 (m, 6H), 6.67 (d, J=8.2 Hz, 1H), 5.39 (dd, J=5.5, 4.3 Hz, 1H),4.78-4.46 (m, 1H), 3.97-3.59 (m, 6H), 3.44 (dd, J=10.6, 5.4 Hz, 1H),1.96 (s, 3H), 1.78-1.38 (m, 7H), 1.24 (s, 1H), 0.93 (s, 9H).

4-Bromo-N′-(2,2-dimethyl-1-phenylpropyl)-N′-(3,5-dimethylbenzoyl)-2-methyl-3-(2-((tetrahydro-2H-pyran-2-yl)oxy)ethoxy)benzohydrazide

To a solution of SKC-06-023 (0.600 g, 1.16 mmol) in 3 mL DCM was addedthe acid chloride (0.195 g, 1.16 mmol). The solution became clear. TEA(0.161 mL, 1.16 mmol) was added drop wise, and the reaction mixture wasstirred under argon at room temperature overnight. LCMS showed a peakwith the expected product mass of 651.09 (M+1) and another one with amass of 569.01 The reaction mixture was adsorbed on silica gel andpurified using an ISCO system (RediSep Column, silica 24 g, hexane/EtOAcgradient). The product eluted with ˜30% EtOAc in hexane to give 0.230 g(30% yield) of the expected product SKC-06-025. CompoundSKC-06-025-peak4 eluted with ˜40% EtOAc in hexane and was characterizedas the 2-hydroxyethoxy derivative (0.450 g, 69% yield). The reaction wasrepeated and the purification was done on RediSep Column (Al₂O₃ pH=7, 24g) and isolated the expected product (46% yield). Deprotection of theTHP group is not observed in this case. ¹H NMR of SKC-06-025; (400 MHz,DMSO) δ 10.67 (s, 1H), 7.48 (dd, J=7.4, 3.7 Hz, 3H), 7.36-7.19 (m, 4H),7.14 (s, 2H), 7.01 (s, 1H), 6.66 (dd, J=8.3, 3.9 Hz, 1H), 6.14 (d, J=5.4Hz, 1H), 5.77 (s, 1H), 4.73-4.53 (m, 2H), 3.97-3.59 (m, 6H), 3.52-3.38(m, 2H), 2.24 (s, 6H), 1.78-1.42 (m, 9H), 1.35 (s, 3H), 1.08 (s, 9H). ¹HNMR of SKC-06-025 PK4; (400 MHz, DMSO) δ 10.67 (s, 1H), 7.57-7.43 (m,3H), 7.37-7.25 (m, 3H), 7.15 (s, 2H), 7.04 (s, 1H), 6.64 (d, J=8.3 Hz,1H), 5.77 (br s, 1H), 4.85 (s, 1H), 3.68 (dd, J=24.1, 4.7 Hz, 4H), 2.24(s, 6H), 1.37 (s, 4H), 1.08 (s, 10H).

(4-2-(2,2-dimethyl-1-phenylpropyl)-2-(3,5-dimethylbenzoyl)hydrazine-1-carbonyl-3-methyl-2-(2-((tetrahydro-2H-pyran-2-yl)oxy)ethoxy)phenyl)boronicacid

To a solution of SKC-06-025 (0.410 g, 0.63 mmol) in 1,4-dioxane (2 mL)were added KOAc (0.185 g, 1.88 mmol), Pin₂B₂ (0.240 g, 0.94 mmol). Themixture was evacuated and backfilled with argon, this process repeatedthree times. PdCl₂[dppf].DCM adduct (0.015 g, 0.02 mmol) was added. TheRM was quickly evaluated and backfilled with argon three times total andthe reaction was stirred and set to heat to 80° C. Accidentally, thetemperature became 190° C. and the reaction mixture turned the colorfrom light red to dark brown. The reaction stopped in 10 min. LCMSshowed a major peak at 5.35 with the expected product mass of theBpinlated compound (697.32, M+1) and a minor peak at 4.80 with a mass of571.34 corresponds to the side product without Boron attached. Cooledthe reaction mixture, filtered and removed the solvent under vacuum. Thecrude mixture was adsorbed on neutral alumina and purified using RediSepcolumn (Al₂O₃ pH=7, 24 g). The side product eluted with ˜15% EtOAc inhexane and the major product eluted with 90% EtOAc in hexane andobtained 0.041 g of the title compound SKC-09-029. It seems the Bpin gothydrolyzed to boronic acid (based on LCMS: 615.24 M+1). Run the samecolumn again in MeOH/DCM gradient and isolated another 0.196 g of theboronic acid derivative (SKC-06-029, 0.237 g total, 61% yield). LCMS:615.24 (M+1). Used as such for the next step.

N′-2,2-dimethyl-1-phenylpropyl)-N′-(3,5-dimethylbenzoyl)-1-hydroxy-6-methyl-3,4-dihydro-1H-benzo[c][1,5,2]dioxaborepine-7-carbohydrazide

The above synthesized boronic acid derivative (SKC-06-030, 0.236 g) wasstirred with 10 mL of a mixture of water/acetonitrile containing formicacid (10 mL water: 20 mL acetonitrile and 0.5 mL formic acid) at 40° C.overnight. LCMS showed it as a clean reaction, single peak at 4.22 withthe expected product mass of 515.28 (M+1). The solvent was removed andthe residue was purified using RediSep column (Al₂O₃ pH=7, 24 g,dichloromethane/MeOH solvent gradient). The product eluted with ˜7% MeOHin DCM mixture. After drying the fractions, Cpd. No. 83 (0.140 g, 71%yield) was isolated as a solid. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO) δ 10.63 (s, 1H),8.37 (s, 1H), 7.60 (d, J=7.9 Hz, 1H), 7.55-6.78 (m, 8H), 6.44 (d, J=7.9Hz, 1H), 5.76 (s, 1H), 4.24 (d, J=4.4 Hz, 3H), 4.08 (d, J=4.4 Hz, 2H),2.25 (s, 6H), 1.26 (s, 3H), 1.08 (d, J=12.0 Hz, 9H).

Example 18 In Vitro Activity

Representative Compounds of the Disclosure were tested for biologicalactivity in an in vitro gene switch assay (Tables 1 and 1A). Gene switchassays are disclosed, e.g., in U.S. Pat. Nos. 8,076,517; 7,456,315;7,304,161; and 6,258,603.

Stable Cell-Line Production

CHO-K1 cells were stably transfected with a plasmid (RS-1, FIG. 1)coding for firefly Luciferase (fLUC) under the control of theRheoSwitch® resulting in the stable cell line CHO-K1_RS-1. A master cellbank was created containing approximately 100 vials at 5×10⁶ cells pervial. One vial of CHO-K1_RS-1 was thawed and cultured for two weeksprior to each in vitro potency screening. The nucleic acid sequence ofRS-1 showing the location of the components is presented in FIGS. 2A-2E.

Potency Screen

Twenty-four (24) hours prior to treatment with the control and testcompounds the CHO-K1_RS-1 cells were seeded into white-opaque 384-wellcell culture plates at 3,600 cells per well in 30 μl of culture medium.The cells were incubated in a humidified CO₂ incubator at 37° C. untilcompound treatment.

Compounds were prepared at 25 mM in 100% dry DMSO and stored at roomtemperature in sealed 1 ml tubes prior to subsequent dilution and assay.On the day of cell treatment the tubes containing the control and testcompounds were sorted and the ligands transferred to a 96-wellpolypropylene plate for subsequent dilution. The compounds were dilutedin 100% dry DMSO in an 8-point, 10-fold dilution series ranging from 25mM to 2.5 nM using the Biomek FX automated liquid handler.

The diluted compounds were then transferred to each well of 384-wellpolypropylene plate in quadruplicate resulting in a single 384-wellplate with four replicates of each compound dilution in a differentquadrant of the plate. Each well on the 384-well plate received 20 μl ofdiluted compound. The 384-well plates containing diluted compound andthe plates containing cells in culture were loaded onto the Biomek FXand 30 nl of compound was delivered to each well containing cells usinga 384-pin V&P Scientific Pin Tool. The resulting 1000-fold dilution (30nl to 30 μl) generated a final dosing range of 25 μM to 2.5 pM in 0.1%DMSO. Two replicate plates were produced to supply a dedicated plate forthe Luciferase expression assay and the APH cell viability assay.

The cells were incubated with the compound for 24 hours in a humidifiedCO₂ incubator at 37° C. Following incubation, the cells were assayed forLuciferase expression (fLUC assay) using the Steady Glo assay fromPromega. Cells were equilibrated to room temperature for 15 minutesprior to reagent addition. Thirty micro liters (30 μl) of assay reagentwas added to each well of the 384-well plate using the Biomek FX. Thereagent was incubated with the cells for 10-120 minutes prior to readingon a Molecular Devices Spectramax L luminometer. The assay reagents wereprepared as per the manufacturer's instructions.

Data Analysis

The Luciferase expression data was normalized to the baseline signalfrom cells treated with DMSO alone. The ratio of signal from treatedcells to vehicle-treated cells was plotted and non-linear regress wasperformed using Graph Pad Prism software. EC₅₀, (log)EC₅₀ and Hill slopedata was generated. Reporter gene expression, e.g., luciferaseexpression, serves as a proxy for the expression of a gene of interest.See, e.g., US 2009/0123441 and WO 2011/119773.

TABLE 1 I

fLUC R¹/R²/R³ assay Cpd. No. config. R⁴ R⁵ R¹ R² R³ EC₅₀(μM)  1 achiral2-CH₃, 3-B(OH)₂—Ph 3,5-di-CH₃—Ph Me Me Me 0.872 (2)   2 R 2-CH₃,3-B(OH)₂—Ph 3,5-di-CH₃—Ph nPr H tBu 0.78 (4)  3 achiral 2-Cl,3-B(OH)₂—Ph 3,5-di-CH₃—Ph Me Me Me 0.66 (2)  4 R 2-Cl, 3-B(OH)₂—Ph3,5-di-CH₃—Ph nPr H tBu 0.066 (2)   5 achiral 2-F, 3-B(OH)₂—Ph3,5-di-CH₃—Ph Me Me Me 0.3  6 R 2-F, 3-B(OH)₂—Ph 3,5-di-CH₃—Ph nPr H tBu0.09267  7 achiral 4-B(OH)₂—Ph 3,5-di-CH₃—Ph Me Me Me 1.01 (2)  8 R4-B(OH)₂—Ph 3,5-di-CH₃—Ph nPr H tBu 0.103 (2)   9 achiral 2-CH₃,4-B(OH)₂—Ph 3,5-di-CH₃—Ph Me Me Me 1.421 10 R 2-iPr-4-B(OH)₂—Ph3,5-di-CH₃—Ph nPr H tBu 1.243 11 achiral 2-iPr-4-B(OH)₂—Ph 3,5-di-CH₃—PhMe Me Me 14.1 12 achiral 2-F, 4-B(OH)₂—Ph 3,5-di-CH₃—Ph Me Me Me 0.271413 R 2-F, 4-B(OH)₂—Ph 3,5-di-CH₃—Ph nPr H tBu 0.064 (3)  14 R 2-F,4-B(OH)₂—Ph 3,5-di-CH₃—Ph tBu H CH₂CH₂CH₂F 0.20 15 R 2-F-4-B(OH)₂—Ph3,5-di-CD₃—Ph Et H tBu 0.05227 16 R 2-F-4-B(OH)₂—Ph 4-N-3,5-di-CH3—Ph EtH tBu 7864 17 R 2-F-4-B(OH)₂—Ph 2,6-N-3,5-di-CH3—Ph Et H tBu 9.302 18racemic 2-F-4-B(OH)₂—Ph 3,5-di-CH₃—Ph Et H Ph 0.2033 19 racemic2-F-4-B(OH)₂—Ph 3,5-di-CD₃—Ph Et H Ph 0.2581 20 R 2-Cl-4-B(OH)₂—Ph3,5-di-CH₃—Ph Et H tBu 0.1832 21 achiral 2-Cl-4-B(OH)₂—Ph 3,5-di-CH₃—PhMe Me Me 1.627 22 R 3-F-4-B(OH)₂—Ph 3,5-di-CH₃—Ph nPr H tBu 0.1051 23achiral 3-F-4-B(OH)₂—Ph 3,5-di-CH₃—Ph Me Me Me 1.797 24 R2,6,-di-F-4-B(OH)₂—Ph 3,5-di-CH₃—Ph nPr H tBu 0.08573 25 achiral2,6,-di-F-4-B(OH)₂—Ph 3,5-di-CH₃—Ph Me Me Me 0.7956 26 R 2-CH₃,3-OCH₂CH₂OCH₃, 3,5-di-CH₃—Ph Et H tBu 1.67 (3) 4-B(OH)₂—Ph 27 R 2-CH₃,3-OCH₃, 3,5-di-CH₃—Ph nPr H tBu 0.27 (5) 4-CH₂CH₂CH₂B(OH)₂—Ph 28 R2-CH₃, 3-OCHF₂, 3,5-di-CH₃—Ph nPr H tBu 0.0577 (7)  4-CH₂CH₂CH₂B(OH)₂—Ph29 R 2-CH₃-3-OCH₃-4- 3,5-di-CH₃—Ph nPr H tBu 0.24/13 CH₂CH₂CH₂Bpin-Ph 30R 2-CH₃-3-OCHF₂-4- 3,5-di-CH₃—Ph nPr H tBu 0.0508 (3)  CH₂CH₂CH₂Bpin-Ph31 racemic 2-CH₃, 3-OCH₃—Ph 2-B(OH)₂—Ph Et H tBu 25 32 racemic 2-CH₃,3-OCH₃—Ph 3-B(OH)₂—Ph Et H tBu 2.884 33 R 2-CH₃, 3-OCH₃—Ph 3-CH₃,5-B(OH)₂—Ph Et H tBu 0.191 (3)  34 racemic 2-CH₃, 3-OCH₃—Ph 2-F,5-B(OH)₂—Ph Et H tBu 25 35 racemic 2-CH₃, 3-OCH₃—Ph 3-F, 5-B(OH)₂—Ph EtH tBu 2.595 36 racemic 2-CH₃, 3-OCH₃—Ph 3-NO₂, 5-B(OH)₂—Ph Et H tBu >2537 racemic 2-CH₃, 3-OCH₃—Ph 3-OCH₃, 5-B(OH)₂—Ph Et H tBu 2.112 39 R2-CH₃, 3-OCH₃—Ph 3-CH₃-5-Bpin-Ph Et H tBu 0.1684 40 achiral 2-Et,3-OCH₃—Ph 4-B(OH)₂—Ph Me Me Me 5.245 41 racemic 2-CH₃-3-Bpin-Ph2-CH₃-3-Bpin-Ph nPr H tBu  ~14 (2) 42 R 3-CH₃, 5-B(OH)₂—Ph 3-CH₃,5-B(OH)₂—Ph Et H tBu 25 43 achiral 2-CH₃-3-Bpin-Ph 3,5-di-CH₃—Ph Me MeMe 1.42 (2) 44 racemic 2-CH₃-3-Bpin-Ph 3,5-di-CH₃—Ph nPr H tBu 0.25 (2)45 R 2-CH₃-3-Bpin-Ph 3,5-di-CH₃—Ph nPr H tBu 0.122 (2)  46 racemic2-CH₃-3-Bpin-Ph 3-CH₃-5-Cl—Ph nPr H tBu 0.24/25 47 racemic2-CH₃-3-Bpin-Ph 3,5-di-OCH₃-4-CH₃—Ph Et H tBu 1.64 (2) 48 racemic2-CH₃-3-Bpin-Ph 2,5-di-OCH₃—Ph nPr H tBu 22.2 (2) 49 racemic2-CH₃-3-Bpin-Ph 2-OH-3-N nPr H tBu  >25 (2) 50 achiral 3-B(OH)—OCH₂-4-Ph3,5-di-CH₃—Ph Me Me Me 1.2 (2), 7.5, 25 51 racemic 3-B(OH)—OCH₂-4-Ph3,5-di-CH₃—Ph Et H tBu 0.432 (2)  52 R 3-B(OH)—OCH₂-4-Ph 3,5-di-CH₃—PhEt H tBu 0.287 (2)  53 S 3-B(OH)—OCH₂-4-Ph 3,5-di-CH₃—Ph Et H tBu  1.0(2) 54 S 3-B(OH)—OCH₂-4-Ph 3,5-di-CD₃—Ph Et H tBu  9.1 (2) 55 achiral3-B(OH)—OCH₂-4-Ph 2,6-N-3,5-di-CH3 Me Me Me >25 56 R 3-B(OH)—OCH₂-4-Ph2,6-N-3,5-di-CH3 Et H tBu >25 57 achiral 3-B(OH)—OCH₂-4-Ph4-N-3,5-di-CH3 Me Me Me >25 58 achiral 2-F, 3-B(OH)—OCH₂-4-Ph3,5-di-CH₃—Ph Me Me Me 0.64 (4) 59 R 2-F, 3-B(OH)—OCH₂-4-Ph3,5-di-CH₃—Ph Et H tBu 0.108 (3)  60 R 2-F, 3-B(OH)—OCH₂-4-Ph3,5-di-CD₃—Ph Et H tBu 0.1227 61 S 2-F, 3-B(OH)—OCH₂-4-Ph 3,5-di-CH₃—PhEt H tBu  5.8 (2) 62 S 2-F, 3-B(OH)—OCH₂-4-Ph 3,5-di-CD₃—Ph Et H tBu0.803 (2)  64 achiral 2-F, 3-B(Bu)OCH₂-4-Ph Ph Me Me Me 25/>25 65achiral 2-F, 3-CH₂OB(OH)-4-Ph 3,5-di-CH₃—Ph Me Me Me 3.184 66 achiral2-F, 3-CH₂OB(OH)-4-Ph 3,5-di-CD₃—Ph Me Me Me 3.268 67 R 2-F,3-CH₂OB(OH)-4-Ph 3,5-di-CH₃—Ph Et H tBu 0.309 69 achiral 2-CH₃,3,5-di-CH₃—Ph Me Me Me 0.203 (2)  3-OB(OH)CH₂CH₂CH₂-4-Ph 70 R 2-CH₃,3,5-di-CH₃—Ph nPr H tBu 0.0406 (4)  3-OB(OH)CH₂CH₂CH₂-4-Ph 71 achiral2-CH₃, 3,5-di-CH₃—Ph H H tBu 0.430 (2)  -3-OCH₂CH₂OB(OH)-4-Ph 72 achiral2-CH3, 3-CH₃-5-Cl—Ph H H tBu 0.443 (3)  -3-OCH₂CH₂OB(OH)-4-Ph 73 achiral2-CH₃, 3,5-di-CH₃—Ph Me H Me 7.4, >25 -3-OCH₂CH₂OB(OH)-4-Ph 74 achiral2-CH₃, 3,5-di-CH₃—Ph —CH₂CH₂CH₂CH₂— H -3-OCH₂CH₂OB(OH)-4-Ph 75 achiral2-CH₃, 3,5-di-CH₃—Ph Me Me Me 0.259 (7)  -3-OCH₂CH₂OB(OH)-4-Ph 76achiral 2-CH₃, 3,5-di-CH₃—Ph CH₃ CH₃ Et 0.358 (2)  -3-OCH₂CH₂OB(OH)-4-Ph77 achiral 2-CH₃, 3,5-di-CD₃—Ph CH₃ CH₃ Et 0.181 -3-OCH₂CH₂OB(OH)-4-Ph78 achiral 2-CH₃, 3,5-di-CH₃—Ph CH₃ CH₃ iPr 0.222 (2) -3-OCH₂CH₂OB(OH)-4-Ph 79 R 2-CH₃, 3,5-di-CH₃—Ph Et H tBu 0.407 (7) -3-OCH₂CH₂OB(OH)-4-Ph 80 S 2-CH₃, 3,5-di-CH₃—Ph Et H tBu 0.867 (2) -3-OCH₂CH₂OB(OH)-4-Ph 81 S 2-CH₃, 3,5-di-CD₃—Ph Et H tBu 0.564 (2) -3-OCH₂CH₂OB(OH)-4-Ph 82 racemic 2-CH3, 3,5-di-CH₃—Ph Et H CH₂F 2.61 (2)-3-OCH₂CH₂OB(OH)-4-Ph 83 racemic 2-CH₃, 3,5-di-CH₃—Ph tBu H Ph 0.0659(2)  -3-OCH₂CH₂OB(OH)-4-Ph 84 tbd 2-CH₃, 3,5-di-CH₃—Ph tBu H Ph 0.2192-3-OCH₂CH₂OB(OH)-4-Ph

The abbreviations used in Table 1 are provided in Table 2.

TABLE 2 Me methyl Et ethyl nPr n-propyl tBu tert-butyl Ph phenyl Bpin

4-N-3,5-di-CH3—Ph

2,6-N-3,5-di-CH3—Ph

2-OH-3-N

tbd compound is a single enantiomer but the configuration has not beendetermined

TABLE 1A fLUC assay Cpd. EC₅₀ (nM) No. Name Run 1 Run 2 85(R)-(4-(2-(3,5-dimethylbenzoyl)-2-(2,2- 69.35 66.56dimethylpentan-3-yl)hydrazine-1- carbonyl)-3-fluorophenyl)boronic acid86 (R)-(3-(2-(3,5-dimethylbenzoyl)-2-(2,2- 48.85 74.48dimethylpentan-3-yl)hydrazine-1- carbonyl)-2-fluoro-6-(methoxymethyl)phenyl)boronic acid 87(R)-N′-(3,5-dimethylbenzoyl)-N′-(2,2- 47.60 96.41dimethylpentan-3-yl)-2-fluoro-4- (methoxymethyl)-3-(4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-1,3,2-dioxaborolan-2- yl)benzohydrazide 88(3-(2-(tert-butyl)-2-(3,5- 667.00 839.8dimethylbenzoyl)hydrazine-1-carbonyl)- 2-fluoro-6-(methoxymethyl)phenyl)boronic acid 89N′-(2,2-dimethyl-1-phenylpropyl)-N′- ~362.4 ~302.5(3,5-dimethylbenzoyl)-4-fluoro-1- hydroxy-1,3-dihydrobenzo[c][1,2]oxaborole-5- carbohydrazide 90(R)-(3-(2-(3,5-dimethylbenzoyl)-2-(2,2- 388.70 ~266.3dimethylpentan-3-yl)hydrazine-1- carbonyl)-6-(ethoxymethyl)-2-fluorophenyl)boronic acid 91 N′-(tert-butyl)-N′-(3,5- 132.40 86.92dimethylbenzoyl)-1-hydroxy-6-methyl- 1,2,3,4-tetrahydrobenzo[f][1,4,5]oxazaborepine- 7-carbohydrazide 92(R)-N′-(3,5-dimethylbenzoyl)-N′-(2,2- 186.90 116.5dimethylpentan-3-yl)-1-hydroxy-6- methyl-1,2,3,4-tetrahydrobenzo[f][1,4,5]oxazaborepine- 7-carbohydrazide 93 potassium(R)-(4-(2-(3,5- 66.75 122.1 dimethylbenzoyl)-2-(2,2-dimethylhexan-3-yl)hydrazine-1- carbonyl)-3-fluorophenyl)trifluoroborate94 N′-(tert-butyl)-N′-(3,5- 778.20 1651 dimethylbenzoyl)-2-fluoro-4-(methoxymethyl)-3-(4,4,5,5- tetramethyl-1,3,2-dioxaborolan-2-yl)benzohydrazide

Example 19 Pharmacokinetic (PK) Study

The pharmacokinetics of representative Compounds of the Disclosure(Chart 1) and representative DAHs that do not contain a boron atom(Chart 2) were determined according to the following protocol:

Animal Dosing

Female Sprague Dawley rats were fasted for at least 8 hours (overnight)prior to oral dosing of the compound via gavage (10 mg/kg; vehicle=2mg/mL of Capryol 90/Triacetin (1:1, v/v); 3 animals/compound) andweighed prior to dosing. The correct volume of the appropriateformulation was administered based on that day's (animal) body weight.Body weight, dose volume, and dosing time was recorded for each animal.Animals were not fed for at least 4 hours following activator ligandadministration.

Plasma Collection

Approximately 200 μL/blood sample was collected from the catheter samplepoints in EDTA tubes at each time point from each animal. The exact timeof blood collection was recorded for each animal. Blood samples wereheld at 4° C. (wet ice) starting immediately after collection and werecentrifuged within 15 minutes from the collection for 12 minutes at 2500rpm. After centrifugation, plasma samples were stored at ⁻80° C. untilassay. Sample times were as follows: Day 0: 0, 0.5, 1, 2, 3, 4, 6 and 8hours; Day 1: 24 hours.

Determination of the Compound in the Plasma

LC-MS/MS Method: Liquid chromatography tandem mass spectrometry withprotein precipitation method was used to quantify the compound in ratplasma samples collected from all animals dosed with the ligand.Linearity range was from 1 ng/mL to 1000 ng/mL, with correlationcoefficient for calibration curves above 0.99 and analyte quantifiedwithin ±15% of target at all calibrator concentrations.

Pharmacokinetic (PK) Parameters Determination

The following PK parameters of the compound in plasma were calculatedusing non-compartmental method of WinNonlin software, Version 5.3 orhigher: maximum concentration (C_(max)), time of maximum concentration(T_(max)), half-life (t_(1/2)), area under the curve from time zero tothe last sample (AUC_(0-t)), and oral clearance.

Statistical Analyses

Descriptive statistics (mean, standard deviation [SD], coefficient ofvariation [CV %], median, minimum, and maximum) were used to summarizethe PK parameters for the compound in all groups (data not shown).

Results and Discussion

The plasma ligand concentration was calculated by extrapolating the areaunder the curve values for the samples from the standard curve generatedby the Analyst® software program. The ng/mL values for the plasmasamples representing all the animals were used to generate thepharmacokinetic (PK) parameters. As shown in Table 3, Compounds of theDisclosure have unexpectedly higher C_(max) and T_(max) values, andunexpectedly lower clearance values than the DAHs that do not contain aboron atom.

TABLE 3 C_(max) T_(max) AUC_(0-t) half-life Clearance Compound (ng/mL)(hr) (ng · hr/mL) (hr) (mL/hr/kg) Cpd. A 255 4 773 2.1 12786 Cpd. B 1163.7 888 5.4 11030 Cpd. C 112 2.5 510 Not Not Available Available Cpd.No. 5 1893 4 18782 4 533 Cpd. No. 13 1415 2.7 10579 3.2 938 (Lot # 1)Cpd. No. 13 7060 3.3 60407 4.3 169 (Lot # 2) Cpd. No. 22 2733 3.0 250015.6 407 Cpd. No. 58 2650 3.0 30837 15.4 214 Cpd. No. 59 11158 5 1277005.2 84 (Lot # 1) Cpd. No. 59 18833 1.8 300721 10.0 32.3 (Lot # 2) Cpd.No. 67 3320 3.0 24546 5.5 398 Cpd. No. 75 1280 2.3 13241 11 611

Example 20 In Vivo Ad-RTS-fLUC Expression in Mice

The fLUC expression following intramuscular (IM) injection ofAd-RTS-fLUC and representative Compounds of the Disclosure by oralgavage in female CD1 mice was determined according to the followingprotocol:

Compound Formulation

Compounds were formulated at a concentration of 20 mg/mL inCapryol90/Triacetin (1:1, v/v) and orally administered by oral gavage at100 mg/kg dose.

DNA

Ad-RTS-fLUC (starting concentration of 1.1×10¹² vp/mL) was stored inA195 storage buffer (10 mM Tris, pH 7.4, 0.1 mM EDTA, 1 mM MgCl₂, 10 mMHistidine, 75 mM NaCl, 5% sucrose, 0.02% Ps-80, and 0.5% EtOH) (Evans etal., 1997). The routes of administration for Ad-RTS-fLUC in this studywere via IM on the right and left gastroc (gastrocnemius) muscle.

Dose Administration

Female CD1 mice were dosed according to the Tables below.

GOI Construct

Viral Vector Dose & Dosing DNA Volume Route of Day of Group Animals NConstruct (uL) delivery Dosing 1 Mice/ 5 Ad-RTS-fLUC 1e10vp IM D-1 CD1(Bilateral injection of 50 ul each) 2 Mice/ 5 Ad-RTS-fLUC 1e10vp IM D-1CD1 (Bilateral injection of 50 ul each) 3 Mice/ 5 Ad-RTS-fLUC 1e10vp IMD-1 CD1 (Bilateral injection of 50 ul each) 4 Mice/ 5 Ad-RTS-fLUC 1e10vpIM D-1 CD1 (Bilateral injection of 50 ul each) 5 Mice/ 5 Ad-RTS-fLUC1e10vp IM D-1 CD1 (Bilateral injection of 50 ul each)

Compounds of the Disclosure (Oral Gavage)

Dose Ligand Ligand Volume Dose Concentration Dosing IVIS Imaging GroupCompound (mL/kg) (mg/kg) (mg/mL) Day Day 1 Cpd. No. 13 5 100 20 Day 0Day 0 (6 hrs) Day 1 (24 hrs) Day 2 (48 hrs) 2 Cpd. No. 67 5 100 20 Day 0Day 0 (6 hrs) Day 1 (24 hrs) Day 2 (48 hrs) 3 Cpd. No. 85 5 100 20 Day 0Day 0 (6 hrs) Day 1 (24 hrs) Day 2 (48 hrs) 4 Cpd. No. 59 5 100 20 Day 0Day 0 (6 hrs) Day 1 (24 hrs) Day 2 (48 hrs) 5 Cpd. No. 86 5 100 20 Day 0Day 0 (6 hrs) Day 1 (24 hrs) Day 2 (48 hrs)

In Vivo Study Overview

On Study Day −1, mice received a dose of 1×10¹⁰ vp (100 μl total) ofAd-RTS-fLUC IM on the right and left gastroc muscles with 50 μl each.

A single administration of the test compound was administered by oralgavage based upon body weight to the designated groups starting 24 hrsafter the last set of Ad-RTS-fLUC injection on Day 0.

IVIS

IVIS was performed 6, 24, and 48 hours after the last gavage/dosing onDay 0. Once the animal was properly anesthetized, 150 mg/kg of luciferin(diluted in PBS) was administered by IP route. The animals were placedin a nosecone on the IVIS surface. The imaging parameters andcalibration curve were determined empirically (Caliper Life SciencesLiving Image Software). Images were acquired within approximately 15minutes post-injection. After imaging, animals were returned to theircage and monitored until completely recovered from anesthesia.

Data analysis and image reconstruction were performed using the LivingImage Software Version 4.0. Luminescent levels were quantified bymeasuring individual region of interest (ROI) markers manually drawnaround the area of interest. These markers isolate the ROI, filteringout any unwanted level of expression. Using the software correctiontools, background noise and pixilated bleed over was removed to reducevariability. Surface radiance levels (light intensity emitted from thetissue surface) were measured by the amount of photon particles persecond (p/sec) emitted by the ROI. These values are expressed as MaxRadiance or Total Flux.

Statistical Analyses

The IVIS data was summarized and compared among the treatment groups toevaluate fLUC inducibility. The results are presented in FIG. 3. Thedata show that representative Compounds of the Disclosure activate theRheoswitch in vivo. The placebo data depicted in FIG. 3 were taken froma similar study.

It is to be understood that the foregoing described embodiments andexemplifications are not intended to be limiting in any respect to thescope of the disclosure, and that the claims presented herein areintended to encompass all embodiments and exemplifications whether ornot explicitly presented herein

All patents and publications cited herein are fully incorporated byreference in their entirety.

1-58. (canceled)
 59. A method of treating a metabolic-related disorder,kidney disease, anemia, autoimmune disorder, ocular disorder, blooddisorder, neurological disorder, lung disorder, rheumatologic disorder,or infectious disease in a subject, the method comprising administeringto said subject a compound having Formula I-A:

wherein: R¹ and R² are each independently selected from the groupconsisting of hydrogen, optionally substituted alkyl, and haloalkyl; orR¹ and R² taken together with the carbon atom to which they are attachedform a 4- to 8-membered cycloalkyl; R³ is selected from the groupconsisting of hydrogen, optionally substituted alkyl, haloalkyl,optionally substituted cycloalkyl, optionally substituted alkenyl,optionally substituted aryl, and optionally substituted heteroaryl;R^(4a) is selected from the group consisting of:

X¹ is selected from the group consisting of —O— and —N(R^(8a))—; Y¹ is—(CR^(9a)R^(9b))_(m)—; Z¹ is selected from the group consisting of —O—and —N(R^(8b))—, or Z¹ is absent; R^(6a) is selected from the groupconsisting of hydroxy, alkyl, and alkoxy; or R^(6a) forms a hydroxy acidadduct or an amino acid adduct; R^(7a) and R^(7b) are each independentlyselected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halo, nitro, cyano,hydroxy, amino, optionally substituted alkyl, haloalkyl, hydroxyalkyl,alkoxy, and alkylthio; R^(7a′) and R^(7b′) are each independentlyselected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halo, nitro, cyano,hydroxy, amino, optionally substituted alkyl, haloalkyl, hydroxyalkl,alkoxy, and alkylthio; R^(8a) and R^(8b) are each independently selectedfrom the group consisting of hydrogen and alkyl; R^(9a) and R^(9b) areeach independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen andalkyl; m is 1, 2, 3, or 4; X² is selected from the group consisting of—O— and —N(R^(8c))—; Y² is —(CR^(9c)R^(9d))_(n)—; Z² is selected fromthe group consisting of —O— and —N(R^(8d))—, or Z² is absent; R^(6b) isselected from the group consisting of hydroxy, alkyl, and alkoxy; orR^(6b) forms a hydroxy acid adduct or an amino acid adduct; R^(7c) andR^(7d) are each independently selected from the group consisting ofhydrogen, halo, nitro, cyano, hydroxy, amino, optionally substitutedalkyl, haloalkyl, hydroxyalkyl, alkoxy, and alkylthio; R^(8c) and R^(8d)are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogenand alkyl; R^(9c) and R^(9d) are each independently selected from thegroup consisting of hydrogen and alkyl; n is 1, 2, 3, or 4; X isselected from the group consisting of —O— and —N(R^(8e))—; R^(6c) isselected from the group consisting of hydroxy, alkyl, and alkoxy; orR^(6c) forms a hydroxy acid adduct or an amino acid adduct; R^(7e) andR^(7f) are each independently selected from the group consisting ofhydrogen, halo, nitro, cyano, hydroxy, amino, optionally substitutedalkyl, haloalkyl, hydroxyalkyl, alkoxy, and alkylthio; R^(8e) isselected from the group consisting of hydrogen and alkyl; R^(6d) isselected from the group consisting of hydroxy, alkyl, and alkoxy; orR^(6d) forms a hydroxy acid adduct or an amino acid adduct; R^(6f) isselected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, amino, andhydroxy; X⁵ is selected from the group consisting of —O— and—N(R^(8k))—; R^(7g) and R^(7h) are each independently selected from thegroup consisting of hydrogen, halo, nitro, cyano, hydroxy, amino,optionally substituted alkyl, haloalkyl, hydroxyalkyl, alkoxy, andalkylthio; R^(8k) is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen andalkyl; X⁶ is selected from the group consisting of —O— and —N(R^(8l))—;X⁷ is selected from the group consisting of —O— and —N(R^(8n))—; R^(8l)is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and alkyl; R^(8m) isselected from the group consisting of hydrogen and alkyl; R^(8n) isselected from the group consisting of hydrogen and alkyl; R^(10i),R^(10j), and R^(10k) are each independently selected from the groupconsisting of hydrogen, halo, nitro, cyano, hydroxy, amino, —N(H)CHO,—N(H)CN, optionally substituted alkyl, haloalkyl, alkoxyalkyl,hydroxyalkyl, arylalkyl, optionally substituted cycloalkyl, optionallysubstituted alkenyl, optionally substituted alkynyl, optionallysubstituted aryl, optionally substituted heteroaryl, optionallysubstituted heterocycle, alkoxy, aryloxy, arylalkyloxy, alkylthio,heteroalkyl, carboxamido, sulfonamido, —COR¹⁶, —SO₂R¹⁷, —N(R¹⁸)COR¹⁹,—N(R¹⁸)SO₂R²⁰ or N(R¹⁸)C═N(R²¹)-amino; or R^(10i) is selected from thegroup consisting of hydrogen, halo, nitro, cyano, hydroxy, —N(H)CHO,—N(H)CN, amino, optionally substituted alkyl, haloalkyl, hydroxyalkyl,arylalkyl, optionally substituted cycloalkyl, optionally substitutedalkenyl, optionally substituted alkynyl, optionally substituted aryl,optionally substituted heteroaryl, optionally substituted heterocycle,alkoxy, aryloxy, arylalkyloxy, alkylthio, heteroalkyl, carboxamido,sulfonamido, —COR¹⁶, —SO₂R¹⁷, —N(R¹⁸)COR¹⁹, —N(R¹⁸)SO₂R²⁰ orN(R¹⁸)C═N(R²¹)-amino; and/or R^(10j) and R^(10k) taken together with twoadjacent carbon atoms form a fused optionally substituted cycloalkyl,optionally substituted heterocyclo, or optionally substituted heteroarylgroup; R^(11a) and R^(11b) are each independently selected from thegroup consisting of hydrogen and alkyl; R^(12a) and R^(12b) are selectedfrom the group consisting of hydroxy and alkoxy; or R^(12a) and R^(12b)taken together form a linkage —O(CR^(13a)R^(13b))_(p)O—; or—B(R^(12a))(R^(12b)) forms a fluoride adduct; R^(13a) and R^(13b) areeach independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen andC₁₋₄ alkyl; o is 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5; p is 2, 3, or 4; R⁵ is R⁴-3, R⁴-4,R⁴-8, R⁴-9, or R⁴-10; or R⁵ is selected from the group consisting of:

X³ is selected from the group consisting of —O— and —N(R^(8f))—; Y³ is—(CR^(9e)R^(9f))_(q)—; Z³ is selected from the group consisting of —O—and —N(R^(8g))—, or Z³ is absent; R^(6e) is selected from the groupconsisting of hydroxy and alkyl; or R^(6e) forms a hydroxy acid adductor an amino acid adduct; R^(7i) and R^(7j) are each independentlyselected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halo, nitro, cyano,hydroxy, amino, optionally substituted alkyl, haloalkyl, hydroxyalkyl,alkoxy, and alkylthio; R^(8f) and R^(8g) are each independently selectedfrom the group consisting of hydrogen and alkyl; R^(9e) and R^(9f) areeach independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen andalkyl; q is 1, 2, 3, or 4; X⁴ is selected from the group consisting of—O— and —N(R^(8h))—; Y⁴ is —(CR^(9g)R^(9h))_(r)—; Z⁴ is selected fromthe group consisting of —O— and —N(R^(8i))—, or Z⁴ is absent; R^(6g) isselected from the group consisting of hydroxy and alkyl; or R^(6g) formsa hydroxy acid adduct or an amino acid adduct; R^(7k) and R^(7l) areeach independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halo,nitro, cyano, hydroxy, amino, optionally substituted alkyl, haloalkyl,hydroxyalkyl, alkoxy, and alkylthio; R^(8h) and R^(8i) are eachindependently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and alkyl;R^(9g) and R^(9h) are each independently selected from the groupconsisting of hydrogen and alkyl; r is 1, 2, 3, or 4; R^(10e) isselected from the group consisting of hydrogen and—(CR^(11c)R^(11d))_(s)—B(R^(12c))(R^(12d)); and R^(10f), R^(10g), andR^(10h) are independently selected from the group consisting ofhydrogen, halo, nitro, cyano, hydroxy, amino, —N(H)CHO, —N(H)CN,optionally substituted alkyl, haloalkyl, hydroxyalkyl, arylalkyl,optionally substituted cycloalkyl, optionally substituted alkenyl,optionally substituted alkynyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionallysubstituted heteroaryl, optionally substituted heterocycle, alkoxy,aryloxy, arylalkyloxy, alkylthio, carboxamido, sulfonamido, —COR¹⁶,—SO₂R¹⁷, —N(R¹⁸)COR¹⁹, —N(R¹⁸)SO₂R²⁰ or N(R¹⁸)C═N(R²¹)-amino; or R^(10f)is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halo, nitro, cyano,hydroxy, amino, —N(H)CHO, —N(H)CN, optionally substituted alkyl,haloalkyl, hydroxyalkyl, arylalkyl, optionally substituted cycloalkyl,optionally substituted alkenyl, optionally substituted alkynyl,optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted heteroaryl,optionally substituted heterocycle, alkoxy, aryloxy, arylalkyloxy,alkylthio, carboxamido, sulfonamido, —COR¹⁶, —SO₂R¹⁷, —N(R¹⁸)COR¹⁹,—N(R¹⁸)SO₂R²⁰ or N(R¹⁸)C═N(R²¹)-amino; and R^(10g) and R^(10h) takentogether with two adjacent carbon atoms form a fused optionallysubstituted cycloalkyl, optionally substituted heterocyclo, oroptionally substituted heteroaryl group; or R^(11c) and R^(11d) are eachindependently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and alkyl;R^(12c) and R^(12d) are selected from the group consisting of hydroxyand alkoxy; or R^(12c) and R^(12d) taken together form a linkage—O(CR^(13c)R^(13d))_(t)O—; or —B(R^(12c))(R^(12d)) forms a fluorideadduct; R^(13c) and R^(13d) are each independently selected from thegroup consisting of hydrogen and C₁₋₄ alkyl; s is 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5; tis 2, 3, or 4; R^(14a) and R^(14b) are each independently selected fromthe group consisting of hydrogen, halo, nitro, cyano, hydroxy, amino,—N(H)CHO, —N(H)CN, optionally substituted alkyl, haloalkyl,hydroxyalkyl, arylalkyl, optionally substituted cycloalkyl, optionallysubstituted alkenyl, optionally substituted alkynyl, optionallysubstituted aryl, optionally substituted heteroaryl, optionallysubstituted heterocycle, alkoxy, aryloxy, arylalkyloxy, alkylthio,carboxamido, sulfonamido, —COR¹⁶, —SO₂R¹⁷, —N(R¹⁸)COR¹⁹, —N(R¹⁸)SO₂R²⁰or N(R¹⁸)C═N(R²¹)-amino; R^(15a) and R^(15b) are each independentlyselected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halo, nitro, cyano,hydroxy, amino, —N(H)CHO, —N(H)CN, optionally substituted alkyl,haloalkyl, hydroxyalkyl, arylalkyl, optionally substituted cycloalkyl,optionally substituted alkenyl, optionally substituted alkynyl,optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted heteroaryl,optionally substituted heterocycle, alkoxy, aryloxy, arylalkyloxy,alkylthio, carboxamido, sulfonamido, —COR¹⁶, —SO₂R¹⁷, —N(R¹⁸)COR¹⁹,—N(R¹⁸)SO₂R²⁰ or N(R¹⁸)C═N(R²¹)-amino; R¹⁶ is selected from the groupconsisting of hydrogen, hydroxy, haloalkyl, hydroxyalkyl, arylalkyl,optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted cycloalkyl,optionally substituted alkenyl, optionally substituted alkynyl,optionally substituted heterocycle, optionally substituted aryl,optionally substituted heteroaryl, alkoxy, aryloxy, and arylalkyloxy;R¹⁷ is selected from the group consisting of haloalkyl, hydroxyalkyl,arylalkyl, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substitutedcycloalkyl, optionally substituted alkenyl, optionally substitutedalkynyl, optionally substituted heterocycle, optionally substitutedaryl, and optionally substituted heteroaryl; R¹⁸ is selected from thegroup consisting of hydrogen, haloalkyl, hydroxyalkyl, arylalkyl,optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted cycloalkyl,optionally substituted alkenyl, optionally substituted alkynyl,optionally substituted heterocycle, optionally substituted aryl, andoptionally substituted heteroaryl; R¹⁹ is selected from the groupconsisting of hydrogen, haloalkyl, hydroxyalkyl, arylalkyl, optionallysubstituted alkyl, optionally substituted cycloalkyl, optionallysubstituted alkenyl, optionally substituted alkynyl, optionallysubstituted heterocycle, optionally substituted aryl, optionallysubstituted heteroaryl, alkoxy, aryloxy, arylalkyloxy, and amino; R²⁰ isselected from the group consisting of haloalkyl, hydroxyalkyl,arylalkyl, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substitutedcycloalkyl, optionally substituted alkenyl, optionally substitutedalkynyl, optionally substituted heterocycle, optionally substitutedaryl, optionally substituted heteroaryl, and amino; R²¹ is selected fromthe group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, aryl, cyano, and nitro; withthe provisos: a) when R⁴ is R⁴-5, R⁴-6, or R⁴-7 and R⁵ is R⁵-3, then oneof R^(10a) or R^(10e) is not hydrogen; and b) when R⁴ is R⁴-5, R⁴-6, orR⁴-7 and R⁵ is R⁵-4 or R⁵-5, then R^(10a) is not hydrogen, or apharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof, wherein: a hostcell within said subject comprises a polynucleotide encoding a geneswitch that comprises an ecdysone receptor ligand binding domain. 60.(canceled)
 61. The method of claim 59, wherein said subject is human.62-63. (canceled)
 64. The method of claim 59, wherein said host cellfurther comprises a polynucleotide encoding a peptide, protein, orpolypeptide whose expression is regulated by said gene switch. 65-70.(canceled)
 71. The method of claim 59 for treating an ocular disorder.72. The method of claim 64, wherein said polynucleotide encodes vascularendothelial growth factor decoy, IFN-alpha, or erythropoietin.
 73. Themethod of claim 59, comprising administering to said subject a compoundhaving Formula II-A:

wherein R⁵ is selected from the group consisting of R⁵-3, R⁵-4 and R⁵-5,or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof.
 74. The methodof claim 59, comprising administering to said subject a compound havingFormula V:

or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof.
 75. The methodof claim 74, wherein R^(7a) is selected from the group consisting ofhydrogen, halogen, and alkyl, Z¹ is absent; X¹ is —O—; R^(9a) and R^(9b)are selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and methyl, and m is1, 2, or 3, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof.76. The method of claim 59, comprising administering to said subject acompound having Formula VI:

or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof.
 77. The methodof claim 76, wherein R^(7a) is selected from the group consisting ofhydrogen, halogen, and alkyl, Z¹ is absent; and X¹ is —O—; R^(9a) andR^(9b) are selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and methyl,and m is 1, 2, or 3, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvatethereof.
 78. The method of claim 59, comprising administering to saidsubject a compound having Formula VIII:

or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof.
 79. The methodof claim 78, wherein R^(7c) is selected from the group consisting ofhydrogen, halogen, and alkyl; Z² is absent; X² is —O—; R^(9c) and R^(9d)are selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and methyl; and n is1, 2, or 3, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof.80. The method of claim 59, wherein: R^(4a) is selected from the groupconsisting of

R⁵ is selected from the group consisting of R⁵-3, R⁵-4, and R⁵-5; R^(7a)is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, hydroxy,C₁₋₄ alkyl, C₁₋₄ haloalkyl, C₁₋₄ alkoxy, and C₁₋₄ haloalkoxy; R^(8a) isselected from the group consisting of hydrogen and C₁₋₄ alkyl; R^(6f) isselected from the group consisting of hydrogen, C₁₋₄ alkyl, hydroxy, and—NH₂; and R^(10e) is hydrogen, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt orsolvate thereof.
 81. The method of claim 59, wherein: R¹ is selectedfrom the group consisting of methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, and n-butyl; R² isselected from the group consisting of hydrogen and methyl; and R³ isselected from the group consisting of methyl and tert-butyl, or apharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof.
 82. The method ofclaim 59, wherein: R¹ is optionally substituted C₁₋₆ alkyl; R² ishydrogen; and R³ is selected from the group consisting of optionallysubstituted phenyl, optionally substituted pyridyl, and optionallysubstituted pyrimidinyl, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt orsolvate thereof.
 83. The method of claim 81, wherein R¹, R², and R³ areeach methyl, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof.84. The method of claim 59, comprising administering to said subject acompound having Formula XI-A:

having an enantiomeric excess of at least about 60%, wherein R¹ does notequal R³, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof. 85.The method of claim 84, wherein: R^(4a) is selected from the groupconsisting of:

R⁵ is selected from the group consisting of R⁵-3, R⁵-4, and R⁵-5; andR^(10e) is hydrogen, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvatethereof.
 86. The method of claim 59, comprising administering to saidsubject a compound selected from the group consisting of:

or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof.
 87. The methodof claim 86, comprising administering to said subject a compoundselected from the group consisting of

or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof.